Uscg general deck questions master's license (question)`

15/10/2015 USCG General Deck Questions: Master's License (QUESTION)`

http://juleiii.com/cgibin/uscg/uscg.pl?Book=2&mode=All& 1/425

USCG General Deck: Master's License

4: Considering manning requirements for US flag vessels, your 2 watch cargo vessel has a deck crew of20 people, exclusive of officers. How many of these people do the manning regulations require to be ableseamen?

a. 13b. 10c. 7d. 5

5: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man overboard starboard side". You shouldinstinctively __________.

a. give full left rudderb. give full right rudderc. put the rudder amidshipsd. throw a life ring to mark the spot

6: Which statement about a tunnel bow thruster is TRUE?

a. It provides lateral control without affecting headway.b. It is fully effective at speeds up to about six knots.c. It can be used to slow the ship in addition to backing down.d. It will allow you to hold a position when the current is from astern.

7: The mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________. (D044DG )

a. breast lineb. bow linec. forward spring lined. None of the above

8: What is NOT an advantage of filler cargo?

a. Overcarriage is reduced or eliminated.b. Dunnage costs are reduced.c. Voids in the cargo stow are filled.d. The hold space has maximum utilization.

9: Defense plans may cause the operation of electronic aids to navigation to be suspended with__________.

a. no noticeb. one day's noticec. a week's noticed. thirty (30) days notice

http://jule-iii.com/uscg/2/2.pdf



10: You are scheduled to load a bulk shipment of steel turnings. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The primary hazard of this cargo is that it is subject to spontaneous heating and ignition.b. The shipping papers should describe this cargo as "Waste; steel borings".c. After loading, you may not sail if the temperature in each hold of steel turnings exceeds 130°F.d. This cargo may not be transported in bulk unless a special permit is issued by the Coast Guard.

11: A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. He is liable for __________.

a. imprisonment for up to one yearb. a civil penalty of not more than $5,000c. seizure of his/her vessel and forfeiture of the titled. a fine of not more than $1,000

12: The maximum length allowed between main, transverse bulkheads on a vessel is referred to as the__________.

a. floodable lengthb. factor of subdivisionc. compartment standardd. permissible length

13: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. inshore bow lineb. offshore bow linec. forward breast lined. forward spring line

14: Damaged bulkheads often take a permanent set which is independent of the panting or bulge causedby water pressure. To control this, you should __________.

a. install shoring so the shoring supports the damaged bulkheads without pushing on themb. install shoring so that it pushes on the damaged bulkhead while supporting itc. use jacks or chain falls to remove the set before installing shoresd. place sandbags by the bulkhead without installing shores

15: Floors aboard ship are __________.

a. frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are fastened on a double bottomed shipb. transverse members of the ships frame which support the decksc. longitudinal beams in the extreme bottom of a ship from which the ship's ribs startd. longitudinal angle bars fastened to a surface for strength

16: When underway and proceeding ahead, as the speed increases, the pivot point tends to __________.

a. move aftb. move forwardc. move lowerd. remain stationary

17: The mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )





a. bow spring lineb. aft spring linec. forward breast lined. bow line

18: To determine the weight capacity of a deck in a cargo hold, you would refer to the __________.

a. deadweight scaleb. deck capacity planc. cubic capacity tablesd. general arrangement plan

19: The vessel's "quarter" is located __________.

a. abeamb. dead asternc. just forward of the beam on either sided. on either side of the stern

19: The vessel's "quarter" is located __________.

a. abeamb. dead asternc. just forward of the beam on either sided. on either side of the stern

20: You are carrying triethylamine, methyl methacrylate and isoprene in your multipleproduct tankship.Which of the following statements is true?

a. Isoprene may be carried in a cargo tank adjacent to either of the other two cargoes.b. Methyl methacrylate may not be carried in a tank adjacent to a pump room.c. Methyl methacrylate must usually be heated to maintain its stability.d. Portable thermometers are not permitted to be used to take the cargo temperature oftriethylamine.

21: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport adestitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?

a. He is normally required to take the seaman.b. He may refuse to take the seaman if the seaman has a contagious disease.c. He may refuse to take the seaman if it will violate the Certificate of Inspection.d. All of the above

22: A wildcat is a __________.

a. deeplygrooved drum on the windlass with sprockets which engage the links of the anchorchainb. winch that is running out of control due to a failure of the overspeed tripsc. line that has jumped off the gypsyhead while under straind. nylon line that parts under strain and whips back in a hazardous manner

24: A crack in the deck plating of a vessel may be temporarily prevented from increasing in length by



__________.

a. cutting a square notch at each end of the crackb. drilling a hole at each end of the crackc. slotwelding the crackd. welding a doubler over the crack

25: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn over 360 degrees is the path followed by the__________.

a. center of gravityb. bowc. bridged. centerline

26: The pivoting point of a fully loaded vessel with normal trim proceeding ahead at sea speed is__________.

a. right at the bowb. onethird the length of the vessel from the bowc. onehalf the length of the vessel from the bowd. twothirds the length of the vessel from the bow

27: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in charge of a documented vessel who fails toreport a complaint of a sexual offense may be __________.

a. fined up to $5,000b. imprisoned for up to one yearc. charged with accessory to sexual assaultd. All of the above

28: The stowage factor for a cargo is based upon __________.

a. one short tonb. one short metric tonc. one long tond. one long metric ton

29: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you failto report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be __________.

a. criminally charged and jailedb. civilly penalizedc. held personally liable by the victim and suedd. All of the above are correct

30: You are planning the stowage of two incompatible products on your multipleproduct tankship. Whatwill NOT provide the minimum required segregation?

a. Empty tankb. Solid (nonintercostal) bulkheadc. Diagonally adjacent tanks



d. Tank containing a third cargo compatible with the other two

31: An embarked Pilot __________.

a. is a specialist hired for his local navigational knowledgeb. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vesselc. relieves the Master of his dutiesd. relieves the officer of the watch

32: The explosive range of a fuel lies between the lower explosive limit and the __________.

a. flash pointb. ignition temperaturec. upper explosive limitd. fire point

34: Your vessel has been loaded in a sagging condition. Enroute you encounter heavy weather and noticebuckling in the midships deck plating of your vessel. To relieve the strain you could __________.

a. pump fuel oil from midships to the ends of the vesselb. reduce speedc. take a course which most eases the vesseld. All of the above

35: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. Amessage designated ROUTINE will be delivered within __________.

a. 3 hours to start of business the following dayb. 1 to 6 hoursc. 30 minutes to 1 hourd. 10 minutes if possible

36: The distance that a vessel travels from the time that the order to put engines full astern until thevessel is dead in the water is known as __________.

a. advanceb. head reachc. surged. transfer

37: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Whichstatement about the required Pilot is TRUE?

a. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.b. The Pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.c. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.d. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.

38: A cargo that has a stowage factor over 40 is known as a __________.

a. hygroscopic cargob. measurement cargo



c. stowage cargod. weight cargo

39: Combustible liquids are divided into how many grades?

a. Oneb. Twoc. Threed. Four

40: You are on a cargo vessel carrying toluol in bulk in portable tanks. Which is a requirement forpumping the toluol?

a. Hose connections to the tank must be made with a minimum of three bolts.b. There must be water pressure on the fire main.c. You must shut down if another vessel comes alongside.d. If transferring at anchor, you must display a red flag by day and a red light at night.

41: Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels (100 gross tons and above), your cargo vesselhas a deck crew of 20 men, exclusive of the officers. How many of these men do the manning regulationsrequire to be Able Seamen?

a. 5b. 7c. 10d. 13

42: The vapor pressure of a substance __________.

a. decreases as temperature increasesb. increases with the temperaturec. is not affected by temperatured. may increase or decrease as the temperature rises

43: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. after spring lineb. forward spring linec. waist breast lined. stern line

44: You are using an automatic tension winch by yourself. If you get caught in the turns of the line asthey lead into the gypsyhead __________.

a. the safety cutout will stop the winch before you're injuredb. the line will part and snap backc. you may be pulled into the winch and injured or killedd. None of the above are correct

45: Which shallow water effect will increase dramatically if you increase your ship's speed past its"critical speed"?




a. Squattingb. Smelling the bottomc. Sinkaged. Bank cushion

46: Which statement concerning the handling characteristics of a fully loaded vessel as compared withthose of a light vessel is FALSE?

a. A fully loaded vessel will be slower to respond to the engines.b. A fully loaded vessel will maintain her headway further.c. A light vessel will be more affected by the wind.d. A light vessel loses more rudder effect in shallow water.

47: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of ahurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

a. O (IMMEDIATE)b. P (PRIORITY)c. R (ROUTINE)d. Z (FLASH)

48: Which term describes goods having a stowage factor below 40?

a. "Deadweight" cargob. "Fullanddown" cargoc. "Heavylift" cargod. "Measurement" cargo

49: Flammable liquid means any liquid which gives off flammable vapors at or below __________.

a. 40°F (4.4°C)b. 80°F (26.7°C)c. 110°F (43.3°C)d. 150°F (65.6°C)

50: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot istaking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?

a. Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.b. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.c. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the Pilot.d. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.

51: You are the licensed Master of a 100 GT towing vessel sailing coastwise. What percentage of thedeck crew must be able to understand any order spoken by the officers?

a. 50%b. 65%c. 75%d. 100%

53: The objective of shoring a damaged bulkhead is to __________.



a. force the warped, bulged, or deformed sections back into placeb. support and hold the area in the damaged positionc. withstand subsequent additional damaged. make a watertight seal at the damaged area

54: Your vessel has grounded on a bar. What should you do?

a. If you cannot get clear immediately, lighten the ship by pumping all ballast overboard.b. Run the engine full astern to keep from being set further onto the bar.c. Switch to the high suction for condenser circulating water, if it is submerged.d. All of the above


a. held personally liable by the victim and suedb. criminally charged and jailedc. civilly charged and finedd. All of the above are correct.

56: The effect of wind on exposed areas of the vessel is most noticeable when __________.

a. backingb. going slow aheadc. going full aheadd. turning


a. charged with accessory to sexual assaultb. fined up to $5,000c. imprisoned for up to one yeard. All of the above

58: Odorous cargoes are those that __________.

a. are exceptionally dusty and leave a residueb. are liquid but are in containersc. are susceptible to damage by taintingd. give off fumes that may damage other cargoes

59: Combustible liquid is defined as any liquid having a flash point above __________.

a. 40°F ( 4°C)b. 80°F (27°C)c. 110°F (43°C)d. 150°F (66°C)

60: You are on a vessel designed to carry compressed gasses in bulk with a cargo of butadiene. Whichstatement is TRUE?



a. The ullage must be padded with compressed air at a minimum pressure of 2 psig.b. Silver and copper are prohibited in the parts of valves and fittings in contact with thecargo.c. The cargo tank may be sampled only when the tank is being filled.d. The shipping document must specify the exact quantity of butadiene being carried.

61: Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3 watches when on a trip exceeding__________.

a. 600 milesb. 700 milesc. 800 milesd. 1000 miles

62: You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gaugethe vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000 barrels. At 1200, you find that you have loaded 219,000barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

a. 1510, 5 Novemberb. 0140, 6 Novemberc. 1104, 6 Novemberd. 0735, 7 November

63: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

a. Boatswain's storesb. Chart roomc. Spaces for the exclusive use of the officers or crewd. All of the above

64: Which statement about damage control is TRUE?

a. A hole in the hull at the waterline is more dangerous than a hole below the inner bottom.b. The amount of water entering a ship through a hole varies inversely to the area of the hole.c. Water flowing into a lower compartment on a ship is more dangerous than water on deck orflowing into an upper compartment.d. Water flowing over the fo'c'sle bulwark is more dangerous than a hole in the hull at thewaterline.


a. charged with accessory to sexual assaultb. imprisoned for up to one yearc. fined up to $5,000d. All of the above

66: Most of your vessel's superstructure is forward. How will the vessel lie when drifting with no wayon?

a. With the wind from aheadb. With the wind off the port beam



c. With the wind off the starboard beamd. With the wind from abaft the beam


a. civilly charged and finedb. criminally charged and jailedc. held personally liable by the victim and suedd. All of the above are correct.

68: Odorous cargoes are those that __________.

a. are susceptible to damage by taintingb. are exceptionally dusty and leave a residuec. are liquid, but in containersd. give off fumes that may damage other cargoes

69: Ullages are measured from __________.

a. the tank ceilingb. the tank top bushingc. the thievage markd. an above deck datum

70: You are on a tankship designed to carry molten sulfur. Which statement is TRUE?

a. There must be two portable toxic vapor detectors on board.b. The cargo tank ventilation system must maintain the H2S vapor concentration at 1.85% or moreby volume.c. Cargo temperature may be taken by portable thermometers.d. The pressure in the heating coils in the tanks must be less than that of the cargo exerted on them.

71: You are the licensed Master of a 199 GT uninspected towing vessel making a 500 mile coastwisetrip. You carry a deck crew of six (6). Which statement is TRUE?

a. There must be 3 separate watches stood.b. There must be at least 5 able seamen among the deck crew.c. Only the able seamen require Merchant Mariner's Documents.d. None of the above

72: You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gaugethe vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000 barrels. At 1200 you find that you have loaded 218,000barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

a. 1510, 5 Novemberb. 1104, 6 Novemberc. 1242, 6 Novemberd. 0735, 7 November

73: Aboard ship, vertical flat plates running transversely and connecting the vertical keel to the marginplates are called __________.



a. floorsb. intercostalsc. girdersd. stringers

74: The best information on the location of the blocks when dry docking a vessel is contained in the__________.

a. shell expansion planb. docking diagramc. ship's docking pland. general arrangement plan

75: Frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are fastened are called __________.

a. floorsb. intercostalsc. stringersd. tank top supports

76: Leeway is the __________.

a. difference between the true course and the compass courseb. momentum of a vessel after her engines have been stoppedc. lateral movement of a vessel downwind of her intended coursed. displacement of a vessel multiplied by her speed

77: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman will __________.

a. use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on courseb. apply rudder to move the compass card towards the lubbers line when off coursec. repeat back to the watch officer any rudder commands before executing themd. keep the rudder amidships except when changing course

78: Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent vice?

a. Sublimation of chemicalsb. Heating of grainc. Stevedore damaged. Wear and tear

79: Ullages on tankers are measured from __________.

a. an abovedeck datum such as the top of the ullage pipeb. the tank ceiling aboard transversely framed vesselsc. the tank topd. a thievage mark below the edge of the deck

80: You are on a cargo vessel carrying portable tanks of dangerous cargoes in bulk. Which statement isTRUE?

a. If the tanks are pumped out while remaining on board, each hose connection must have a



minimum of three bolts.b. If the tanks are off loaded, no more than two tanks may be lifted together in a hoist.c. When transferring sulfuric acid, you must display a red flag by day whether at anchor ormoored.d. All electrical equipment within 10 feet horizontally must be explosion proof or intrinsicallysafe.

81: Your 199 GT tugboat is on a 675 mile coastwise voyage. What percentage of the deck crew must beAble Bodied Seamen?

a. 0%b. 25%c. 50%d. 65%

82: Floors aboard ship are __________.

a. also called decksb. vertical transverse plates connecting the vertical keel with the margin platesc. large beams fitted in various parts of the vessel for additional strengthd. found in passenger and berthing spaces only

83: The mooring line labeled "A" as shown is called a(n) __________. (D044DG )

a. offshore stern lineb. onshore stern linec. after spring lined. after breast line

84: The ceiling is __________.

a. the overhead in berthing compartmentsb. a wooden protection placed over the tank topc. material driven into seams or cracks to prevent leakingd. None of the above are correct

85: The wooden planking that protects the tank top from cargo loading is called __________.

a. ceilingb. shoresc. framesd. toms

86: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360 degrees is the path followed by the__________.

a. bowb. bridgec. centerlined. center of gravity

87: A set of interior steps on a ship leading up to a deck from below is know as __________.




a. a companion wayb. 'tweendecksc. stairsd. Any of the above are acceptable

88: Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent vice?

a. Taintingb. Wear and tearc. Stevedore damaged. Heating of grain

89: Ullage measurements are taken from the top of the liquid to __________.

a. the base of the expansion trunkb. the base of the ullage portc. a line scribed within the ullage portd. an abovedeck datum, usually the top of the ullage hole

90: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker. The loading plan includes cargoes ofdiethylenetriamine and formamide. Which statement concerning the stowage of these cargoes is TRUE?

a. They must be separated by a void space or empty tank.b. The cargoes must have individual venting systems.c. The valves in common piping systems must be chained closed and locked.d. The minimum segregation required is a single bulkhead.

90: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker. The loading plan includes cargoes ofdiethylenetriamine and formamide. Which statement concerning the stowage of these cargoes is TRUE?

a. They must be separated by a void space or empty tank.b. The cargoes must have individual venting systems.c. The valves in common piping systems must be chained closed and locked.d. The minimum segregation required is a single bulkhead.

91: You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise towingfrom the Gulf of Mexico to New York, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

a. The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.b. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.c. All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.d. Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.

92: You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The pump works for a while and then losessuction. This could be caused by __________.

a. the pump running backwardsb. incomplete primingc. the discharge head being too highd. All of the above

93: A lookout can leave his station __________.



a. only when properly relievedb. at the end of the watchc. 15 minutes before the end of the watchd. at any time

94: All of the following records are usually maintained by the watchstanding officers aboard a vesselEXCEPT the __________.

a. deck logbookb. official logbookc. compass record bookd. chronometer error book

95: You should keep clear of __________.

a. any line under a strainb. lines that are paying outc. lines that are coiled down onlyd. None of the above are correct

96: The distance a vessel moves at right angles to the original course, when a turn of 180° has beencompleted, is called the __________.

a. advanceb. pivoting pointc. tactical diameterd. kick

97: Chafing gear should be placed __________.

a. at all wearing points of mooring linesb. at the bitter ends of all standing riggingc. around running riggingd. on wire rope only

98: A hygroscopic cargo is defined as a cargo __________.

a. capable of absorbing moisture in the form of a gasb. capable of giving off moisture in the form of a liquidc. that is shipped in a liquid stated. that will ignite in contact with water

99: What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?

a. Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum for shipboard useb. Determining the amount of water (if any) in each cargo tankc. Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide with the draftd. Reducing the gross cargo calculations to net amounts

100: Which statement is ALWAYS true?

a. Keep clear of any line that is under a strain.



b. A line will creak, make snapping sounds, and smoke before it parts.c. Only synthetic lines will snap back after parting.d. Stepping on the bight of a line is safer than stepping in the bight of a line.

101: You can safely step in the bight of a line __________.

a. when it is not under strainb. if both ends are made fastc. in an emergencyd. at no time

103: Your ship is in shallow water and the bow rides up on its bow wave while the stern sinks into adepression of its transverse wave system. What is this called?

a. Broachingb. Fish tailingc. Squattingd. Parallel sinkage

104: You are on watch at sea at night when a fire breaks out in #3 hold just forward of the bridge. Youwould NOT __________.

a. call the Masterb. proceed to the space and inspect the extent of the firec. shut down the cargo hold ventilationd. sound the fire alarm signal to roust out all hands

106: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "kick" means the distance __________.

a. around the circumference of the turning circleb. gained at right angles to the original coursec. gained in the direction of the original coursed. or throw of a vessel's stern from her line of advance upon putting the helm hard over

107: When may a seaman on a vessel engaged in foreign trade be paid before earning the wages?

a. The seaman may only draw an advance on earned wages.b. Wages up to fifty percent of the seaman's base wage maybe advanced upon proof of seriousfamily illness.c. Wages equivalent to three days base wage may be advanced upon arrival in a foreign port.d. The advance of wages is at the discretion of the master; however, a seaman cannot be in anoverpaid status at signoff.

108: Damage to cargo caused by dust is known as __________.

a. contaminationb. oxidationc. taintingd. vaporization

109: What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?



a. Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide with the draftb. Determining the amount of water (if any) in each cargo tankc. Reducing the gross cargo calculations to net amountsd. Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum for shipboard use

110: What is NOT required as special safety equipment on a tankship carrying hazardous cargoes inbulk?

a. Shower and eyewash fountainb. Equipment to lift an injured person from a pumproomc. Two portable vapor detectors suitable for the cargoes carriedd. A safety locker adjacent to the emergency shutdown station

111: You are the licensed Master of a towing vessels operating between New York and Tampa, Florida.If you carry four (4) deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

112: You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The pump works for a while and then losessuction. This could NOT be caused by __________.

a. leaking shaft sealsb. air pockets in the liquidc. high cargo level in the tanksd. a leaking suction line

113: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main deck and injures his ankle. The Mastershould submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the __________.

a. injury results in loss of life onlyb. injury is the result of misconductc. injured is incapacitatedd. injured needs first aid

114: You are on watch at sea on course 090°T. A man falls overboard on your starboard side. Youimmediately start a Williamson Turn. Which step is NOT a part of a Williamson Turn?

a. Step 1: Come right full rudder until the vessel heads 150°T.b. Step 2: Stop the engines until clear of the man.c. Step 3: Shift the helm to left full rudder.d. Step 4: Continue with left rudder until on course 270°T.


a. injury is the result of misconductb. injury results in loss of life onlyc. injured need first aidd. injured is incapacitated



116: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "transfer" means the distance __________.

a. gained in the direction of the original courseb. gained at right angles to the original coursec. the ship moves sidewise from the original course away from the direction of the turn after therudder is first put overd. around the circumference of the turning circle

117: If two mooring lines are to be placed on the same bollard, which method is BEST?

a. Place the eye from the forward line on the bollard and then place the eye from the second linedirectly over the first.b. It makes no difference how the lines are placed.c. Place the eye from either line on the bollard, and then bring the eye of the other line upthrough the eye of the first, and place it on the bollard.d. Place both eyes on the bollard, in any manner, but lead both lines to the same winch head on thevessel and secure them on the winch.

118: Damage to cargo caused by fumes or vapors from liquids, gases, or solids is known as __________.

a. contaminationb. oxidationc. taintingd. vaporization

119: Sour crude oil __________.

a. contains high quantities of hydrogen sulfideb. is diluted with other products for carriagec. is lighter than other crudesd. is less hazardous to load than other crudes

120: You are on a multipleproduct tankship and scheduled to load a cargo classed as an aromatic amine.This cargo is incompatible with cargoes classed as __________.

a. organic anhydridesb. ketonesc. phenolsd. esters

121: You are the Master of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular runfrom New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?

a. Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.b. Sailors may stand watch for 6 hours on and 6 hours off.c. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.d. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.

122: You may be able to avoid loss of suction in a pump by __________.

a. using a full tank to keep the pump primedb. opening the vent cock on the pump



c. closing down on the tank valved. All of the above

123: When patching holes in the hull, pillows, bedding, and other soft materials can be used as__________.

a. shoresb. gasketsc. strongbacksd. wedges

124: Bilge soundings indicate __________.

a. the amount of condensation in the holdb. whether the cargo is leaking or notc. whether the vessel is taking on waterd. All of the above

125: Chafing gear is normally used __________.

a. for portable fendersb. for ground tacklec. on the inside of the hawsepiped. on mooring lines

126: The distance a vessel moves parallel to the original course from the point where the rudder is putover to any point on the turning circle is called the __________.

a. advanceb. drift anglec. pivoting pointd. transfer

127: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

a. breast lineb. shore linec. spring lined. stern line

128: Which is characteristic of a "special cargo"?

a. The cargo gives off toxic gases when heated.b. Periodic inspection is required while in transit to prevent spoilage.c. It is of high value or easily pilferable.d. It must be stowed on deck.

129: Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person?

a. Bowline on a bightb. Fisherman's loopc. French bowline




d. Spider hitch

130: You are on a vessel carrying liquefied butadiene in bulk. Which document is NOT required to beeither in the wheelhouse or easily accessible to the person on watch while underway?

a. Cargo manualb. Cargo information cardc. Certificate of Inspectiond. Shipping document

131: You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which carries one Master and one mate oftowing vessels, and four seamen when underway. How many of the four seamen must have a rating asable seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

132: What is a characteristic of all centrifugal cargo pumps?

a. They are selfpriming.b. Decreasing the speed of rotation will decrease the discharge pressure.c. Opening the discharge valve wider will increase the discharge pressure.d. All of the above

133: The standard unit of liquid volume used in the petroleum industry, as well as the tanker industry, isa __________.

a. barrelb. drumc. gallond. liter

134: Your ship is steaming at night on gyropilot when you notice that the vessel's course is slowlychanging to the right. Which action should you take FIRST?

a. Call the Master.b. Change to hand steering.c. Notify the engine room of the steering malfunction.d. Send the Quartermaster to the emergency steering station.

135: Corrosive liquids and acids should have which kind of label?

a. Skull and crossbonesb. Yellow and whitec. Red and whited. White and black

135: Corrosive liquids and acids should have which kind of label?

a. Skull and crossbones



b. Yellow and whitec. Red and whited. White and black

136: Under the federal regulations, what minimum level of Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) constitutes aviolation of the laws prohibiting Boating Under the Influence of Alcohol (BUI) on commercial vessels?

a. .18% BACb. .10% BACc. .06% BACd. .04% BAC

137: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tank barge that connects onesection of cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.

a. comealongb. crossoverc. manifoldd. runaround

138: Which vessel is most likely to be loaded full but not down?

a. A bulk carrier loaded with heavy oreb. A bulk carrier loaded with steelc. A break bulk vessel loaded with palletized cargod. A tanker loaded with heavy grain

139: A "barrel" is a unit of liquid measure equivalent to __________.

a. 40 U.S. gallons at 50°Fb. 42 U.S. gallons at 60°Fc. 43 U.S. gallons at 65°Fd. 45 U.S. gallons at 75°F

140: Your tankship is carrying a 30% solution of hydrogen peroxide. The cargo containment system musthave a permanent inert gas system. While discharging this cargo the inert gas system must maintain aminimum pressure of __________.

a. 0.5 psigb. 3.0 psigc. 5.0 psigd. atmospheric pressure

141: On a sea going towing vessel of 150 gross tons, there are six (6) seamen in the deck crew. Howmany certificated able seamen are required if the voyage is over 600 miles?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

142: What is NOT an advantage of centrifugal pumps over reciprocating pumps?



a. They pump more cargo in less time.b. They are smaller for equivalent pumping ability.c. They are less expensive.d. They require priming for stripping.

143: Why are most break bulk vessels built with the transverse framing system rather than thelongitudinal system?

a. The transverse system is more resistant to hog and sag stresses.b. The numerous longitudinal frames cause excessive broken stowage.c. The transverse system provides better support to the varying cargo densities on a break bulkvessel.d. The deep web frames interfere with the stowage of break bulk cargo.

144: The lookout sights a vessel dead ahead. This should be reported on the bell with __________.

a. one bellb. two bellsc. three bellsd. four bells

146: When turning a ship in restricted space with a strong wind, it is normally best to __________.

a. go ahead on both engines with the rudder hard to one side, if on a twinscrew vesselb. back down with the rudder hard to one side, if on a singlescrew vesselc. take advantage of the tendency to back to port, if on a twinscrew vesseld. turn so that the tendency to back into the wind can be used, if on a singlescrew vessel

147: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. inshore stern lineb. offshore stern linec. after spring lined. after breast line

148: Overcarriage is best prevented by __________.

a. assuring heavy cargo is stowed low in the vesselb. checking the vessel's load line calculations carefullyc. inspection of the hold at completion of discharged. stowing the cargo which is to be discharged last on the bottom

149: A standard net barrel of petroleum products is __________.

a. 42 gallons at 60°Fb. 48 gallons at 70°Fc. 50 gallons at 50°Fd. 60 gallons at 100°F

149: A standard net barrel of petroleum products is __________.

a. 42 gallons at 60°F




b. 48 gallons at 70°Fc. 50 gallons at 50°Fd. 60 gallons at 100°F

150: Protective clothing must be worn while sampling hazardous cargo on a tankship, and as a minimumincludes __________.

a. a hood or hard hatb. a face mask or gogglesc. bootsd. chemical resistant gloves

151: The forecastle card is a copy of the __________.

a. quarters allocationb. shipping agreementc. Muster List ("Station Bill")d. unlicensed shipping card from the union

152: A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 135°Fahrenheit. This liquid is classed as a grade__________.

a. B flammable liquidb. C flammable liquidc. D combustible liquidd. E combustible liquid

153: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________.

a. erase the entry and rewriteb. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctionc. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctiond. draw one line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction

154: A lookout at the bow sights an object on your port side. How many bell strokes should he sound?


155: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. You must inspect this cargo __________.

a. dailyb. daily, at sea onlyc. after encountering rough weatherd. after loading and prior to arrival in port only

156: When heading on a course, you put your rudder hard over. The distance traveled parallel to thedirection of the original course from where you put your rudder over to any point on the turning circle isknown as __________.



a. advanceb. head reachc. tactical diameterd. transfer


a. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctionb. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctionc. erase the entry and rewrited. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction

158: A claim for cargo damages may be held against the ship owner if such damage is the result offailure of the ship's officers to __________.

a. correct all defects in the ship's constructionb. ensure the fitness and safety of cargo spacesc. ensure adequate packaging of the cargod. prevent delays due to quarantine restrictions

159: What is the standard net barrel for petroleum products?

a. 42 gallons at 60°Fahrenheitb. 48 gallons at 70°Fahrenheitc. 50 gallons at 50°Celsiusd. 60 gallons at 100°Saybolt

161: A seaman leaves a vessel before it sails from a foreign port. He informs the Chief Officer that hewon't return. After the vessel sails, the Chief Officer finds the seaman's work clothes in his locker. Howshould the Master handle this matter?

a. Log the seaman as a deserter.b. Log the seaman as a fail to join.c. Log the seaman for misconduct.d. Take no action.

162: Oil may NOT be transferred unless __________.

a. there are two certificated tankermen on each vesselb. the vessel is equipped with constanttension winchesc. discharge containment equipment (i.e. drip pans) are in placed. All of the above

164: A lookout should report objects sighted using __________.

a. true bearingsb. magnetic bearingsc. gyro bearingsd. relative bearings

165: You must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety Office as soon as possible after your vesselhas been damaged in excess of __________.



a. $25,000 b. $10,000 c. $1,500 d. $1,000

166: The distance gained in the direction of the original course when you are making a turn is known as__________.

a. advanceb. driftc. tactical diameterd. transfer

167: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot on board and he has theconn. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be onboard by law.b. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed forhis local knowledge.c. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.d. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Masterrelinquishes the conn.

168: "Block stowage" means __________.

a. having the cargo on palletsb. stowing all the cargo for a port in the same areac. using port marks on the cargod. using separation cloths to separate different kinds of cargo

169: The lowest temperature at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to form a flammablemixture with air is known as the __________.

a. fire pointb. flash pointc. lower explosive limitd. threshold limit value

170: Which is NOT required on a tankship carrying hazardous liquid cargoes in bulk?

a. A copy of 46 CFR parts 35 and 150b. Certificate of Adequacy for the hazardous cargoes carriedc. Certificate of Inspection issued under the Tank Vessel Regulationsd. Cargo piping plan showing loading rates for all applicable cargo lines

171: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as listed. Based on this data what is thetransfer for a turn of 30°? d035dg

a. 40 yardsb. 140 yards



c. 190 yardsd. 230 yards

172: While a vessel is in a foreign port where there is no American Consul, a seaman becomes violentprior to sailing. The Master should __________.

a. call local police, put the seaman in prison ashore, and sail the vesselb. pay off the seaman and make arrangements with the agent to return him to the original port ofsigning on in the U.S.c. put the seaman in irons and sail to the next port where there is an American Consuld. send the seaman ashore and arrange with the agent to repatriate him by armed guard

174: A proper lookout must be kept __________.

a. only in fogb. only between the hours of sunset and sunrisec. only when entering and leaving portd. at all times

175: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the primary responsibility of the watchofficer?

a. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessaryb. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executedc. Record the bells and their times in the bell bookd. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette

176: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the __________.

a. tipping centerb. bowc. outermost part of the ship while making the circled. center of gravity

177: The measurement of the amount of force a towing vessel is capable of applying to a motionless towis called __________.

a. shaft horsepowerb. delivered horsepowerc. bollard pulld. towrope pull

178: Which can be prevented only by segregating two lots of cargo into separate holds?

a. Contamination of dry cargo by a wet cargob. Contamination of a clean cargo by a dirty cargoc. Contamination of a food cargo by an odorous cargod. Overcarriage, overstowage, and short landing

179: The minimum temperature required to ignite gas or vapor without a spark or flame being present iscalled __________.



a. flash pointb. fire pointc. autoignition temperatured. lower explosive limit

180: Your tank vessel is loading a hazardous cargo. The allowance for expansion is based on ambienttemperatures of what maximum range?

a. 0°C to 100°Cb. 10°C to 90°Cc. 18°C to 46°Cd. 40°C to 50°C

181: Your vessel is on an extended foreign voyage. Several vacancies have occurred in your unlicensedcrew through sickness and repatriation. Which statement is correct?

a. Aliens may be employed except that all U.S. flag vessels must maintain no less than 90% U.S.citizens in the crew.b. Qualified aliens may be employed to fill the vacancies.c. Seamen to fill vacancies must be flown from U.S. to join the vessel in the foreign port.d. Vacancies can only be filled by U.S. citizens with valid Merchant Mariner's Documents.

184: You are standing lookout duty at night. A dim light on the horizon will be seen quickest by looking__________.

a. at an area just a little below the horizonb. at the horizon, where the sky and water appear to meetc. a little above the horizond. well below the horizon

185: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the __________.

a. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present courseb. vessel must be in extremisc. Master should agree to sign a release of liability formd. Master must first request the Pilot to take corrective action

186: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.

a. at the hawsepipeb. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowc. about twothirds of the vessel's length from the bowd. near the stern

187: You are standing the wheel watch on entering port and the Master gives you a rudder commandwhich conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

a. Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.b. Obey the Pilot.c. Obey the Master.d. Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting positions.



188: Which cargoes require strips of common building lathe as dunnage in order to carry away heatgenerated by the cargo?

a. Canned soups packaged in cratesb. Cardboard cartons of shoesc. Paper products packaged in rollsd. Refrigerated fruit that is ripening

189: Reid vapor pressure is __________.

a. exerted by liquid cargo on the sides of a tankb. exerted by liquid cargo on a cargo hose bodyc. the lowest temperature and pressure that will cause a flammable liquid to give off vaporsd. a measurement of the amount of flammable vapors given off by a liquid at a certaintemperature

190: You are on a vessel that carries liquefied gasses in bulk. The person on watch is required to havewhat information about the cargo easily accessible?

a. Port of loadingb. Exact quantity on boardc. Name and address of consigneed. Firefighting procedures

191: An alien crewmember with a D1 permit leaves the vessel in a U.S. port and fails to return. The firstreport you make should be to the __________.

a. Customs Serviceb. Immigration Servicec. local policed. OCMI

192: The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. offshore bow lineb. onshore bow linec. offshore spring lined. forward breast line


a. offshore bow lineb. onshore bow linec. offshore spring lined. forward breast line

193: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your vessel's operators saying that yourvessel has been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. Further information is contained in__________.

a. the Light Listb. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)





c. Radio Navigational Aids (PUB 117)d. the Coast Pilot

194: A vessel spotted at 45° relative can be reported as __________.

a. on the starboard beamb. broad on the starboard bowc. 4 points forward of starboard bowd. 4 points abaft the starboard beam

195: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The Dangerous Cargo Manifest must besigned by the __________.

a. shipperb. U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspectorc. Master or his authorized representatived. Master only

196: A VLCC (100,000 DWT+) with a 30,000 Shaft Horsepower Steam Turbine is slow to respond toengine movements and has less stopping power than normal ships because it has a __________.

a. bigger propellerb. smaller power to weight ratioc. smaller propellerd. larger power to weight ratio

197: Serving is __________.

a. marline or ratline wound along the grooves of a ropeb. narrow strips of light canvas or cotton cloth spiralwrapped along the ropec. marline tightly wound on the rope by means of a board or malletd. a splice made by laying the strand of one rope into the vacated grooves of another rope

198: Battens are fitted in cargo holds across the frames of the vessel from the turn of the bilge upward.The purpose of these cargo battens is __________.

a. for securing a snatch block when snaking cargo into the wings of the holdb. to prevent cargo from coming in contact with the vessel's frames or shell platingc. to provide fittings to which cargo lashings may be securedd. to support the dunnage floors which are laid down between tiers of cargo

199: What is a cofferdam?

a. Tube fitted to an ullage holeb. Area the product is loaded intoc. Void or empty space separating two tanksd. Opening in the deck used for cleaning a tank

200: Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug engaged in towing from Seattle, WA, toAlaska is TRUE?

a. No able seamen are required.



b. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.c. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.d. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.

201: Your vessel is in a foreign port and you find that one of the crew members has been incarcerated fordrunkenness. The Official Logbook shows that the seaman doesn't have funds to cover the costs of thefine. Which action should the Master take?

a. Inventory his gear and send it and a pay voucher ashore with the agent.b. Leave the seaman in jail and log him as a fail to join after the vessel sails.c. Leave the seaman in jail and log him as a deserter after the vessel sails.d. Pay the seaman's fine.

203: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a singlescrew vessel proceeding along anarrow channel?

a. It pulls the bow toward the bank.b. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.c. It pulls the stern toward the bank.d. It heels the vessel toward the bank.

204: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?

a. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees it is now.b. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.c. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.d. Stop the swing of the ship.

205: A vessel is to make a voyage between New York and San Juan, Puerto Rico, and return. The crewshould be signed on_____________.

a. Coastwise Articlesb. Foreign Articlesc. Intercoastal Articlesd. no articles

206: In stopping distances of vessels, "head reach" can best be described as the __________.

a. difference between the vessel's speed through the water at any instant and the new speed orderedon the telegraphb. distance the vessel has actually run through the water since a change of speed was orderedc. distance the vessel will run between taking action to stop her and being stationary in thewaterd. speed at which a vessel should proceed to ensure that she will run a predetermined distance,once her engines have been stopped

207: A towing vessel's capability is BEST measured by horsepower, maneuverability, displacement, and__________.

a. stabilityb. propeller designc. bollard pull



d. towing winch horsepower

208: Your vessel has been damaged and you must shore a bulkhead. You should cut the shore__________.

a. approximately 1/2 inch longer than the measured length to allow for trimmingb. approximately 1/2 inch shorter than the measured length to allow for wedgesc. approximately 1/2 inch shorter per foot of shoring to allow for wet expansiond. to the same length as the measured length

211: A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign Articles when __________.

a. intoxicatedb. the vessel is overloadedc. there is a change of home portd. there is a change of Master

212: Your vessel is port side to a pier with a spring line led aft from the bow. In calm weather, puttingthe engines ahead with the rudder hard left should bring __________.

a. the bow in and the stern outb. both the bow and stern inc. the bow out and the stern ind. both the bow and stern out

213: You are the Master of a singlescrew vessel. You are docking at a port which has no tugs available.You decide to drop the offshore anchor to help in docking. The amount of chain you should pay out is__________.

a. 5 to 7 times the depth of the waterb. 1 1/2 to 2 times the depth of the waterc. equal to the depth of the waterd. you should NEVER use the anchor to help in docking

214: The helm command "meet her" means __________.

a. use rudder to check the swingb. decrease the rudder angle which is onc. steer more carefullyd. note the course and steady on that heading


a. It pulls the bow toward the bank.b. It heels the vessel toward the bank.c. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.d. It pulls the stern toward the bank.

216: As a ship moves through the water, it drags with it a body of water called the wake. The ratio of thewake speed to the ship's speed is called __________.



a. propeller velocityb. speed of advancec. wake distributiond. wake fraction

217: The holding capability of an anchor is primarily determined by the __________.

a. shape of the anchorb. stowage of the anchor on boardc. anchor's ability to dig ind. size of the vessel and its draft

218: What is the main purpose of dunnage?

a. To act as ballast for light vesselsb. To provide ventilation and drainage for cargoc. To secure the tarpaulins in placed. To support weakened bulkheads

219: What refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank?

a. Innageb. Outagec. Thievaged. Ullage

220: The best method to secure a towline to bitts is to __________.

a. take a round turn on the bitt farthest from the pull and use figureeightsb. take a round turn on the bitt closest to the pull and use figureeightsc. use figureeights and take a round turn at the top of the bittsd. use only figureeights

221: A vessel arrives in a foreign port and the Master is informed that the vessel is being sold to foreigninterests. The new owners request that the crew remain on board to complete the voyage. Under thesecircumstances, the crew __________.

a. has the right to an immediate discharge and transportation to original port of engagementb. must remain on boardc. must comply with the decision made by the Masterd. must remain aboard until the vessel is delivered to the new owners at a mutually agreed uponport

222: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons, as shown, is to be loaded. What is the weight of theconsignment? (D042DG )

a. 50 poundsb. 1100 poundsc. 1200 poundsd. 1250 pounds

223: Who is responsible for providing urine specimen collection kits to be used following a serious




marine incident?

a. Qualified medical personnelb. The marine employerc. The U.S. Coast Guardd. The local police department

224: The term "Shift the Rudder" means __________.

a. put the rudder amidshipsb. use right or left rudderc. check, but do not stop the vessel from swingingd. change from right to left or left or right

225: For safety reasons, when assistance towing __________.

a. the disabled vessel should be towed to the nearest portb. the disabled vessel should be inspected for flammable gasesc. passengers should always be removed from the disabled vesseld. personnel on the disabled vessel should don PFD's

226: Which statement is TRUE concerning the vessel's slipstream?

a. It has no effect on the steering of the vessel.b. It has no effect on the rudder when the helm is amidships.c. Its velocity is the same as that of the wake.d. The propeller gives it a helical motion.

227: An ocean towing bridle should __________.

a. have equal legs of sufficient lengthb. have a large angle between the legsc. be formed on a bight of cable through a ringd. never be made up of chain

228: Securing cargo by running timbers from an upper support down to the cargo, either vertically or atan angle, is called __________.

a. bracesb. dunnagec. shoresd. toms

229: Which refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank?

a. Outageb. Ullagec. Thievaged. Innage

230: You are the Master of a 500gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentallyruns aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.



a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $25,000b. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possiblec. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of lifed. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personnel

232: The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called the __________.

a. tripping angleb. fluke anglec. penetration angled. holding angle

233: A vessel brought alongside should be fended off the towing vessel by __________.

a. crew members using their armsb. a boat hookc. fendersd. No fending is necessary due to the rugged construction of most towing vessels.

234: The helm command "shift your rudder" means __________.

a. double your rudder angle or go to full rudderb. bring your rudder amidshipsc. change from right rudder to left rudder, or vice versa, an equal number of degreesd. check the swing of the vessel

235: Which ending is NOT acceptable in a wire rope that is free to rotate when hoisting?

a. Poured socketb. Liverpool eye splicec. Eye formed with a pressure clamped sleeved. Eye formed by clips

236: As the propeller turns, voids are formed on the trailing and leading edges of the propeller bladescausing a loss of propulsive efficiency, pitting of the blades, and vibration. These voids are known as__________.

a. advanceb. cavitationc. edgingd. slip

237: The latch of a safety hook __________.

a. increases the strength of the hookb. prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook if the strain is abruptly easedc. prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook if there is a strain on the sling ringd. All of the above

238: A shore is a piece of securing dunnage that __________.

a. runs from a low supporting level up to the cargo at an angle



b. is also known as a "distance piece"c. is placed on the deck under the cargo to distribute its weight evenlyd. is run horizontally from a support to the cargo

239: Flame screens are used to __________.

a. contain flammable fumesb. protect firefighters from flamesc. prevent flames from entering tanksd. keep flames and sparks from getting out of an engine's exhaust system

240: The best way to lift many small articles aboard your vessel is with a __________.

a. palletb. barrel hookc. spreaderd. snotter

241: If there are any changes in the crew in a foreign port, the changes will be made by __________.

a. the Master on the Certified Crew Listb. the Master on the Shipping Articlesc. U.S. Consul on the Certified Crew Listd. U.S. Consul on the Shipping Articles

243: A towing vessel becomes tripped while towing on a hawser astern. What factor is MOST importantwhen assessing the risk of capsizing?

a. Length of the towlineb. Height of the towline connectionc. Longitudinal position of the towline connectiond. Direction of opposing force

244: "Hard right rudder" means __________.

a. put the rudder over to the right all the wayb. jam the rudder against the stopsc. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidshipsd. put the rudder over quickly to 15° right rudder

245: The fitting that allows a boom to move freely both vertically and laterally is called the __________.

a. swivelb. lizardc. spider bandd. gooseneck

246: The force exerted by a propeller which tends to throw the stern right or left is called __________.

a. slipb. sidewise forcec. rotational force



d. thrust

247: The main advantage and chief characteristic of a Steulchen boom is that it can be __________.

a. operated by one winchmanb. cradled on deckc. swung from one hatch to the adjacent hatchd. collared to the mast

248: Dunnage may be used to protect a cargo from loss or damage by _______________________ .

a. ship's sweatb. inherent vicec. taintingd. hygroscopic absorption

249: Functions aboard a tanker or tank barge such as connecting, disconnecting, and topping off must besupervised by __________.

a. any certificated tankermanb. the Master of the vesselc. the officer of the watchd. the person designated as "person in charge"

250: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety orMarine Inspection Office as soon as possible?

a. The crew membersb. The Master of the vesselc. The port authoritiesd. All of the above

251: A seaman lost his continuous discharge book during the voyage. Upon discharge from Articles, heshould be issued a __________.

a. letter of service on company letterhead signed and sealed by the masterb. Record of Entry in a Continuous Discharge Book for use in applying for a duplicate bookc. Certificate of Discharge with the white copy forwarded to the Commandantd. Mutual Release (CG2119), and the articles should be annotated as to the loss

252: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multiproduct tankship. Which statement is true?

a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1and 2 wing tanks.b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may not be carried in tanks having a common header vent.c. Pyridine must be separated from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, emptytanks, etc.).d. A tank of diisopropylamine may be used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank of carbondisulfide.

253: The forward movement of a vessel in one revolution of its propeller is measured by __________.



a. advanceb. head reachc. the pitchd. transfer

254: "Ease the rudder" means to __________.

a. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder commandb. bring the rudder amidshipsc. decrease the rudder angled. steer the course which is your present heading

256: When fruit is carried as refrigerated cargo, the most frequent cause of its being infected at thedischarge port is __________.

a. leaks in the ship's refrigeration systemb. improper cleaning of the cargo spacesc. carriage at the wrong temperatured. improper precooling of the cargo spaces

256: When fruit is carried as refrigerated cargo, the most frequent cause of its being infected at thedischarge port is __________.

a. leaks in the ship's refrigeration systemb. improper cleaning of the cargo spacesc. carriage at the wrong temperatured. improper precooling of the cargo spaces

257: The distance between the surface of the liquid and the tank top in a cargo tank is called__________.

a. thievageb. innagec. ullaged. tankage

258: Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in bulk. The keel was laid in 1980.Which statement concerning the carriage of this cargo is TRUE?

a. A flammable gas detection system must be installed in each cargo pump room.b. The cargo may be gauged by automatic float type devices.c. Carriage of this cargo is authorized by issuance of an IMO Certificate.d. Aluminum, copper, zinc, and mercury are allowed in valve parts in contact with the cargo.

260: You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel, containing Class 1 explosives. Thepackage is damp, moldy and stained. You must __________.

a. have the U.S.C.G. Captain of the Port approve the shipmentb. note an exception on the Bill of Ladingc. repair or replace the packaging before stowaged. seek the shipper's advice with regard to withdrawal, repair, or replacement



261: A seaman about to be discharged has a Continuous Discharge Book. Which statement is TRUE?

a. A Certificate of Discharge Form should be attached to the book.b. An entry should be made in the book and a Certificate of Discharge Form issued to the seaman.c. If a vessel was on coastwise articles, the record of discharge will be made in the OfficialLogbook.d. The record of entry in the book must be submitted to the Coast Guard.

262: Mousing a cargo hook with marline or small line __________.

a. increases the lifting capacity of the hookb. protects the hook from the sling ringc. prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hookd. All of the above

263: Which type of hull damage should be repaired FIRST?

a. Damage below the waterlineb. Damage to interior watertight boundariesc. Damage in way of machinery roomsd. Damage at or just above the waterline

264: The total weight of cargo, fuel, water, stores, passengers and crew, and their effects, that a ship cancarry, is the __________.

a. bale cubicb. deadweightc. gross tonnaged. loaded displacement

265: Which statement is TRUE about hooks and shackles?

a. Hooks are stronger than shackles of the same diameter.b. Shackles are stronger than hooks of the same diameter.c. Hooks and shackles of the same diameter are of equal strength.d. All the above may be true, depending on the hook's or shackle's overall length.

266: The distance that a ship moves forward with each revolution of its propeller, if there is no slip, iscalled __________.

a. advanceb. head reachc. pitchd. transfer

267: Which statement is NOT true concerning the stowage of class 1 explosives?

a. Class 1.1 explosives may be stowed with class 9 dangerous substancesb. Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated from" a stow of class 5.1 oxidizing materials.c. Class 1.4 explosives may not be stowed in the same hold with class 6.1 poisons.d. Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated from" a stow of class 8 corrosive materials.



268: When a deck cargo is secured with chain or wire lashings and grab (pear) links, which statement isFALSE?

a. The amount of takeup is limited by the length of the turnbuckle.b. At the grab (pear) link, the slack end of chain should be led back and secured to the chain abovethe link.c. The lashings should be inspected each day and any slack taken up.d. The turnbuckle should be secured with a stick or lock nuts.

270: The disadvantage of using a heaving line to pass a towline is that __________.

a. it increases the likelihood of collision between the towing vessel and the disabled vesselb. recreational boaters tend to make the heaving line fast to the towed vessel as if it were thetowlinec. the monkey fist may injure someoned. it may reduce the catenary and increase yawing

271: Total responsibility for shipping and discharging the seamen is that of the __________.

a. Master of the vesselb. steamship companyc. U.S. Custom Serviced. U.S. Coast Guard

272: When measuring the oxygen content of the cargo tanks prior to loading cargoes requiring vaporrecovery, check it __________.

a. one meter from the tank bottom and one meter below the tank topb. one half the ullage of the tank and one meter below the tank topc. one half the ullage of the tank and one meter above the tank bottomd. at three meter intervals from the tank top to the bottom

273: You will load class 1.2 commercial explosives and need to construct a portable magazine. Themagazine MUST __________.

a. be made of metalb. be elevated with skids 10cm (3.9 inches) above the deckc. have a hinged coverd. be fastened with nails or screws

274: What is the difference between net tonnage and gross tonnage?

a. Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less certain deductible spaces.b. Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared to tonnage of whole ship.c. Net tonnage is gross tonnage minus engine and bunker spaces.d. Net tonnage is the net weight of the ship.

275: You have taken another vessel in tow. You can tell that the towing speed is too fast when the__________.

a. vessels are not in stepb. tow line feels like it is "jumping" when touched



c. catenary comes clear of the waterd. towed vessel goes "in irons"

276: As a ship moves through the water, it causes a wake, which is also moving forward relative to thesea. In addition to a fore and aft motion, this wake also has a(n) __________.

a. downward and inward flowb. downward and outward flowc. upward and inward flowd. upward and outward flow

277: Allied Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) has been established. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The Naval Control of Shipping Organization of each nation will serve their own ships only.b. Allied ships, which are at sea when an emergency is declared, will all be controlled by a centralauthority.c. The conduct of USflag ships in an allied port will be controlled by US NCS authorities.d. After Naval Control of Shipping has been established, permission to sail must come fromlocal naval authorities or consular officers.

278: Regulations concerning the stowage, lashing, and securing of timber deck cargoes aboard generalcargo vessels may be found in the __________.

a. International Cargo Bureau Regulationsb. Load Line Regulationsc. Rules and Regulations for Cargo and Miscellaneous Vesselsd. vessel's classification society rules and regulations

280: Your ship is in a neutral port when full Naval Control of Shipping is established. You may expect tobe boarded and instructed by a(n) __________.

a. U.S. Naval Control of Shipping Officerb. allied Naval Control of Shipping Officerc. Consular Shipping Advisors (CONSA)d. Any of the above

281: Which action will take place if a crew member is replaced in a U.S. port after foreign articles havebeen signed, and the ship proceeds foreign?

a. The Master will remove the replaced man's name from the Certified Crew List but not from thearticles.b. The name of the new man is added to the articles but not to the Certified Crew List.c. The U.S. Consul will remove the replaced man's name from the Certified Crew List.d. The U.S. Consul will add the new man's name to the Certified Crew List.

282: The owner, agent, Master or personincharge of a "TBoat" involved in a marine casualty causinginjury that requires professional medical treatment must __________.

a. immediately notify the nearest USCG MSO, MIO, or Group Officeb. keep all voyage records and make them available to Coast Guard investigatorsc. file a written report (CG2692) of the casualty within five daysd. All of the above



284: The beam of a vessel refers to the __________.

a. depth between decksb. internal cubic capacityc. molded depth of the vesseld. width of the vessel

285: Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice under defense planning?

a. celestialb. electronicc. pilotingd. None of the above

286: Sidewise force of the propeller tends to throw a vessel's stern to the right or left, depending onrotation. This force is caused by __________.

a. back current from the rudderb. greater pressure on the right or left side of the propeller, depending on rotationc. lower pressure on the right or left side of the propeller, depending on rotationd. torque from the velocity and angle at which the surrounding water impinges upon thepropeller blades

287: On the cargo manifest, the weight of the cargo inside a box is called __________.

a. gross weightb. net weightc. light weightd. rate weight

290: What is NOT a form used by ice support services to disseminate information?

a. Ice Analysesb. Ice Forecastsc. Ice Outlooksd. Ice Bulletins

291: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel making coastwise runs. Whenever a crewmember is discharged from your vessel you must __________.

a. issue a Certificate of Discharge and make an entry in his Continuous Discharge Bookb. issue a Certificate of Discharge or make an entry in his Continuous Discharge Bookc. retain the crew member's Continuous Discharge Book onboardd. retain the crew member's Certificate of Discharge onboard

292: Stress on the topping lift of a swinging boom can be reduced by __________.

a. rigging a back stayb. raising the boomc. increasing the mechanical advantage of the cargo purchased. taking all slack out of the preventer



293: Which space(s) is(are) NOT exempt when measuring gross tonnage?

a. Auxiliary machinery spaces above the deckb. Steering gear roomc. Cargo holdsd. Galley in a deckhouse

294: Displacement refers to the __________.

a. cubic capacity of a vesselb. deadweight carrying capacity of a vesselc. gross tonnage of a vesseld. number of long tons of water displaced by a vessel afloat

295: Which publication offers information on Great Lakes ice services?

a. Light List volume VIIb. U.S. Coast Pilot #6c. Marine Weather Logd. National Weather Service, Ice Outlooks

295: Which publication offers information on Great Lakes ice services?

a. Light List volume VIIb. U.S. Coast Pilot #6c. Marine Weather Logd. National Weather Service, Ice Outlooks

296: You are on a course of 000°T and put the rudder right 30°. In which direction will the transfer bemeasured?

a. 000°Tb. 090°Tc. 180°Td. 270°T

297: Commercial ships or other persons or agencies requiring the assistance of Canadian Coast Guardicebreakers should first contact __________.

a. the Canadian Coast Guardb. Ice Sarniac. the Ice Navigation Centerd. the icebreaker assigned to the area

299: Cargo transfer operations on a tank vessel need NOT be stopped when __________.

a. a tug comes alongside while the tanker is loading grade D and E cargoesb. a large, fresh oil spill is discovered immediately adjacent to the side of the tankerc. there is an electrical storm in the vicinityd. there is a fire on the dock or on a nearby vessel

300: On which form do you provide a written report of Marine Casualty to the nearest Coast Guard



Marine Safety Office?

a. DD 214b. CG 2692c. DOT 211d. CG 5511

301: You are signing on a crew. Which person is presenting a Merchant Mariner's Document (MMD)that you should suspect as being invalid?

a. An AB with an endorsement of "Any unlicensed rating in the deck department including AbleSeaman"b. A seaman with an MMD only endorsed as "Bosun"c. A Purser with an MMD only endorsed "See certificate of registry"d. A Chief Steward with an MMD only endorsed as "Steward's Dept. (FH)"

302: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker with orders to load diethylamine. What is NOT arequirement for transporting this cargo?

a. You must have two toxic vapor detectors or the pumproom must meet special requirements.b. Each crew member must be provided with an emergency escape breathing apparatus.c. A person taking cargo samples must wear protective clothing.d. If you are carrying propionic acid also, the venting systems must be segregated.

303: What requires a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death?

a. Collision with a bridgeb. Injury beyond first aidc. loss of lifed. All of the above

304: To warp a vessel means to __________.

a. anchor the vesselb. bring the head into the windc. clean the decksd. move the vessel by hauling on lines

305: What is considered a Serious Marine Incident?

a. an allision that results in $500 damage to a boat dockb. an injury to a crewmember, passenger, or other person which requires professionalmedical treatment beyond first aidc. grounding of a vessel on a sandbar that does not result in injuries and/or any damage to thevesseld. None of the above

306: You are aboard a singlescrew vessel with a righthanded propeller. The vessel is dead in the waterand the rudder is amidships. If you reverse your engine you would expect your vessel to __________.

a. kick its stern to portb. kick its stern to starboard



c. move astern without swingingd. swing its stern to starboard, then to port

307: Which type of chemical testing is NOT required of merchant marine personnel?

a. Preemploymentb. Periodicc. Randomd. Annual

309: When planning the loading or discharging of a VLCC (100,000 DWT+) what is the most importantconsideration?

a. Draft and trimb. Limits of the bending momentsc. Rate of dischargingd. Rate of loading

310: Operators of Uninspected Passenger Vessels are required to keep their Coast Guard License aboard__________.

a. only when operating more than one mile from shoreb. only when operating at nightc. only when carrying passengers for hired. At all times

311: The Shipping Articles shall be signed by each seaman and the __________.

a. Master of the vesselb. Shipping Commissionerc. U.S. Coast Guardd. U.S. Customs Service

312: If you are bunkering and you close off one tank in the line of tanks being filled, the rate of flow toother open tanks on the same line will __________.

a. increaseb. decreasec. stopd. remain constant

313: With the exception of a Coast Guard approved commercial hybrid Personal Flotation Device (PFD),which type of life preserver must be carried for each person on board an uninspected passenger vessel?

a. Type Ib. Type IIc. Type IIId. None of the above

314: "Avast" means __________.

a. let go



b. pullc. slack offd. stop

315: A vessel must have one approved ring life buoy on board if its length is over how many feet?

a. 6 feetb. 16 feetc. 26 feetd. 36 feet

319: Static electricity may be built up by the __________.

a. flow of petroleum through pipesb. spraying or splashing of petroleumc. settling of solids or water in petroleumd. All of the above

320: Containers of flammable solids should be conspicuously labeled by the shipper with a __________.

a. green labelb. red and white labelc. orange labeld. yellow label

321: Which is a TRUE statement concerning the examining of cargo equipment at the time of a vesselsInspection for Certification.

a. Cargo booms must be weight tested at this time by the U.S. Coast Guard.b. Cargo booms must be weight tested at this time by the American Bureau of Shipping.c. Cargo booms must be weight tested at this time by the National Cargo Bureau.d. No test at this time is required.

323: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The regulations require you to __________.

a. periodically inspect it and make an entry in a logb. keep a warning sign posted nearbyc. keep a fire hose run out and ready for use if neededd. allow no chipping or painting in the vicinity of the cargo

324: A "chock" is a __________.

a. deck fitting used to secure mooring linesb. casting fitted at the side of a weather deck, used as a fairleadc. sharp block of wood used to support hygroscopic cargod. smoke pipe for the galley stove

325: A deck fitting, used to secure line or wire rope, consisting of a single body with two protrudinghorns is called a __________.

a. bittb. bollard



c. capstand. cleat

326: In order to back a righthanded, singlescrew vessel in a straight line, you will probably need to use__________.

a. very little rudderb. some left rudderc. some right rudderd. full left rudder

327: You are on a multiple product tankship and carrying methyl acrylate, diethanolamine, andtriethylamine. Which statement is TRUE?

a. Methyl acrylate may be loaded in a tank adjacent to diethanolamine but not triethylamine.b. The heating coils to the cargo tank loaded with methyl acrylate must be blanked off.c. Valve components made of aluminum, copper, or zinc may not be in contact with the cargoes.d. Each crew member working on deck must have an emergency escape breathing apparatus.

329: Litmus paste is used in order to determine __________.

a. innageb. thievagec. ullaged. the tank's datum point

330: You have completed a Dangerous Cargo Manifest for dangerous cargoes loaded on board. It shouldbe kept in a conspicuous location __________.

a. in the radio roomb. in the ship's officec. on or near the bridged. outside the Captain's stateroom

331: Shipping articles are a contract of agreement between the members of the crew and the __________.

a. charterersb. Coast Guardc. Masterd. vessel's owner

332: The helm command "Meet her" means __________.

a. steer more carefullyb. use rudder to check the swingc. decrease the existing rudder angled. note the course and steady on that heading

334: The space above the engine room is called the __________.

a. fidleyb. gold locker



c. middle hatchd. noble

335: You are steaming in a heavy gale and find it necessary to heave to. Under most circumstances, thisis best done by __________.

a. stopping the engines and drifting beam to the seasb. going slow astern and taking the seas on the quarterc. taking the sea fine on the bow and reducing the speed to the minimum to hold that positiond. maintaining speed and taking the sea broad on the bow

336: When a vessel with a single righthand propeller backs to port the __________.

a. bow falls off to starboardb. vessel moves to port without changing headingc. bow swings to portd. vessel moves to starboard without changing heading

337: On a coastwise tugboat of 199 GT, on a voyage over 600 miles, what percentage of the deck crew(excluding licensed officers) must hold a document of able seaman?

a. 65%b. 50%c. 25%d. 0%

339: Oil product samples should be taken from the __________.

a. dock riserb. ship's cargo tanksc. shore tank discharged. All of the above

340: Argon is classified as a __________.

a. corrosiveb. flammable gasc. flammable liquidd. nonflammable gas

341: The Certificate of Freeboard is the __________.

a. Load Line Certificateb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Admeasurer's Certificated. Forecastle Card

342: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker with orders to load diethylamine. What is NOT arequirement for transporting this cargo?

a. You must have two toxic vapor detectors or the pumproom must meet special requirements.b. Each crew member must be provided with an emergency escape breathing apparatus.



c. A person taking cargo samples must wear protective clothing.d. If you are also carrying allyl alcohol, the venting systems must be segregated.

344: The purpose of a bilge well is to __________.

a. afford access to the shell through the double bottomsb. collect water to be pumped outc. provide access for the pneumercatord. provide a base line for sounding measurements


a. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.b. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees it is now.c. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.d. Stop the swing of the ship.

346: A vessel is equipped with a single righthanded screw. With rudder amidships and calm wind, thevessel will most likely back __________.

a. straight asternb. to portc. to starboardd. in no particular direction

347: You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise towingfrom the Gulf of Mexico to the New York area, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement isFALSE?

a. Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.b. All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.d. The sailors shall be divided into 3 watches.

349: The periodic weight testing of a vessel's cargo booms may be performed by the __________.

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. American Bureau of Shippingc. National Cargo Bureaud. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers

351: Which certificate is issued by the American Bureau of Shipping?

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Load Line Certificatec. Safety Equipment Certificated. Permit to Proceed for repairs

354: A "stopper" is __________.

a. a short length of line used for temporarily holding another lineb. a snatch block for handling a topping lift



c. an engine order telegraphd. the brake on a cargo winch

355: Generally, you can best keep a vessel under steering control when the vessel has __________.

a. headwayb. sternwayc. no way on, with engines stoppedd. no way on, with engines full ahead

356: It is possible, and sometimes necessary, to strengthen the deck of a vessel for carriage of deck cargoby __________.

a. placing bunker on the deckb. building a stage on which to place the cargoc. welding steel "feet" to the deck, on which the cargo is placedd. erecting vertical pillars under the deck to support the cargo

356: It is possible, and sometimes necessary, to strengthen the deck of a vessel for carriage of deck cargoby __________.

a. placing bunker on the deckb. building a stage on which to place the cargoc. welding steel "feet" to the deck, on which the cargo is placedd. erecting vertical pillars under the deck to support the cargo

357: What does the proof test load of an anchor chain demonstrate?

a. Breaking strength of the chainb. Strength of the chain to a specified limitc. Adequate holding power for new bottom conditionsd. Safe working load of the chain

357: What does the proof test load of an anchor chain demonstrate?

a. Breaking strength of the chainb. Strength of the chain to a specified limitc. Adequate holding power for new bottom conditionsd. Safe working load of the chain

360: The label required on containers carrying barium oxide in an international shipment must read__________.

a. "Poison"b. "Spontaneously Combustible"c. "Radioactive"d. "Infectious Substance"

361: The strictest load line regulations apply to __________.

a. gas carriersb. freighters (breakbulk)



c. passenger shipsd. tankers

362: A towing vessel is tripped when __________.

a. it is overtaken by the towb. it is pulled sideways by the towc. the weight of the towing hawser causes loss of maneuverabilityd. the propeller is fouled by the towing hawser


a. Companions and booby hatchesb. Chart roomc. Open structuresd. All of the above

364: A long ton is __________.

a. 1,000 poundsb. 2,000 poundsc. 2,240 poundsd. 2,400 pounds

366: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel is __________.

a. at the bowb. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowc. about onequarter of the vessel's length from the sternd. aft of the propellers

370: Cottonseed oil is classed as a __________.

a. combustible liquidb. flammable liquidc. flammable solidd. poison B

371: In the United States, the load line markings are set by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Coast Guardc. Federal Maritime Boardd. IMO

372: Keeping the draft at or below the load line mark will insure that the vessel has adequate__________.

a. ballastb. reserve buoyancyc. displacementd. rolling periods



374: Holes in the bulwark, which allow deck water to drain into the sea, are __________.

a. doggersb. fidleysc. freeing portsd. swash ports

375: The best line for towing small vessels is __________.

a. three strand nylonb. doublebraided nylonc. polypropylened. manila

376: You are aboard a righthanded singlescrew vessel with headway on. The engine is put full asternand the rudder hard left. What will the bow do?

a. It will swing to the left, and will swing left faster as the vessel loses way.b. It will swing to the left, straighten out and then swing to the right as the vessel loses way.c. It will swing to the left without increasing or decreasing its swing.d. The bow will swing to the right.

378: In preparation for receiving chilled reefer cargo, the reefer space has been precooled for overtwentyfour hours. Loading may begin when the space has been cooled to a temperature between__________.

a. 10°F (23°C) and +10°F (12°C)b. 12°F (11°C) and 20°F (7°C)c. 28°F (2°C) and 40°F ( 4°C)d. 42°F (6°C) and 55°F (13°C)

380: The (auto)ignition temperature is that temperature at which_______.

a. no spark or flame is required to ignite gas or vaporb. a fuel begins to give off explosive vaporsc. a fuel if ignited will continue to burnd. a 1% mixture of the fuel with air will explode

383: What is TRUE of pressure/vacuum valves?

a. They are designed to provide for the flow of small volumes of tank atmospheres caused bythermal variations in a cargo tank.b. They should operate in advance of the pressure/vacuum breakers.c. They should be kept in good working order by regular inspection and cleaning.d. All of the above

384: A "strongback" refers to a __________.

a. bar securing a cargo portb. centerline vertical bulkheadc. deep beamd. spanner stay



385: In controlling pollution, which action should be taken after all dirty ballast has been transferred tothe slop tank and prior to discharge through the oily water separator?

a. The clean tanks should be ballasted.b. The slops should be allowed time to settle.c. Chemicals should be added to emulsify the oil.d. The dirty ballast tank is crude oil washed.

386: You are maneuvering a vessel with a righthand propeller. The rudder is amidships. The vessel willgenerally back __________.

a. to portb. to starboardc. in a straight line directly asternd. downstream, the stern going in the direction of the current

389: When hooking up a cargo hose to your vessel's manifold, you should use a(n)______________.

a. international shore connectionb. insulating flange or single length of nonconducting hosec. selfcontained breathing apparatusd. oxygen analyzer

390: A package contains nitric acid solution and is radioactive. The radiation level at the package surfaceis .36 millirems per hour. How should this package be labeled?

a. Radioactive II and oxidizerb. Radioactive II and poisonc. Radioactive I and corrosived. Fissile class I

391: A tonnage tax is levied according to the __________.

a. deadweight cargo tonnage aboardb. displacement tonnage of vesselc. gross tonnage of vesseld. net tonnage of vessel

392: Which statement is TRUE concerning insulating flanges?

a. They should be inspected and tested periodically to ensure that the insulation is clean andin good condition.b. Switching off a cathodic protection system may be substituted for using an insulating flangec. The measured resistance value after installation should be less than 1,000 ohms.d. After the insulating flange is installed, hot work may be performed on deck.

394: The rope which is rove from the truck to be used with a bos'n's chair is called a __________.

a. gantlineb. life linec. stropd. whip



395: The vertical motion of a floating vessel in which the entire hull is lifted by the force of the sea isknown as __________.

a. surgeb. swayc. heaved. pitch

396: A vessel is equipped with twin propellers, both turning outboard with the engines half ahead. Ifthere is no wind or current and the rudders are amidships, what will happen?

a. The bow will swing to starboard.b. The bow will swing to port.c. The vessel will steer a zigzag course.d. The vessel will steer a fairly straight course.

397: Which statement is TRUE concerning deep well selfpriming pumps?

a. When loading oil cargo, it is always loaded via the discharge line through to the pump until thetank is topped off.b. Stripping systems are generally eliminated for the purposes of cargo handling.c. In recent years deep well pumps have become increasingly unpopular in product tankers andmedium size crude ships.d. There is no danger of damaging the pump from overheating.

398: Peck and Hale gear is used most commonly for securing __________.

a. automobilesb. baled cargoc. large wooden cratesd. palletized cargo

400: You are on a containership carrying a tank container that had been filled with sodium hydroxidesolution. The container is empty but has not been cleaned. Which, if any, placard is required?

a. No placard is required; the tank openings must be sealedb. Empty placard with corrosive placardc. Residue label with the UN numberd. Black and white corrosive placard

404: A vessel's "quarter" is that section which is __________.

a. abeamb. dead asternc. just aft of the bowd. on either side of the stern

405: At the establishment of Naval Control of Shipping (NCS), ships at sea will __________.

a. stop and await further ordersb. attempt to make their way to the nearest port of a friendly nation and await further instructionsc. continue voyages unless in danger areas defined in the advisory or supplemental message



d. keep radio silence

406: A twinscrew vessel with a single rudder is making headway. The engines are full speed ahead.There is no wind or current. Which statement is FALSE?

a. If one screw is stopped, the ship will turn toward the side of the stopped screw.b. The principal force which turns the ship is set up by the wake against the forward side of therudder.c. Turning response by use of the rudder only is greater than on a singlescrew vessel.d. With the rudder amidships, the ship will steer a fairly steady course.

407: You are carrying cargoes of crotonaldehyde, phosphoric acid, and morpholine on your multipleproduct tankship. Which of the following statements is TRUE?

a. Each of the cargoes must be segregated from the other by at least two barriers.b. The minimum protective clothing required for taking samples of phosphoric acid is goggles or aface shield.c. Aluminum, copper, and zinc are prohibited in all valve parts in contact with these cargoes.d. The required warning sign must have the legend "cancer hazard" added to it.

408: What is the meaning of the term tare weight?

a. Pounds of force necessary to damage a containerb. Total weight of a container and contentsc. Weight of a containerd. Weight of the contents of a container

409: A tanker is loaded with 5,000 barrels of petroleum. The cargo was loaded at a temperature of 70°F,and the coefficient of expansion is .0004. What is the net amount in barrels of cargo loaded?

a. 4800b. 4980c. 5020d. 5200

410: You are loading a cargo tank on your container ship. The tank displays the red label shown. Whichstatement is TRUE? (D023DG )

a. The tank contains propylene.b. The tank's volume is 1077 cubic feet.c. There are three tanks in the shipment.d. The tank contains an oxidizing material.

411: Tonnage tax is officially based upon the figures obtained from the __________.

a. Admeasurement Certificateb. deadweight scalec. displacement scaled. Load Line Certificate

413: A person is found operating a vessel while under the influence of alcohol. He/she is liable for__________.




a. imprisonment for up to three yearsb. a civil penalty of not more than $5,000c. a fine of not more than $3,000d. a fine of not more than $10,000

414: To "ease" a line means to __________.

a. cast offb. double up so that one line does not take all the strainc. pay out line to remove most of the tensiond. slack it off quickly

415: A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. He/she is liable for __________.

a. imprisonment for up to one yearb. a civil penalty of not more than $1,000c. a fine of not more than $2,000d. a civil penalty of not more than $5,000

416: While moving ahead, a twinscrew ship has an advantage over a singlescrew ship because__________.

a. correct trim will be obtained more easilyb. drag effect will be cancelled outc. side forces will be eliminatedd. speed will be increased

417: When inspecting wire rope that has been in use for some time, one must look for __________.

a. fishhooksb. kinksc. worn spotsd. All of the above

418: On a vessel proceeding from a very cold to a warm climate with a cargo of a nonhygroscopic naturein the holds, which is TRUE?

a. Danger of heavy ship sweat exists; constant and vigorous ventilation is required.b. There is danger of heavy cargo sweat if outside air is introduced by ventilation.c. There is little danger of ship's sweat, slight possibility of cargo sweat; moderate ventilation isneeded.d. The possibility of any sweat problem, either cargo or ship, is remote.

419: A cargo of 10,000 barrels of gasoline is loaded at a temperature of 90°F, and a cargo temperature of55°F, is expected on this voyage. It has a coefficient of expansion of .0006. How many barrels would youexpect to discharge at your destination?

a. 9790b. 9994c. 10210d. 10410



420: In handling break bulk hazardous materials, it is forbidden to use __________.

a. cargo netsb. metal bale hooksc. palletsd. slings

421: An International Tonnage Certificate will be issued to a vessel when it meets several requirements,one of which is that the vessel must __________.

a. admeasure over 100 GTb. be 79 or more feet in lengthc. engage in intercoastal or international traded. be issued a Certificate of Inspection

422: Which method should be used to secure a synthetic fiber line to two bitts?

a. Two round turns on the bitt closest to the strain and then figure eightsb. Two round turns on the bitt farthest from the strain and then figure eightsc. Figure eights and then a round turn at the top of both bittsd. Only figure eights are necessary on both bitts

423: When securing a synthetic line to a bitt what is the minimum number of round turns you should takebefore figureeighting the line?

a. Noneb. 1c. 2d. 3

424: Faking a line means to __________.

a. arrange it on deck in long bightsb. coil it down on deckc. put a whipping on itd. stow it below

426: You are stopped with no way upon your vessel at the pilot station. Your vessel is a large twinscrewship. You must come around 180° to board your Pilot. How should you use the engines and rudder toturn the ship fastest in the least amount of space?

a. Full ahead on the engines and hard over rudderb. Full ahead on one engine, full astern on the otherc. Half ahead with hard over rudder, then full astern on inboard engined. Slow ahead with hard over rudder

427: What is the greatest danger of an overriding tow?

a. Fouling of the towing hawserb. Loss of steeringc. Trippingd. Collision between the tow and the stern of the towing vessel



427: What is the greatest danger of an overriding tow?

a. Fouling of the towing hawserb. Loss of steeringc. Trippingd. Collision between the tow and the stern of the towing vessel

428: Your vessel is going from a warm climate to a cold climate with a hygroscopic cargo. Whichstatement is TRUE?

a. You must ventilate constantly and vigorously to combat ship sweat.b. You should ventilate; there is little danger of ship sweat, but a possibility of cargo sweat.c. There is danger of heavy cargo sweat if you ventilate.d. There is little danger of any sweat problem.

429: A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The temperature of the product is 90°F (32°C), andit has a coefficient of expansion of .0008. What is the net amount of cargo loaded?

a. 8856 bblsb. 8784 bblsc. 8820 bblsd. 9216 bbls

430: On a manned vessel carrying packaged hazardous cargo, the hazardous materials shall be inspected__________.

a. every 24 hours unless equipped with a fire detecting systemb. prior to entry into a U.S. portc. after stowage is completed. All of the above

431: Official proof of an American vessel's nationality is contained in the __________.

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Official Logc. Certificate of Documentationd. Shipping Articles

432: A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the person in charge of which towingvessel?

a. 99 GRT towing vessel operating on Chesapeake Bayb. 199 GRT towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaskac. 480 GRT towboat operating on the Western Riversd. 405 GRT towing vessel operating between Florida and the US Virgin Islands

433: When a tow is trimmed by the stern it is said to __________.

a. hogb. sagc. dragd. list



434: To "belay" a line means to __________.

a. coil it downb. heave it tautc. stow it belowd. secure it to a cleat

435: The amount of force a tug can exert on a stationary pull is called its __________.

a. brake horsepowerb. indicated horsepowerc. shaft horsepowerd. bollard pull

436: The rudders are amidships and both screws are going ahead. What will happen if the starboardscrew is stopped?

a. The bow will go to port.b. The bow will go to starboard.c. The bow will remain steady.d. The stern will go to starboard.

437: Prior to getting underway in fresh or brackish water, the Master must __________.

a. log the density of the waterb. secure all overboard dischargesc. take on fresh water ballastd. clean the sides with fresh water

438: Your vessel is loaded with nonhygroscopic cargoes and is going from a cold to a warm climate. Youshould __________.

a. start the exhaust blowersb. start the intake blowersc. not ventilate the cargo holdsd. ventilate the cargo holds

439: When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST action you should take if a cargo valve jammedopen?

a. Trip the pump relief valve.b. Order the dock man to shut down.c. Call the owner, operator, or terminal supervisor.d. Run out the vessel's or terminal's fire hose.

440: If a Master must jettison a container loaded with hazardous material, he must, as soon as possible,notify the __________.

a. National Cargo Bureaub. Environmental Protection Agencyc. National Hazardous Chemical Response Centerd. nearest Captain of the Port



441: The document which shows a vessel's nationality, ownership, and tonnage is the __________.

a. Manifest Certificateb. Bill of Lading Certificatec. Certificate of Documentationd. Official Logbook


a. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder commandb. decrease the rudder anglec. bring the rudder amidshipsd. steer the course which is your present heading

443: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability DataReference Book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

a. 86.72 numeralb. 89.98 numeralc. 91.40 numerald. 93.18 numeral

444: A metal object on the pier resembling a tree stump and made to receive mooring lines is a__________.

a. bightb. bollardc. chockd. camel

445: Where are the towing bitts best placed for towing purposes?

a. Near the centerline and over the ruddersb. On each side of the vessel near the sternc. Forward of the rudder post and close to the tug's center of pivotd. As far aft as possible

446: A twinscrew vessel can clear the inboard propeller and maneuver off a pier best by holding a(n)__________.

a. forward spring line and going slow ahead on the inboard engineb. after spring line and going slow astern on the outboard enginec. forward spring line and going slow ahead on both enginesd. forward spring line and going slow ahead on the outboard engine

447: One reason a tug's towing bitts are located forward of the rudders is because __________.

a. it makes it easier to hook up the towing hawserb. this is where the towhook is locatedc. this allows more responsive steeringd. it is traditional

http://jule-iii.com/uscg/2/tables.pdf



448: Hygroscopic cargoes should be ventilated when __________.

a. going from a warm to a cold climateb. the dew point of the outside air is greater than the dew point of the air in the holdc. the dew point of the air in the hold is very lowd. the outside dew point is 60°F (16°C) and the cargo temperature is 54°F (12°C)

449: When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the first action you should take if a cargo valve jammedopen?

a. Call the owner, operator, or terminal supervisor.b. Unplug the deck scuppers.c. Order the dock man to shut down.d. Run out the vessel's or terminal's fire hose.

450: Once a vessel has loaded packaged hazardous cargo, the cargo spaces shall be inspected. The spacesshall also be inspected at least once in every 24 hours. The only exception to daily inspection is when__________.

a. a vessel is equipped with an automatic smoke or fire detecting systemb. the cargo hatches are of steel constructionc. the cargo is of a nonflammable typed. there is sufficient fire protection located on the main deck adjacent to the cargo hatch

451: What is official proof of a vessel's ownership?

a. Certificate of Documentationb. Bill of Ladingc. Transfer Certificated. Logbook

452: Where should the foundation supports for towing bitts terminate?

a. Forward of the towing winchb. In the frames or other substantial structural members below decksc. On the deck plates in the engineroomd. On deck, aft of the towing winch

453: What purpose does a tow hook serve?

a. To quickly connect or release the towing hawserb. To help pick up the towing hawser from the waterc. To prevent the towing hawser from fouling the propellerd. To recover the towing hawser from a barge

454: A rope ladder with wooden rungs is a __________.

a. drop ladderb. life ladderc. Jacob's ladderd. jury ladder



455: A vessel having continuous closely spaced transverse strength members is __________.

a. longitudinally framedb. transversely framedc. cellular framedd. web framed

455: A vessel having continuous closely spaced transverse strength members is __________.

a. longitudinally framedb. transversely framedc. cellular framedd. web framed

456: You are conning a twinscrew vessel going ahead with rudders amidships. If the port screw stopsturning the bow will __________.

a. go to portb. go to starboardc. not veer to either sided. go first to port and then to starboard

457: You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular runfrom New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?

a. Deck watches may be 6 and 6.b. Able seamen are not required in the deck crew.c. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.d. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.

458: Sweat damage will occur in a cargo hold containing cased machinery when the __________.

a. air temperature of the hold is higher than the temperature of the outside airb. dew point of the hold is higher than the temperature of the ship's skinc. dew point of the outside air is lower than the temperature of the cargod. outside air temperature is colder than the temperature of the cargo

459: Petroleum cargo tanks should not be topped off at deck level when loading on a cold day because__________.

a. a subsequent temperature rise will cause the cargo to overflowb. air pockets may cause the cargo to bubble out of the ullage holec. the increased viscosity of the product requires higher loading pressure which increases thechances of a spilld. the tank valve may be stiff and a spill will occur before the valve can be closed

460: When stowing hazardous materials on deck, lashing of such cargo is permitted if __________.

a. a wooden bin is constructed of at least 2inch dunnage and bolted togetherb. the cargo is lashed to the adjacent guard railsc. the lashings are secured to deck pad eyesd. there is at least 3 inches of dunnage on deck



461: Where is the best location to install a towing hook?

a. Forward of the towing bittsb. On the fantailc. Near the Norman Pinsd. Just aft of amidships

462: The safe working load (SWL) of wire rope with a safety factor of 6 is what percent of its strength?

a. 10%b. 17%c. 50%d. 80%

463: A tow span __________.

a. prevents the towing hawser from snagging any equipment or gear on deckb. may be equipped with a greased, free sliding spool to fairlead the towing hawserc. allows the crew access to the fantail and to move safely on deck aft of the towing bitts or winchd. All of the above

464: The static bollard pull of a tug is measured in tons and consists of the brake horsepower of the tug'sengine divided by 100 and multiplied by a factor of __________.

a. 0.5b. 1.3c. 3d. 10

465: Which structural members improve a towing vessel's chance of surviving punctured shell plating?

a. Stringersb. Longitudinalsc. Transverse watertight bulkheadsd. The rake

466: A twin screw vessel, making headway with both engines turning ahead, will turn more readily tostarboard if you __________.

a. reverse port engine, apply right rudderb. reverse port engine, rudder amidshipsc. reverse starboard engine, apply right rudderd. reverse starboard engine, rudder amidships

467: Of which type of material may a towing hawser be constructed?

a. Wire ropeb. Nylon, dacron, polypropylene or a blend of other synthetic fibersc. Manilad. All of the above

468: Sweat damage in a hatch full of canned goods in cartons will occur when the __________.



a. air temperature is higher than the temperature of the cargob. air temperature is lower than the temperature of the cargoc. dew point is higher than the temperature of the cargod. dew point is lower than the temperature of the cargo

469: With an increase in temperature the volume of flammable and combustible liquids __________.

a. expandsb. contractsc. remains constantd. remains constant if pressure remains constant

469: With an increase in temperature the volume of flammable and combustible liquids __________.

a. expandsb. contractsc. remains constantd. remains constant if pressure remains constant

470: A fiber towing hawser should be stowed __________.

a. in an enclosed rope locker with adequate air circulationb. by spooling it on the winchc. by coiling it on deckd. by hanging it in the engineroom

471: The official identification of a vessel is found in the __________.

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Classification Certificatec. Load Line Certificated. Certificate of Documentation

472: On a long ocean tow, the bridle should be made up of two equal lengths of __________.

a. chainb. wirec. nylond. manila


a. He may refuse to accept the seaman if the seaman is medically unfit.b. He must take the seaman even if the seaman has a contagious disease.c. He is always required to take the seaman.d. He may refuse to take the seaman if it will violate the Certificate of Inspection.

474: On an anchor windlass, the wheel over which the anchor chain passes is called a __________.

a. brake compressor wheelb. devil's claw



c. wildcatd. winchhead

475: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

a. bow lineb. breast linec. forward spring lined. None of the above

476: You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships, when your port engine stalls. To continuebacking on course, you should __________.

a. apply left rudderb. apply right rudderc. increase engine speedd. keep your rudder amidships

477: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?

a. An injury requiring first aid treatmentb. Damage of bridgetobridge radio capabilityc. Accidental stranding or groundingd. Damage to property amounting to $12,500

478: The moisture equilibrium chart can be used to determine the __________.

a. absolute moisture content of the air surrounding a hygroscopic cargo when moisture equilibriumexistsb. dew point temperature that the air surrounding a hygroscopic commodity will have whenin moisture equilibrium with that commodityc. enthalpy of the air surrounding a hydroscopic cargo which is in moisture equilibrium with thecargod. temperature at which moisture equilibrium will occur in a cargo hold containing a hygroscopiccargo

479: Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has too much trim by the stern.To adjust the trim you may __________.

a. add ballast forwardb. load more cargo forwardc. shift bunkers forwardd. All of the above

480: What is NOT a requirement for the preparation of used, gasolinepropelled cars if they are to becarried as ordinary cargo and not as hazardous cargo?

a. The engine must be run until it dies from lack of fuel.b. The fuel tank must be inerted with CO2.c. The ignition key may not be in the ignition.d. The vehicle must be inspected for fuel leaks.




481: Which U.S. agency assigns an official number to a vessel?

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Collector of Customsc. Treasury Departmentd. Coast Guard

482: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons is to be loaded aboard your vessel. You examine one of thecartons of the lot shown. What is the total cubic space the consignment will occupy? (Assume no brokenstowage.) (D042DG )

a. 51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters)b. 58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters)c. 336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters)d. 700 cubic feet (21 cubic meters)

483: A fiber towing hawser is readied for service by __________.

a. spooling it on a winch catheadb. coiling it in a counterclockwise direction on the fantailc. faking it on deck in a fore and aft directiond. spooling it on a reel lying on its side to prevent rolling

484: On studlink anchor chain the addition of the stud increases the strength of the link by about__________.

a. 10%b. 15%c. 20%d. 50%

485: To clean a dirty fiber towing hawser used in ocean towing, you should __________.

a. use lye or other mild detergentb. wash it with fresh water, dry and store itc. wash it with salt waterd. use cleaning fluid on nylon, dacron and other synthetic lines

486: You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships. Your starboard engine stalls. To continuebacking on course, you should __________.

a. apply left rudderb. apply right rudderc. increase your engine speedd. keep your rudder amidships

487: One method of removing kinks from fiber rope is to __________.

a. coil the line against the layb. tow the line astern until it straightensc. stretch the line until it reaches its elastic limitd. cut out each kink and splice




488: Which data can NOT be found on a moisture equilibrium chart?

a. Dry bulb temperatureb. Moisture contentc. Vapor pressured. Wet bulb temperature

489: Your tank vessel is fully loaded, and you find that she is down slightly by the head. To adjust thetrim, you may __________.

a. add ballast aftb. load more cargo aftc. shift cargo aftd. All of the above

490: Which agency is authorized to assist the Coast Guard in the inspection of vessels for the suitabilityof loading hazardous materials?

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Environmental Protection Agencyc. National Cargo Bureau, Inc.d. U.S. Navy explosive loading details

491: A change of a documented vessel's name can only be made by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Commissioner of Customsc. Treasury Departmentd. Coast Guard

492: You are the Master of a 500gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentallyruns aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personnelb. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $(SA)25,000c. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possibled. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in loss of life

493: What does "end for end" mean in regard to a towing hawser?

a. To take the kinks out of the hawserb. To fake it down in figure eightsc. To increase the catenaryd. To swap ends of the hawser to minimize wear

494: What best describes an anchor buoy?

a. A black ball that is hoisted when the ship anchorsb. A buoy attached to the anchorc. A buoy attached to the scope of an anchor chaind. A mark of the number of fathoms in an anchor chain



495: Which space(s) is (are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

a. Boatswain's storesb. Companions and booby hatchesc. Passenger spacesd. All of the above

496: Your twinscrew vessel is moving ASTERN with rudders amidships. The starboard screw suddenlystops turning. Your vessel's head will __________.

a. go to portb. go to starboardc. remain stationaryd. suddenly drop down

497: Which type of fiber towing hawser is preferred for towing astern?

a. Manilab. Polypropylenec. Nylond. Dacron

498: When the dew point of the outside air is higher than the dew point of the air in the cargo hold, youshould __________.

a. energize the exhaust blowersb. energize the intake blowersc. not ventilate the cargo holdsd. ventilate the cargo holds

499: Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has too much trim by the stern.To adjust the trim, you may __________.

a. add ballast forwardb. load more cargo forwardc. shift bunkers forwardd. All of the above

500: What would NOT require that a detailed report of the release of hazardous cargo be made to theDepartment of Transportation?

a. The valve on an empty portable tank that contained acetone is accidentally opened and some ofthe residue escapes to the open sea.b. A carboy of nitric acid is broken on deck while loading and is flushed overboard with no injuryor damage.c. Part of your deck cargo of five gallon cans of paint is damaged and leaking so you jettisonthem to eliminate the fire hazard.d. Heavy weather causes damage to packages of a hazardous liquid that is subsequently pumpedout at sea through the bilge pumping system.

502: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warning ofa hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?



a. Z (FLASH)b. O (IMMEDIATE)c. R (ROUTINE)d. P (PRIORITY)

503: Which statement is FALSE?

a. Nylon can stretch approximately 40% and still recover.b. Only nylon stoppers should be used on nylon hawsers.c. Nylon is most practical for use on hip towing.d. With proper care nylon hawsers will greatly outlast manila and other natural fibers.

504: Anchors are prevented from running out when secured by the __________.

a. brakeb. devil's clawc. pawlsd. All of the above


a. celestialb. pilotingc. electronicd. None of the above

506: With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twinscrew vessel moving astern with both enginesbacking will back __________.

a. to portb. to starboardc. in a fairly straight lined. in a circular motion

507: You are signing on your crew. Which is NOT authorized?

a. A man presenting his Chief Mate's license to sign on as able seamanb. An engineer presenting an MMD endorsed "QMED any rating" to sign on as an Electricianc. A man presenting an MMD endorsed as "Able Seaman" to sign on as Bosund. A man presenting an MMD endorsed "Steward's Department (F.H.)" to sign on as Chief Cook

508: When the dew point of the outside air is lower than or equal to the dew point of the air in the cargohold, you should __________.

a. secure all ventilationb. shut down the exhaust blowersc. shut down the intake blowersd. ventilate the cargo holds

509: Which factor must be considered when determining the order of loading of dissimilar productsthrough the same piping system aboard a tanker?



a. Contamination of the cargob. Flash pointsc. Reid vapor pressuresd. Specific gravities

510: You have loaded dangerous cargo on your vessel and must fill out a Dangerous Cargo Manifest. Inwhich publication would you find the requirements to complete this form?

a. 33 CFR Navigation and Navigable Watersb. 46 CFR Shippingc. IMCO Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organizationd. IMDG International Maritime Dangerous Goods

511: All U.S. Flag vessels engaged in foreign trade are required to have a(n) __________.

a. enrollmentb. licensec. registryd. sea letter

512: When paying out nylon line from around the bitts __________.

a. stand clear of the bitts and use two or more round turns under your figure eightsb. you can surge the line even with a single turnc. no extra turns are necessary since nylon has a high coefficient of frictiond. stand in the bight of the line

513: Wire rope is used in the towing industry __________.

a. for back up wires and main towing hawsersb. for face wires or jockeys when pushing aheadc. as stern wires when pushing aheadd. All of the above

514: The part of an anchor which takes hold on the bottom is the __________.

a. armb. basec. fluked. stock

515: When compared to a fiber towing hawser, what is NOT an advantage of a wire towing hawser?

a. Wire is easy to handle when properly spooled on the drum of a towing winch.b. Wire has more spring and shock resistance than fiber.c. Wire can be used to tow heavier loads because of its smaller diameter and more manageablesize.d. Wire is subject to less deterioration if properly maintained.

516: You are going ahead on twin engines with rudder amidships. Your starboard engine stalls. Tocontinue on course, you should __________.



a. apply left rudderb. apply right rudderc. increase engine speedd. keep your rudder amidships

517: What is the purpose of the intermediate spring?

a. Serves as a backup for the main tow hawser in case of failure.b. Provides weight and flexibility to the total tow makeup.c. Lengthens the main tow hawser to keep the tow in step.d. Distributes the towing load.

518: Which factor is MOST important in preventing sweat damage within a cargo hold?

a. Dew point of the cargo holdb. Dew point of the outside atmospherec. Outside air temperatured. Temperature of the cargo

519: What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping off?

a. Reduce the loading rate.b. Notify the engine room of the procedure.c. Maintain communications with the dock man.d. Give the operation your undivided attention.

522: You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which carries one Master and one Mate ofTowing Vessels and four (4) seamen when underway. How many of the four seamen must have a ratingas able seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?

a. 4b. 3c. 2d. 1

524: The purpose of the stripping bar on an anchor windlass is to __________.

a. clean off any mud that may have accumulated on the chainb. engage or disengage the wildcatc. fairlead the chain from the hawsepipe to the wildcatd. prevent the chain from fouling the wildcat

525: To lay out a towing hawser in a foreandaft direction so each bight is clear and can run out freelywithout snagging describes __________.

a. flemishingb. fakingc. spoolingd. worming, parceling and serving

526: You are going ahead on twin engines with rudders amidships. Your port engine stalls. To continueyour course you should __________.



a. apply right rudderb. apply left rudderc. keep your rudder amidshipsd. increase engine speed

527: What equipment is NOT used to protect a towing hawser?

a. Hawser boards and chafing gearb. Halyards and snaphooksc. Seizing wire, rope yarn and marlined. Norman pins and tow spans

528: Determine the dew point when the dry bulb temperature is 74°F (23°C) and the wet bulbtemperature is 60°F (16°C). (D008DG )

a. 14°Fb. 20°Fc. 28°Fd. 50°F

529: When loading a tanker, you should __________.

a. load only one tank at a timeb. keep the seamen on watch on standby in the mess roomc. keep a strain on the loading hosesd. close valves by closing them down, reopening one or two turns, and reclosing

531: Spring loaded towing hooks are used in towing to __________.

a. absorb and cushion the shock of towingb. prevent whiplashc. trip and release when the pull of the towing hawser exceeds a predetermined limitd. make it easier to attach and release the tow

533: A towing hook may be released from the __________.

a. tug's engineroom or the bowb. pilot house or aft steering stationc. forecastled. towing bitts by reaching over and releasing a lever

534: Which is part of the ground tackle?

a. Charlie nobleb. Devil's clawc. Gooseneckd. Rat's tail


a. offshore bow lineb. inshore bow line





c. forward breast lined. forward spring line

536: Your vessel is backing on the starboard screw, and going ahead on the port screw. The bow will__________.

a. back on a straight lineb. move ahead on a straight linec. swing to portd. swing to starboard

537: Which type of hook can be used as a towing hook?

a. Standard towing hooksb. Springloaded towing hooksc. Pelican hooksd. All of the above

538: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 80°F (27°C) and the wet bulb temperature is70°F (21°C), what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

a. 45%b. 52%c. 58%d. 65%

539: Which type of shackle is used for most towing connections?

a. Safety shacklesb. Round pin anchor shacklesc. Screw pin shacklesd. Heart shaped shackles

540: As seen from the tow, what should connect the leading ends of both towing bridle legs to the maintowing hawser?

a. A cable clampb. A fishplate, flounder, or towing platec. A pad eyed. The towing bitts

541: The official number of a documented vessel is __________.

a. not required to be marked anywhere on the vesselb. required to be permanently marked on the vessel's structurec. required to be painted on the vessel's sternd. required to be painted on the vessel's bow

542: Which best describes a "fishplate" used in towing?

a. A triangularshaped heavy steel plate with a round hole inset from each cornerb. A steel plate in the shape of a flat fish




c. A rectangularshaped piece of heavy steel plate with four holesd. A circular piece of heavy steel with three holes forming an equilateral triangle

543: You would be most likely to use a fishplate __________.

a. when towing alongsideb. on a hawser towc. when pushing ahead or in the notchd. when running "light boat"

544: If the winch should fail while you are hauling in the anchor, what prevents the anchor cable fromrunning out?

a. Chain stopperb. Devil's clawc. Hawse ratchetd. Riding pawl

545: Repairing damage to the hull at or above the waterline reduces the threat of __________.

a. free surface effectsb. capsizingc. continued progressive floodingd. wind heel

546: A twinscrew ship going ahead on the starboard screw only tends to move __________.

a. in a straight lineb. to portc. from side to sided. to starboard

547: Where is an intermediate spring or surge line placed in the towing hookup?

a. Connected between the main towing hawser and the towing bridleb. Connected between the "H" towing bitts and the main towing hawserc. End of line fastened directly to the drum of the towing winchd. As both legs of the towing bridle

548: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 55°F (13°C) and the wet bulb is 50°F (10°C),what is the relative humidity? (D008DG )

a. 55%b. 70%c. 75%d. 82%

549: Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak develops in the hose. You order the pumpingstopped. Before you resume pumping, you should __________.

a. notify the terminal superintendentb. place a large drip pan under the leak and plug the scuppers




c. repair the hose with a patchd. replace the hose

550: If the towing bridle legs are not of equal length __________.

a. excessive strain is placed on the shorter legb. the shorter leg may failc. the longer leg is slackd. All of the above

551: The name and hailing port of a documented commercial vessel is __________.

a. not required to be marked anywhere on the vesselb. required to be marked on both bows and on the keelc. required to be marked on the stern with the name of the vessel marked on both bowsd. required to be marked on the keel, stern, and both bows

552: Which type of bridle is the most effective for a heavy ocean tow?

a. Nylon because of its strengthb. Polypropylene because it floats and is easier to handlec. Stud link anchor chain for chafe resistance and strengthd. Wire rope for flexibility and strength

553: A bridle for an ocean tow consists of __________.

a. two chains of equal lengthb. a single nylon pendant rove through a heavy ring free to move on the pendantc. two long legs of wire rope shackled to a fishplated. a single length of heavy chain with both ends secured on deck to welded pad eyes

554: Which part of the patent anchor performs the same function as the stock of an old fashioned anchor;that is, forces the flukes to dig in?

a. Bill or peab. Armc. Shankd. Tripping Palm

555: A chain bridle is used when towing astern because it __________.

a. is easy to connectb. provides an effective catenary and absorbs shock due to its weightc. makes rigging a swivel unnecessaryd. prevents the tow from yawing by the drag of the chains in a seaway

556: You may BEST turn a twinscrew vessel about, to the right, in a narrow channel by using__________.

a. both engines ahead and helmb. one engine onlyc. port engine ahead and the starboard engine astern



d. both engines astern and use helm

557: A report of casualty to a vessel must include __________.

a. the estimated cost of damageb. an evaluation of who was at faultc. the amount of ballast on boardd. the name of the owner or agent of the vessel

558: A heated bulkhead has the effect on a hygroscopic commodity of __________.

a. causing moisture to accumulate against the bulkheadb. lowering the vapor pressure of the commodityc. lowering the dew point of the aird. raising the vapor pressure of the commodity

559: A vessel loads edible oil in a deep tank through a manhole at the midlength of the tank. In order tofill the tank to maximum capacity, what trim should the vessel have?

a. Down by the bowb. Down by the sternc. Down by either the bow or sternd. In level trim

560: You are loading a cargo that includes cylinders of acetylene aboard your break bulk vessel. Whichstatement is true?

a. The cylinders must be stowed at least 10 horizontal feet from corrosive materials in thesame space.b. Stowage in the upper deckdeck is considered to be the equivalent of "on deck" stowage for thiscargo.c. The cylinders must have a red label for flammability and a green label for compressed gas.d. The cylinders may be protected from the radiant heat of the Sun by laying a tarp on them.

561: Which space cannot be deducted from gross tonnage when calculating net tonnage?

a. Crew messroomb. Forepeak ballast tankc. Master's cabind. Chain locker

563: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the PRIMARY responsibility of thewatch officer?

a. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.b. Record the bells and their times in the bell book.c. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed.d. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary.

564: The anchors on the bow are known as __________.

a. bower anchors



b. kedge anchorsc. spare anchorsd. stream anchors

565: When the pilot is embarked he or she __________.

a. relieves the officer of the watchb. relieves the Master of his dutiesc. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vesseld. is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational knowledge

566: The BEST way to steer a twinscrew vessel if you lose your rudder is by using __________.

a. one engine and a steering oarb. both engines at the same speedc. one engine at a timed. one engine running at reduced speed and controlling the vessel with the other

566: The BEST way to steer a twinscrew vessel if you lose your rudder is by using __________.

a. one engine and a steering oarb. both engines at the same speedc. one engine at a timed. one engine running at reduced speed and controlling the vessel with the other

567: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Whichstatement about the required Pilot is TRUE?

a. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.b. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.c. The Pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.d. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.

568: Which statement concerning the carriage of containers is TRUE?

a. The Chief Mate and Master of a container ship should have the proposed stowage plan ready forthe stevedore upon arrival in port.b. When stowed on deck of a break bulk ship, the bottom of the container must be evenlysupported throughout.c. With tiered containers, a 40foot container may be stowed on top of two 20foot containers.d. Deck load calculations must take into account the square footage of the entire container bottom.

569: In order to reduce the accumulation of static electricity while loading petroleum products, youshould __________.

a. start to load at maximum pressureb. start to load slowlyc. increase the air flow into the tankd. use the overall method of loading only

570: A chain bridle is preferable to a wire rope towing bridle on a long ocean tow because chain__________.



a. is more flexible and has the ability to absorb shock because of its weightb. is less subject to wear and damage from abrasionc. requires little maintenanced. All of the above

571: You are in port A in the United States, and your Certificate of Inspection has expired. You wish togo to port B in the United States for repairs and to complete the inspection. If the OfficerinChargeMarine Inspection deems it safe, he may issue a __________.

a. Certificate of Seaworthinessb. Limited Certificate of Inspectionc. Temporary Certificate of Inspectiond. Permit to Proceed

572: A vessel is entering port "A" for the first time and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master isunsure that the Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?

a. Nothing; The Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.b. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.c. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.d. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the Pilot.

573: An ocean towing bridle whose legs are of equal length, but too short, may __________.

a. fail to provide spring in the hawserb. cause unequal distribution of the load to one legc. cause the bridle legs to jump clear of the chocks or fairleadsd. None of the above

574: Which type of link is generally used to connect shots of anchor chain?

a. Detachableb. Openc. Pear shapedd. Stud link

575: What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"?

a. "Steady"b. "Checked"c. "Passing 200°"d. "Eased to 10° rudder"

576: In twinscrew engine installations while going ahead, maneuvering qualities are most effectivewhen the tops of the propeller blades both turn __________.

a. to starboardb. outboard from the centerc. to portd. inboard toward the center

577: You are signing on a crew. A man presents a Merchant Mariner's Document that you suspect has



been tampered with. Which action should you take?

a. Confiscate the document and deliver it to the Coast Guard.b. Sign the man on and notify the Coast Guard at the first U.S. port of call.c. Refuse to sign the man on articles until authorized by the Coast Guard.d. Refuse to sign the man on and notify the FBI of unauthorized use of a federal document.

578: When loading a container vessel, the operation is basically that of vertical loading. The importantfactors to be considered when loading containers are port of discharge, __________.

a. available dunnage, and chockingb. crushability, and inherent vicec. sweat, and weightd. weight, and refrigeration

578: When loading a container vessel, the operation is basically that of vertical loading. The importantfactors to be considered when loading containers are port of discharge, __________.

a. available dunnage, and chockingb. crushability, and inherent vicec. sweat, and weightd. weight, and refrigeration

579: The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a booster pump to assist the dischargingoperation. You start the discharge, and in a few minutes the pressure drops sharply. This could be a resultof the __________.

a. booster pump coming on the line and discharging properlyb. booster pump failing to startc. booster pump being lined up in the wrong directiond. ship's pump speeding up

580: Which statement is FALSE about using a wire bridle on an ocean tow?

a. The inboard end of each bridle leg should have a large eye splice to fit over the bitts.b. The strength of each leg should be at least onehalf that of the main towing hawser.c. Each leg should be at least 60 to 90 feet long.d. None of the above

581: The Certificate of Inspection for your tankship authorizes the carriage of grade A and lowerproducts. Which chemical may NOT be carried unless it is specifically endorsed on the Certificate ofInspection?

a. Amyleneb. Diisobutyl Phthalatec. Oleic acidd. Vinyl acetate

582: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. after spring lineb. bow spring line




c. forward breast lined. bow line

583: Which factor(s) must you consider when making up a towing bridle?

a. The horsepower of the tugb. The desired amount of swing in the tow hook upc. The weight of the towd. All of the above

588: Because of the arrangement of the cell guides, the MOST important factor while loading containersis the __________.

a. contents of the containerb. list of the vesselc. size of the shoreside craned. weight of the container

589: The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a booster pump to assist the dischargingoperation. You start the discharge and in a few minutes the pressure drops sharply. This could be a resultof the __________.

a. booster pump coming on the line and discharging properlyb. booster pump failing to startc. ship's pump speeding upd. booster pump being lined up in the wrong direction

591: What will NOT be found on the Certificate of Inspection of an ocean going tankship?

a. Manning requirementsb. Minimum freeboard permittedc. Grade(s) of cargoes that the vessel may carryd. Waters upon which the vessel may be operated

592: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder," the helmsman's immediatereply should be __________.

a. "Right 15 degrees rudder"b. "Aye Aye Sir"c. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"d. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order.

593: To lead the towing hawser over the center of the stern when not under a strain you could__________.

a. fairlead it through a stern roller chockb. lead it through the Norman pinsc. hold it in the median position by a gob rope or lizard stopperd. All of the above when so equipped

594: A bollard is found on the __________.



a. beachb. deckc. pierd. towed vessel


a. outermost part of the ship while making the circleb. center of gravityc. bowd. tipping center

596: Before entering an ice area, the ship should be __________.

a. either trimmed by the head or the sternb. on an even keelc. trimmed down by the headd. trimmed down by the stern

597: Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the __________.

a. payment of monthly billsb. payment of creditorsc. support of a minor childd. All of the above

598: What is NOT an advantage of containership operations over conventional breakbulk operations?

a. Flexibility of operationb. Greater operational safetyc. Lower stevedoring costsd. Reduction of cargo damage

599: When stripping a tank, excessive air in the suction line may cause __________.

a. an over pressurized lineb. back pressurec. loss of suctiond. increase of suction

600: You are on a containership. Which statement about the stowage of hazardous materials in containersis TRUE?

a. The containers provide automatic segregation of hazardous materials except for class Aexplosives.b. All packages within a container must be marked "This End Up" to indicate the correct stowage.c. A refrigerated container with a fuel tank containing a flammable liquid must be stowed ondeck.d. Packages of liquids within a container should be stowed on top of packages of solids to preventcrushing.

601: Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification and is issued a temporary certificate. This



__________.

a. expires six months after it is issuedb. must be exchanged for a regular Certificate of Inspection before going foreign or out of statec. has the full force of a regular Certificate of Inspectiond. must be posted in the vicinity of the officers' licenses

602: Which emergency equipment should you keep near the towing bitts?

a. A selfcontained breathing apparatus (SCBA)b. A boat hook and a spanner wrenchc. A fire ax and/or cutting torchd. A Stokes litter basket

603: To reduce the amount of catenary you may __________.

a. shorten the hawser or increase the tug's speedb. lengthen the hawser or reduce the tug's speedc. place your tug in ironsd. make a sharp turn

604: The term "lee side" refers to the __________.

a. side of the vessel exposed to the windb. side of the vessel sheltered from the windc. port sided. starboard side

605: You would properly secure a gantline to a bosun's chair with a __________.

a. fisherman's bendb. bowlinec. double sheet bendd. double blackwall hitch

606: For operations in pack ice, a vessel should __________.

a. be on an even keelb. be trimmed slightly by the headc. have a drag of not more than 2 to 3 feetd. be ballasted so the forefoot is near the surface

607: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed in an "X" fashion, is called a __________.

a. scissor wireb. towing wirec. breast wired. cross wire

609: While discharging a tanker, list can be controlled by __________.

a. shoreside personnel



b. using a center tank near the bow, discharging as necessaryc. using wing tanks near the longitudinal center, discharging as necessaryd. using the after peak tank, loading as necessary

611: The Certificate of Inspection for a containership __________.

a. is issued by the Coast Guard and is usually valid for 2 yearsb. must be posted under transparent material near the officers' licensesc. lists all of the stability limitations and conditions imposed on the vesseld. shows the due date of the quadrennial test of the cargo gear


a. at the bowb. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowc. aft of the propellersd. about onequarter of the vessel's length from the stern


a. at the end of the watchb. only when properly relievedc. at any timed. 15 minutes before the end of the watch

614: A fid is a __________.

a. mallet used when splicing wire ropeb. sharp pointed crow bar used to unlay wire ropec. tapered steel pin used to separate wire roped. tapered wooden pin used when splicing heavy rope

614: A fid is a __________.

a. mallet used when splicing wire ropeb. sharp pointed crow bar used to unlay wire ropec. tapered steel pin used to separate wire roped. tapered wooden pin used when splicing heavy rope

615: When a wedge of water builds up between the head of the barge and the bank it is referred to as__________.

a. bank cushionb. bank suctionc. bow waved. veering cushion

616: "Ice blink" is __________.

a. the dark appearance of the underside of a cloud layer due to reflection of a surface of open waterb. the soft light appearance on the underside of a cloud layer due to reflection from a surface ofopen water



c. the yellowishwhite glare on the underside of a cloud layerd. "water sky"

617: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. onshore stern lineb. offshore stern linec. after breast lined. after spring line

618: When considering a vessel's stability, which spaces in a general cargo vessel are the best locationsfor the carriage of bulk grain?

a. Deep tanksb. Lower holdsc. Lower holds at the ends of the vesseld. 'Tweendecks

619: What is NOT a requirement for the safe and effective use of a crude oil washing system?

a. Strip all tanks and remove the bottom residue.b. Use an inert gas system while washing tanks.c. Use portable washing machines to reach areas obscured by structural members in thetanks.d. Decant one meter from the source tank for the tank cleaning machines.

620: You are on a container vessel. What concerning the handling and stowage of containerizedhazardous materials is TRUE?

a. Openbed containers may be used to transport hazardous materials if the cargo is properlysecured.b. A portable cargo tank of a flammable, cryogenic liquid may not be in transit for a periodexceeding its marked rated holding time unless the liquid is inhibited.c. A portable cargo tank containing a cryogenic liquid must be shipped on deck unless forcedventilation is provided to the decksdecks.d. A container loaded with packages of tear gas would display a placard reading "Irritant."

621: Which document shows details of a tank vessel, cargoes it may carry, manning and safetyequipment required?

a. Safety Construction Certificateb. Cargo Gear Certificatec. Certificate of Inspectiond. Declaration of Inspection

622: A predictable result of a vessel nearing a bank or edge of a channel is that the __________.

a. stern is drawn to the bank as the bow sheers offb. bow sheers toward the bankc. vessel continues in a straight line, but with greatly reduced maneuverabilityd. vessel will be drawn bodily into the bank unless the engines are stopped




623: When hugging a bank in a narrow channel, you should take precautions against_______________.

a. bank suction, squat and the effects of vessels passing close aboardb. clogged sea chests, plugged sea strainers and overheated machineryc. striking underwater obstructions close to the bankd. All of the above

624: A serving mallet is used in __________.

a. covering wire or fiber ropeb. forcing fids into a linec. dogging hatchesd. splicing lines

625: Which statement is FALSE?

a. Your stern is sucked down and your draft increases when going from deep to shallow water.b. Excessive speed while passing moored vessels may cause them to surge and break theirmoorings.c. Excessive speed while passing a tow being pushed ahead or pushing a tow into an eddy too fastmay break up the tow.d. None of the above

626: What should NOT be used as an indicator that ice may be

a. b. c. d.

A dark appearance of the sky: A yellowish glare in the sky

a. The presence of seals or certain type birdsb. c. d.

627: Your ship is steaming at night with the gyropilot engaged when you notice that the vessel's courseis slowly changing to the right. What action should you take FIRST?

a. switch to hand steeringb. shift steering to the emergency steering stationc. call the Masterd. notify the engineroom

628: Before loading bulk grain, bilge wells must be covered to __________.

a. add strength to the bilge well strainerb. permit rapid flow of water to the bilge wellsc. prevent cargo sifting into the bilge wellsd. prevent oil, water, or other liquid from reaching the cargo



629: You are planning to use a crude oil washing system. What precaution must be taken with the sourcetank for the washing machines?

a. At least one meter must be decanted from the source tank.b. The oil in the source tank must be sampled for compatibility.c. The source tank must have been crude oil washed at least once in the past 150 days.d. The inert gas system must lower the oxygen content in the source tank to a maximum of 12%.

630: You are doing a Williamson turn. Your vessel has swung about 60° from the original courseheading. You should __________.

a. put the rudder amidships and check the swingb. stop the engines and prepare to maneuver to pick up the man in the waterc. shift your rudderd. increase to maximum speed

631: At least one reinspection shall be made on each vessel holding a Certificate of Inspection valid fortwo years. This inspection shall be held between the tenth and fourteenth months of the duration periodof the certificate and shall be __________.

a. at the discretion of the inspector, but in no greater detail than required for original certificationb. at the discretion of the inspector, but in no lesser detail than required for original certificationc. generally similar in scope to the inspection required for certification, but in less detaild. equivalent to the inspection required for certification


a. Stop the swing of the ship.b. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.c. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees that it is now.d. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.

633: A tug is best positioned for towing and maneuvering on rivers and other restricted waters wherewave action is limited when __________.

a. directly astern and pushing the towb. towing on a hawserc. towing alongside and parallel to the vessel it is towingd. towing on the hip

634: The "iron mike" is a(n) __________.

a. pilotb. speakerc. standby wheeld. automatic pilot


a. the name of the owner or agent of the vesselb. an evaluation of who was at faultc. the amount of ballast on board



d. the estimated cost of damage

636: The use of an anchor to assist in turning in restricted waters is __________.

a. a last resortb. good seamanshipc. the sign of a novice shiphandlerd. to be used only with a singlescrew vessel

637: A tow bridle is attached to the main tow hawser at the __________.

a. bight ringb. tow hookc. fishplated. swivel

638: Ship's officers should check every cargo compartment after it is filled with bulk grain to ensure__________.

a. all lighting circuits are energizedb. all void spaces are filledc. the correct grade of cargo has been loadedd. the heavier grade is in the lower hold

639: The complete details of a crude oil washing system aboard your vessel, including the operatingsequences and procedures, design characteristics, a description of the system, and required personnel willbe found in the __________.

a. Oil Transfer Procedures Manualb. Crude Oil Washing Operations and Equipment Manualc. Code of Federal Regulationsd. Crude Oil Washing addendum to the Certificate of Inspection

639: The complete details of a crude oil washing system aboard your vessel, including the operatingsequences and procedures, design characteristics, a description of the system, and required personnel willbe found in the __________.

a. Oil Transfer Procedures Manualb. Crude Oil Washing Operations and Equipment Manualc. Code of Federal Regulationsd. Crude Oil Washing addendum to the Certificate of Inspection

640: Which factor(s) can affect the performance of a river towboat?

a. The draft of the towboat and the draft of the barges under towb. The placement of the barges within the towc. The presence of flanking rudders and Kort nozzlesd. All of the above

641: Which document shows the minimum required crew a vessel must have to navigate from one port inthe United States to another?



a. Articlesb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Crew Listd. Register


a. offshore stern lineb. inshore stern linec. after spring lined. after breast line

644: The "lay" of a line refers to __________.

a. its normal location of stowageb. the direction of twist in the strandsc. the manner in which it is coiledd. the manner in which it is rigged

645: A vessel's Certificate of Documentation __________.

a. may be retained by the owner at the home port OR kept on the vesselb. must be posted under transparent material in the pilothousec. must be carried on boardd. must be kept on file at the corporate offices of the owner or operator

646: What shape barge offers the least resistance in river towing?

a. A square ended bargeb. Barges with spoon shaped bowsc. Shipshaped bargesd. Hopper barges

647: Synchronous towing means that the __________.

a. tug is on the crest of a wave while the tow is in the troughb. tug is in the trough while the tow is riding on the crest of a wavec. tug and tow are both in the same relative position on different waves at the same timed. port and starboard engines on the tug are turning at the same RPM

648: Bulk cargo refers to __________.

a. cargo which occupies a large volume of spaceb. cargo which requires refrigerationc. cargo which is very densed. homogeneous cargo not enclosed in a container

649: Before a tank is to be crude oil washed, the oxygen content in the tank must be measured at aposition __________.

a. immediately above the level of the oilb. at the top of the tank




c. in the vent riserd. one meter from the deck

650: A crew member has just fallen overboard off your port side. Which action should you take?

a. Immediately put the rudder over hard right.b. Immediately put the rudder over hard left.c. Immediately put the engines astern.d. Wait until the stern is well clear of the man and then put the rudder over hard right.

651: Fire fighting equipment requirements for a particular vessel may be found on the __________.

a. 4Certificate of Inspectionb. Certificate of Seaworthinessc. Classification Certificated. Certificate of Registry

652: When plugging holes below the waterline you should __________.

a. eliminate all water entering the holeb. only plug holes in machinery or other vital spacesc. reduce the entry of water as much as possibled. plug the largest holes first

654: A rope made of a combination of wire and fiber is known as __________.

a. independentb. lang layc. preformedd. spring lay

655: Good seamanship while towing in heavy weather requires all of the following EXCEPT__________.

a. reducing speed to reduce surging on the towlineb. lashing down or stowing all loose gearc. dogging all hatches and watertight doorsd. streaming all of your towing hawser

656: A deep draft VLCC (100,000 DWT+) navigating in a narrow channel or canal __________.

a. draws more water than when underway in deep waterb. draws less water with an increase in speedc. requires less power for a given speedd. steers better under full power


a. Companions and booby hatchesb. Open structuresc. Spaces for the exclusive use of the officers or crewd. Water ballast spaces



658: When carrying a full or nearly full load of bulk ore in a general cargo type vessel which has enginespaces amidships, the cargo in each hold should be trimmed so that the bulk of the cargo lies__________.

a. along the centerlineb. toward the forward bulkhead of the forward holds and toward the after bulkhead of the afterholdsc. toward the after bulkhead of the forward holds and the forward bulkhead of the afterholdsd. toward the after bulkhead of all holds

659: You are planning to use the crude oil washing system on your tankship. What is required to preventelectrostatic buildup in the tanks?

a. The portable machines must be set at the proper drop for the first wash before the fixedmachines are used.b. The source tank for the tank cleaning machines must have least one meter decanted fromit.c. The inert gas system must reduce the oxygen content in the tanks to a maximum of 18%.d. The fixed machines must be operated simultaneously with the portable machines to equalize theelectrostatic potential.

660: You receive word that a person has fallen overboard from the starboard side. You should FIRST__________.

a. notify the Masterb. put the wheel hard rightc. put the engines full asternd. sound the man overboard alarm

661: The number of certificated lifeboatmen required for a vessel is found on the __________.

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Muster List ("Station Bill")c. lifeboatsd. Register or Enrollment

663: While towing astern, if your towing hawser becomes taut it results in __________.

a. more catenary in the towing hawserb. less catenary in the towing hawserc. more yawd. less yaw

664: Coiling new rope against the lay, bringing the lower end up through the center of the coil, thencoiling with the lay, in order to remove the kinks, is known as __________.

a. coilingb. fakingc. flemishingd. thoroughfooting



665: The catenary __________.

a. acts as a reserve length of towing hawser when the tug applies more power, and it dampens thesurge effect of the towb. gives an approximation of the amount of strain on the towing hawserc. is the dip in the towing hawser between the tug and the towd. All of the above

666: You are proceeding at a slow speed with your starboard side near the right bank of a channel. Ifyour vessel suddenly sheers toward the opposite bank, the best maneuver would be __________.

a. full ahead, hard left rudderb. full ahead, hard right rudderc. full astern, hard left rudderd. full astern, hard right rudder

667: While towing in shallow water you should consider __________.

a. using a short towing hawserb. using a floating hawserc. the catenary and the effect it may have on the towd. All of the above

668: Which statement is correct concerning the carriage of coal in bulk?

a. Coal should be vented with surface ventilation only.b. Because of its inherent vice, coal should not be loaded wet.c. Dunnage should be placed against ship's sides and around stanchions.d. Through ventilation, as well as surface ventilation, should be provided whenever possible.

669: Which statement describes the motion of a yawing tow?

a. The tow twists, sometimes violently, astern of the tugb. The tow sheers to one side behind the tug and maintains a position in a line diagonal to the tug'sforward movementc. The tow snakes behind the tugd. All of the above

670: You must evacuate a seaman by helicopter lift. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The ship should be stopped with the wind off the beam while the helicopter is hoveringoverhead.b. The basket or stretcher must not be allowed to touch the deck.c. The tending line of the litter basket should be secured to the ship beyond the radius of thehelicopter blades.d. The hoist line should be slack before the basket or stretcher is hooked on.

671: A Permit to Proceed is issued by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. National Cargo Bureauc. U.S. Coast Guard



d. U.S. Department of Labor

672: When towing alongside (breasted tow), more forward movement will be imparted to the tow by__________.

a. increasing the angle of line pull to the keel axis of the towb. reducing the angle of line pull to the keel axis of the towc. positioning the towing vessel on the forward end of the towd. shortening the length of the tow line

673: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

a. shore lineb. breast linec. spring lined. stern line

674: Stufferbraid rope has __________.

a. a yarn coreb. no corec. three strandsd. 12 threads

675: An advantage of the modified Christmas Tree towing method is to __________.

a. increase the towing hawser's catenary and provide more springb. reduce catenary, allow operation in shallower water, and to release one barge withoutbreaking up the entire towc. enable one tug and its crew without any outside assistance to make up or break down the towd. provide rapid delivery of logs from the northwestern United States to Hawaiian sawmills

676: Conditions for crossing a rough bar are usually best at __________.

a. low water slackb. high water slackc. high water ebbd. high water flood


a. forward spring lineb. after spring linec. waist breast lined. stern line

678: Prior to being able to sail, each vessel that carries grain in bulk must have a certificate of loadingissued by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Lloyds of Londonc. National Cargo Bureau





d. U.S. Salvage

680: You must medevac a critically injured seaman by helicopter hoist. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The ship's relative wind should be from dead ahead at 10 to 30 knots.b. The deck crew at the hoist point should not wear baseball hats.c. The helicopter's drop line should be secured to the ship not more than 15 feet from the hoistposition.d. When using a "horse collar", the bight of the loop should be around the chest of the injuredseaman.


a. forward breast lineb. offshore bow linec. offshore spring lined. onshore bow line

683: Barges and vessels are ballasted before departure to __________.

a. improve their stabilityb. avoid polluting waters where liquid ballast may not be dischargedc. prevent free surface effectsd. allow movement of liquids within the barge for tank cleaning

684: Rightlaid line should be coiled __________.

a. clockwiseb. counterclockwisec. either clockwise or counterclockwised. on a reel

685: Which type of ballast is most commonly used in barges and ships?

a. Waterb. Oilc. Concrete and barited. Sand, rock and gravel

686: The effect known as "bank cushion" acts in which of the following ways on a singlescrew vesselproceeding along a narrow channel?

a. It forces the bow away from the bank.b. It forces the stern away from the bank.c. It forces the entire vessel away from the bank.d. It heels the vessel toward the bank.


a. The vessel's agentb. The owner of the vessel




c. The Master of the vesseld. Any one of the above

688: Who would normally certify that all preparations have been made and all regulations observed priorto loading a cargo of bulk grain?

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. U.S. Coast Guardc. National Cargo Bureaud. Master of the vessel

689: When your tug reduces speed to shorten tow, the __________.

a. length of the tow gets shorter as the strain is reducedb. tow may continue its momentum and overtake the tugc. towing hawser may drag the bottom and put the tug in ironsd. All of the above

690: A rescue helicopter's hoist area should have a radius of at least __________.

a. 6 feet of clear deckb. 10 feet of clear deckc. 25 feet of clear deckd. 50 feet of clear deck

691: On U.S. flag vessels, which certificate is always issued by the Coast Guard?

a. Load Line Certificateb. Safety Equipment Certificatec. Safety Construction Certificated. Register of cargo gear

692: The tow makeup that is designed to keep the catenary of the tow hawser to a minimum is called the__________.

a. Christmas tree towb. tandem towc. British towd. tandem tug tow

693: The effect of excessive catenary in shallow water may be __________.

a. dragging the towing hawser along the bottom and chafing itb. snagging sunken or submerged objectsc. slowing, stopping or endangering the towing operation by placing the tug in ironsd. All of the above

694: An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon rope __________.

a. can be used in conjunction with wire or springlay ropeb. can be stored on decks exposed to sunlightc. can hold a load even when a considerable amount of the yarns have been abraded



d. gives audible warning of overstress whereas manila does not

695: A tug is "in irons" when held in a fixed position by __________.

a. the weight of its tow, its being anchored, or groundedb. the weight of its towing hawser on the bottomc. an adverse currentd. lack of power or an engine breakdown

696: A vessel traveling down a narrow channel, especially if the draft is nearly equal to the depth of thewater, may set off the nearer side. This effect is known as __________.

a. smelling the bottomb. squattingc. bank suctiond. bank cushion

697: What imminent danger results from tripping?

a. A crew member being knocked over the sideb. Capsizing your tugc. Your tug being pulled backwards by your towd. The tow being thrown off course

698: Which agency issues a certificate of loading that is evidence that the rules and regulationsconcerning bulk grain cargoes have been observed?

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Department of Agriculturec. National Cargo Bureaud. Public Health Service

699: Under which condition is a tug likely to be tripped?

a. When the tow "jumps" on the lineb. While making up to tow a large oil rigc. When the towing hawser leads forward of the quarterd. When the tug exerts maximum bollard pull with the tow close astern

700: A tug is approaching a broken down steamer in moderately heavy weather preparing to take it intow. In most cases the __________.

a. steamer will drift stern downwindb. tug will drift faster than the steamerc. tug should approach stern tod. tug should approach from downwind

701: The Safety Equipment Certificate shows that the vessel conforms to the standards of the__________.

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. American Bureau of Shipping



c. American Salvage Associationd. S.O.L.A.S. Convention

702: When paying off seamen in a foreign port, where a United States consul is not available, the releasemust be executed by the seamen and the __________.

a. representative of the foreign countryb. local port authority representativec. Master of the vesseld. ship's union delegate

703: The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people affected by an accident if he or she cando so without __________.

a. serious danger to his or her own vesselb. further damaging the other vesselc. undue delayd. creating a panic on either vessel

704: Laying out a line in successive circles flat on deck with the bitter end in the center is known as__________.

a. coilingb. fakingc. flemishingd. lining

705: A tug may be in danger of tripping when __________.

a. towed sideways by an overwhelming force on the towlineb. her tow moves parallel to and forward on either side of the tugc. the tow is no longer directly astern but moves up on her quarterd. All of the above


a. It pulls the bow toward the bank.b. It pulls the stern toward the bank.c. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.d. It heels the vessel toward the bank.

707: Is tripping limited to harbor and coastal towing?

a. No! Forces tending to capsize a tug are as dangerous on the high seas as they are in harborand coastal work.b. Yes! The long towing hawser used in ocean towing eliminates the danger of tripping.c. No! Tripping is common in ocean towing because of more frequent maneuveringd. Yes! Because of increased water depths, forces required to capsize a tug are not usually found inocean towing

708: The National Cargo Bureau represents the __________.



a. agentb. operatorc. shipperd. All of the above

709: The designations A,B,C,D, and E grades of cargo refer to the __________.

a. degrees of quality of petroleum productsb. flash point range and Reid vapor pressure index of petroleum productsc. grades of crude oild. pour point, color, and viscosity index of petroleum products

710: Which statement is FALSE, concerning the Williamson turn?

a. In a large vessel (VLCC) much of the headway will be lost thereby requiring little asternmaneuvering.b. When the turn is completed, the vessel will be on a reciprocal course and nearly on the originaltrack line.c. The initial actions are taken at well defined points and reduce the need for individual judgment.d. The turn will return the vessel to the man's location in the shortest possible time.

711: If an alien stowaway is discovered aboard your vessel, his name must be placed on the __________.

a. Alien Crew Listb. Crew Listc. Passenger Listd. separate Passenger List marked stowaways

712: What is the effect of releasing the towline in a tripping situation?

a. It disconnects the capsizing force and allows the tug to recover from its list.b. It frees the tug from its towing responsibilities.c. There is no effect other than relief.d. Yawing

713: How do the height and location of a tug's towing bitts relate to the danger of tripping?

a. The further forward and closer to amidships the more readily the tug will trip.b. Placement further aft permits more effective pulling, better steering and eliminates the danger oftripping.c. Installing the bitts down low lowers the center of gravity.d. The height and position of towing bitts has no significance.

714: Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load of manila line with a breaking stress of 8tons.

a. 0.75 tonsb. 1.25 tonsc. 1.33 tonsd. 8.00 tons

715: The term "overriding" or "overrunning" when applied to towing, implies that __________.



a. there is more crew on board than requiredb. the tow has overtaken its tugc. the towing hawser comes out of the waterd. the Norman pins are not effective

716: Your vessel is proceeding along a narrow channel. The effect called bank cushion has which effecton the vessel?

a. Forces the bow away from the bankb. Forces the stern away from the bankc. Forces the entire vessel bodily away from the bankd. Decreases the draft at the bow

717: It is the responsibility of the Master to ensure that __________.

a. the muster list is posted in each compartmentb. temporary personnel and visitors are advised of emergency stationsc. names of crew members are listed on the muster listd. no changes are made to the muster list

718: How many board feet of dunnage would you estimate to be in a pile 5 feet wide, 1 foot high and 14feet long?

a. 70b. 840c. 960d. 1080

719: Most crude oils are classified as grade __________.

a. A or Bb. Bc. C or Dd. E

720: You suspect that a crewmember has fallen overboard during the night and immediately execute aWilliamson turn. What is the primary advantage of this maneuver under these circumstances?

a. You will be on a reciprocal course and nearly on the trackline run during the night.b. The turn provides the maximum coverage of the area to be searched.c. The turn enables you to reverse course in the shortest possible time.d. You have extra time to maneuver in attempting to close in on the man for rescue.

721: The mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

a. bow lineb. forward spring linec. breast lined. None of the above

722: A tow can override its tug as a result of __________.




a. a mechanical breakdown on the tugb. adverse tidal current conditionsc. the tug reducing its speedd. All of the above

723: What safety precautions must you take when maneuvering on a towing hook?

a. The engines must be operated on the slow bell.b. Clear the afterdeck and fantail of personnel.c. Lash the hook closed so it does not open accidentally.d. The towing winch engine must be running.

724: Using a safety factor of five, determine what is the safe working load for 31/2 inch manila line witha breaking stress of 4.9 tons.

a. 0.82 tonb. 0.98 tonc. 2.45 tonsd. 12.25 tons

725: By law, a user of marijuana shall be subject to __________.

a. loss of pay during the period of such useb. reprimand by the US Coast Guardc. revocation of license or certificated. termination of employment

726: A common occurrence when a vessel is running into shallow water is that __________.

a. the wake is less pronouncedb. the vessel is more responsive to the rudderc. "squat" will cause a decrease in bottom clearance and an increase in draftd. All of the above


a. Galley fitted with range or ovenb. Open structuresc. Passenger spacesd. Boatswain's stores

728: How many board feet of dunnage are in a draft 4 feet wide, 11/2 feet high and 13 feet long?

a. 84b. 756c. 936d. 1021

729: A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 85°F. This is a grade __________.

a. B flammable liquidb. C flammable liquid



c. D combustible liquidd. E combustible liquid

730: In a Williamson turn, the rudder is put over full until the __________.

a. vessel has turned 90°From her original courseb. vessel has turned 60°From her original coursec. vessel is on a reciprocal coursed. emergency turn signal sounds

731: A Deratization Exemption Certificate is valid for a period of __________.

a. no time limit so long as Certificate of Sanitation is validb. no time limit so long as no evidence of rodents aboardc. 1 yeard. 6 months

732: Which action should be taken FIRST if your tow is sinking in shallow water?

a. Pay out the towline until the sunken tow reaches bottom.b. Sever the towline.c. Immediately head for the nearest shoreline.d. Contact the Coast Guard.

733: Before leaving port on an ocean tow, a tug captain should assure himself of all the followingEXCEPT __________.

a. the towing hawser can be released quickly in an emergencyb. the correct navigation lights are rigged and operable on the tug and towc. an insurance underwriter has prepared a presailing surveyd. a pickup wire has been rigged on the tow in case of a breakaway.

734: What is the computed breaking strength of a 4inch manila line?

a. 5,280 lbs.b. 7,700 lbs.c. 12,200 lbs.d. 14,400 lbs.

735: A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships and above the after deck on a towing vessel issometimes called a __________.

a. main braceb. tow spanc. jockey bard. None of the above

736: You notice that your speed has decreased, the stern of your vessel has settled into the water, andyour rudder is sluggish in responding. The MOST likely cause is __________.

a. mechanical problems with the steering gearb. shallow water



c. loss of lubricating oil in the engined. current


a. chafing barb. Dutch tow barc. carlingd. None of the above


a. chafing barb. Dutch tow barc. carlingd. None of the above

738: How many board feet of dunnage are there in a draft 3 feet wide, 11/2 feet high, and 14 feet long?

a. 526b. 756c. 876d. 906

739: Camphor oil is classified as a grade __________.

a. Ab. Cc. Dd. E

740: The extension of the after part of the keel in a single screw vessel upon which the stern post rests iscalled the __________.

a. bossb. knucklec. skegd. strut

741: A vessel has sustained damage in a collision with another vessel. It is necessary to have a SeaworthyCertificate before the vessel sails. Who will issue this certificate?

a. American Consulb. Classification Societyc. Captain of the Portd. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection

742: Lighter longitudinal stiffening frames on the vessel's side plating are called __________.

a. stringers



b. side framesc. side stiffenersd. intercostals


a. towing archb. jockey barc. chafing bard. Dutch tow bar

744: When using naturalfiber rope, you should NEVER __________.

a. dry the line before stowing itb. reverse turns on winches periodically to keep out kinksc. try to lubricate the lined. use chafing gear

745: When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulfur, which are carried at temperatures of over 300°F,one of the biggest dangers is __________.

a. water in the tanks or pipelinesb. having the cargo too coolc. explosion of vapors after discharged. inadequate ullage space


a. water in the tanks or pipelinesb. having the cargo too coolc. explosion of vapors after discharged. inadequate ullage space

746: Which effect does speed through the water have on a vessel which is underway in shallow water?

a. A decrease in the speed results in a decrease in steering response and maneuverability.b. An increase in speed results in the stern sucking down lower than the bow.c. An increase in speed results in the vessel rising on an even plane.d. A decrease in speed results in the vessel sucking down on an even plane.


a. inadequate ullage spaceb. having the cargo too coolc. explosion of vapors after discharged. having to breathe the fumes




a. inadequate ullage spaceb. having the cargo too coolc. explosion of vapors after discharged. having to breathe the fumes

749: Butadiene, inhibited, is labeled as a __________.

a. combustible liquidb. flammable gasc. flammable liquidd. flammable solid

750: On a singlescrew vessel the stern frame _____________,

a. furnishes support to the rudder, propeller shaft, and transom frameb. provides foundations for after mooring winchesc. provides foundations for the main propulsion enginesd. transfers the driving force of the propeller to the hull

751: A document which has a list of names, birthplaces, and residences of persons employed on amerchant vessel bound from a U.S. port on a foreign voyage and is required at every port is called the__________.

a. Certified Crew Listb. Crew Manifestc. Shipping Articlesd. Muster List ("Station Bill")

752: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons as shown is to be loaded. What is the total cubic capacitythe consignment will occupy if you assume 10% broken stowage? (D042DG )

a. 51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters)b. 58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters)c. 65 cubic feet (2.0 cubic meters)d. 336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters)

754: Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?

a. Feeling the surface of the line for broken fibersb. Measuring the reduction in circumference of the linec. Observing for the appearance of mildew on the outer surfaced. Opening the strands and examining the inner fibers


a. Accidental stranding or groundingb. An injury requiring first aid treatmentc. Loss of bridgetobridge radio capabilityd. Damage to property amounting to $12,500

756: A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the Captain of which towing vessel?




a. 99 GRT towing vessel operating on Chesapeake Bayb. 199 GRT towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaskac. 400 GRT towboat operating on the Western Riversd. 375 GRT towing vessel operating between Texas and Puerto Rico

758: An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for what period of time?

a. 6 monthsb. 1 yearc. 2 yearsd. 5 years

759: The equipment used to control, protect and connect a towline is called ___________ .

a. cat headb. terminal gearc. level windd. poured socket

760: The connection to the towline must be secured with a ____________ .

a. galvanized screwpin shackleb. hardened steel thimblec. shackle secured a nut and cotter pind. shackle fitted with a swivel piece

761: The Immigration and Naturalization Service is concerned with which document on a vessel makingpreliminary entry into a U.S. port from a foreign port?

a. Cargo Manifestb. Certified Crew Listc. Curio Listd. Shipping Articles

762: A towing winch, that handles a wire towline, must have all of the following EXCEPT a____________ .

a. device that evenly spools and tightly winds the towlineb. brake with holding power appropriate for the vessel's horsepower or bollard pullc. brake that can be operated when there is no power available to drive the winchd. source of emergency power to operate the winch

763: A vessel that tows astern must have a/an ___________ .

a. towing winchb. method to easily release the towlinec. oxyacetylene cutting torchd. ax or knife mounted near the towing bitts

764: Roundline is a __________.

a. fourstranded, left or righthanded line



b. threestranded, righthanded linec. threestranded, lefthanded lined. small tarred hempline of three strands laid lefthanded

765: The owner or Master of a vessel pushing ahead or towing alongside must ensure that each of thefollowing is appropriate for the vessel's horsepower and tow arrangement EXCEPT _________ .

a. hydraulic couplingsb. face wiresc. push geard. spring lines

766: Insufficient space between the hull and bottom in shallow water will prevent normal screw currentsresulting in __________.

a. waste of powerb. sudden sheering to either sidec. sluggish rudder responsed. All of the above

767: On the cargo manifest, the total weight of an empty cargo box is the __________.

a. tare weightb. net weightc. gross weightd. cargo weight

768: A cargo of canned foodstuff is packed in cartons. Each carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 340pounds. The stowage factor of the cargo is __________.

a. 9.5b. 62c. 212d. 237

769: The owner or Master of a towing vessel must ensure that each person that directs and controls themovement of the vessel knows all of the following EXCEPT ___________ .

a. the effects of maneuvering on the vessel and its towb. the speed and direction of any current for the area being transitedc. how to apply variation and deviation to readings from a magnetic compassd. the ownership of the vessel(s) being towed

770: The ratio of the height of a vessel's rudder to its width is referred to as the __________.

a. aspect ratiob. constriction ratioc. rudder ratiod. steering ratio

771: What does a Visaed Alien Crew List which is made and submitted to the U.S. Consul for visa show?



a. All aliens aboardb. All crew membersc. Nonresident aliens aboardd. Registered aliens aboard

772: To reduce stress on the towing hawser when towing astern (ocean tow), the hawser should be__________.

a. secured to the aftermost fitting on the towing vesselb. just touching the waterc. underwaterd. as short as possible

774: The strongest of the natural fibers is __________.

a. cottonb. hempc. manilad. sisal

775: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot onboard and he has theconn. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Masterrelinquishes the conn.b. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.c. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be onboard by law.d. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed forhis local knowledge.

776: In most cases, when a large merchant vessel enters shallow water at high speed the __________.

a. maneuverability will increaseb. speed will increasec. bow will squat farther than the sternd. vessel will rise slightly, on a level plane


a. Master must always request the Pilot to take corrective actionb. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present coursec. Master should agree to sign a release of liability formd. vessel must be in extremis

778: What is the stowage factor of a commodity whose density is 15 pounds per cubic foot?

a. 15b. 45c. 133d. 149



779: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers?

a. They are gravityfed.b. They are more expensive than reciprocating pumps.c. They are positive displacement pumps.d. They are used for stripping pumps.

779: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers?

a. They are gravityfed.b. They are more expensive than reciprocating pumps.c. They are positive displacement pumps.d. They are used for stripping pumps.

780: Bilge keels are more effective at dampening rolls as the __________.

a. pitching increasesb. list increasesc. rolling increasesd. draft decreases

781: The trim and stability booklet must be approved by the __________.

a. International Maritime Organizationb. National Cargo Bureauc. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineersd. United States Coast Guard

782: The owner or Master of a towing vessel shall ensure that each person that directs and controls themovement of the vessel can accurately fix the vessel's position using all of the following EXCEPT___________ .

a. installed navigational equipmentb. buoys alonec. all available aids to navigationd. depths soundings and hydrographic contour lines

783: The owner or Master of a towing vessel shall ensure that each person that directs and controls themovement of the vessel can accomplish all of the following EXCEPT ___________ .

a. evaluate the danger of each closing visual or radar contactb. adjust speed with due regard for the weather and visibilityc. reduce speed only where local speed limits are postedd. enter all required test and inspection results in the vessel's log or other record carried on board

784: Marline is __________.

a. fourstranded sisal lineb. threestranded cotton linec. sail twined. twostranded hemp cord



785: With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twinscrew vessel moving ahead on the port screwand backing on the starboard screw will __________.

a. move in a straight lineb. pivot to starboardc. pivot to portd. walk sideways to starboard

786: You are on a singlescrew vessel with a righthanded propeller, and you are making headway. Whenyou enter shallow water, __________.

a. you will have better rudder responseb. your speed will increase without a change in your throttlec. your rudder response will become sluggishd. your vessel will tend to ride higher

787: While assigned to a 120 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage fromNew York City to which port?

a. Halifax, Canadab. Long Beach, Californiac. Veracruz, Mexicod. Saint Maarten, Netherlands Antilles

788: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 45,000 cubic feet. How many cases of a cargoweighing 450 lbs. and measuring 2.5 feet by 3 feet by 3 feet could be stowed in the hold, assuming abroken stowage factor of 15 percent?

a. 300b. 675c. 1325d. 1700

789: Which statement about a centrifugal cargo pump is TRUE?

a. It is a positive displacement pump.b. It must have a positive suction.c. Increasing rotation speed will decrease discharge pressure.d. All of the above

790: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tank vessels?

a. They are positive displacement pumps.b. They are gravityfed.c. They produce a pulsating flow.d. They require more maintenance than a reciprocating pump.

791: The oil record book is required to be carried aboard __________.

a. tankersb. passenger vesselsc. cargo vessels



d. All of the above

792: When the vessel is on coastwise articles, the original certificate of the seaman's certificate ofdischarge is __________.

a. given to the seamanb. retained on boardc. sent to Commandant, U.S. Coast Guardd. sent to the shipping company

794: "White Line" is made from __________.

a. cottonb. hempc. manilad. sisal

795: Who certifies the safe working load of cargo booms on a vessel?

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. American Bureau of Shippingc. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineersd. The Ship's Master

796: When you enter shallow water, you would expect your rudder response to __________.

a. be sluggish and your speed to decreaseb. be sluggish and your speed to increasec. improve and your speed to decreased. improve and your speed to increase

797: A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with the Officers Competency CertificatesConvention of 1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. These officials include all of thefollowing EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

a. Coast Guard officerb. employee of the U.S. Customs Servicec. Coast Guard petty officerd. State Police officer

798: How many cubic feet of space is required to stow 775 tons of a cargo with a stowage factor of 25?(estimated broken stowage is 15%)

a. 12,916b. 22,794c. 25,833d. 29,397

799: Temporary Certificates of Inspection are effective until the __________.

a. Solas Certificate is issuedb. Load Line Certificate is renewed



c. classification society approval is issuedd. permanent Certificate of Inspection is issued

800: A Kort nozzle is a(n) __________.

a. hollow tube surrounding the propeller used to improve thrustb. nozzle attached to a firefighting hosec. intake valve on a diesel engined. piston cylinder on a diesel engine

801: When oil is discharged overboard, an entry is required in the __________.

a. engine rough logb. Oil Record Bookc. Official Logbookd. deck rough log

802: You are on watch at sea on course 090°T. A man falls overboard on your starboard side. Youimmediately start a Williamson Turn. Which action is NOT a part of a Williamson Turn?

a. Stop the engines until clear of the man.b. Come right full rudder until the vessel heads 150°T.c. Shift the helm to left full rudder.d. Continue with left rudder until on course 270°T.

804: Line is called "small stuff" if its circumference is less than __________.

a. 1/2"b. 3/4"c. 1"d. 1 3/4"

806: Which will most likely occur when entering shallow water?

a. Rudder action will become more effective.b. The vessel's list will change.c. The vessel's trim will change.d. An increase in speed will occur.

808: You are loading a cargo of cases into a hold which has a bale cubic of 44,000. The cargo consists ofcases measuring 4 ft by 2 ft by 1.5 ft. Estimated broken stowage is 15%. What is the maximum numberof cases which can be stowed in the hold?

a. 3096b. 3116c. 3136d. 3156

809: Which pump must always be primed?

a. Centrifugal pumpb. Reciprocating pump



c. Rotary pumpd. All of the above

810: In nautical terminology a "dog" is a __________.

a. crow barb. device to force a water tight door against the framec. heavy steel beamd. wedge

811: When oily ballast has been pumped overboard, an entry must be made in the __________.

a. Oil Record Bookb. Official Logbookc. deck rough logd. engine rough log

813: The Officers Competency Certificates Convention of 1936 applies to all of these vessels operatingseaward of the boundary line EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

a. offshore supply vessel over 200 gross tonsb. passenger vessel of 295 gross tonsc. uninspected towing vessel of less than 200 gross tonsd. inspected towing vessel of 305 gross tons

814: In the manufacture of line, plant fibers are twisted together to form __________.

a. cableb. linec. strandsd. yarns

815: A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with the Officers Competency CertificatesConvention of 1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. These officials include all of thefollowing EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

a. State Police officerb. Coast Guard officerc. Coast Guard petty officerd. officer of the U.S. Customs Service

816: Water may boil up around the stern of a vessel in a channel due to __________.

a. slack water when upboundb. shallow waterc. a cross currentd. a head current


a. forward spring lineb. forward breast line




c. inshore bow lined. offshore bow line

818: Your vessel has a deadweight capacity of 5000 tons and a cubic capacity of 300,000 cu. ft. You areto load lead, with a stowage factor of 18, and cotton, with a stowage factor of 80. If you load full anddown, how much cotton should you load?

a. 1613 tonsb. 2190 tonsc. 2810 tonsd. 3387 tons

819: Which pump must be primed?

a. Rotary pumpb. Reciprocating pumpc. Centrifugal pumpd. All of the above

820: A partial deck in a hold is called a(n) __________.

a. weather deckb. orlop deckc. shelter deckd. main deck

821: The Master must maintain the Oil Record Book on board for at least __________.

a. 1 monthb. 12 monthsc. 24 monthsd. 36 months

822: You are on watch at sea at night and a fire breaks out in #3 hold. What should be doneIMMEDIATELY?

a. Shut down the cargo hold ventilation.b. Proceed to the space and determine the extent of the fire.c. Flood the space with C02 from the fixed fire fighting system.d. Cool the deck to contain the fire.


a. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.b. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.c. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.d. No able seamen are required.

824: The larger sizes of manila line are measured by their __________.

a. radius



b. diameterc. circumferenced. weight per foot

825: Who is responsible for establishing watches aboard a U.S. vessel?

a. The owner of the vesselb. The company that operates the vesselc. The company that charters the vesseld. The Master of the vessel

826: In order to reduce your wake in a narrow channel you should __________.

a. apply enough rudder to counter the effect of the currentb. change your course to a zigzag coursec. reduce your speedd. shift the weight to the stern

827: The pitch of a propeller is a measure of the __________.

a. angle that the propeller makes with a free stream of waterb. angle that the propeller makes with the surface of the waterc. number of feet per revolution the propeller is designed to advance in still water withoutslipd. positive pressure resulting from the difference of the forces on both sides of the movingpropeller in still water without slip

828: Your vessel's available bale cubic capacity is 625,000 and her available cargo capacity is 10,000deadweight tons. Disregarding broken stowage, how many tons of pyrite (stowage factor 13) and howmany tons of cork (s.f. 150) must be loaded to be full and down?

a. 6387 tons pyrite, 3613 tons corkb. 6721 tons pyrite, 3279 tons corkc. 7500 tons pyrite, 2500 tons corkd. 9133 tons pyrite, 867 tons cork

829: In terms of vessel manning, a watch is the ____________ .

a. direct performance of deck or engine operations in a scheduled and fixed rotationb. performance of maintenance work necessary for the vessel's safe operation, on a daily basisc. performance of lookout dutiesd. direct performance of cargo loading and discharge operations only

830: On which vessels are the officers and deck crew allowed to operate under a twowatch system onvoyages of less than 600 miles?

a. Towing vesselsb. Offshore supply vesselsc. Barges, when mannedd. All of the above

831: The Oil Record Book on a vessel NOT engaged on a foreign voyage shall be maintained on board



for not less than __________.

a. 12 monthsb. 24 monthsc. 36 monthsd. 48 months

833: The Master may require part of the crew to work when needed for ___________ .

a. maneuvering, shifting berth, mooring and unmooringb. performing work necessary for the safety of the vessel, its passengers, crew or cargoc. performing fire, lifeboat or other drills in port or at sead. All of the above

834: A whipping on a fiber line __________.

a. keeps the ends from frayingb. strengthens itc. protects your handsd. becomes part of a splice

835: For towing vessels over 100 gross tons that are permitted to maintain a twowatch system, whatpercentage of the deck crew must be able seamen?

a. 50%b. 65%c. 75%d. 100%

836: River currents tend to __________.

a. pick up speed where the channel widensb. run slower in the center of the channelc. hug the inside of a bendd. cause the greatest depth of water to be along the outside of a bend

837: When may foreign licensed or documented personnel be employed on a USflag towing vessel?

a. While on a foreign voyage and outside US jurisdiction, in order to meet manningrequirementsb. While operating above the US outer continental shelfc. On vessels operating on domestic voyages onlyd. Never, under any circumstances

838: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 110 in #3 lower hold which has abale cubic of 72,000. If broken stowage is figured at 15%, how many tons of the wool can be stowed?

a. 556b. 654c. 752d. 770



839: The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank vessel will usually be a __________.

a. butterfly valveb. spectacle valvec. check valved. globe valve

840: The terms "cant frame" and "counter" are associated with the vessel's __________.

a. cargo hatchb. forecastlec. steering engined. stern

841: All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the Master and __________.

a. the Union Representativeb. the person about whom the entry concernsc. no one elsed. one other crew member

842: When can the US citizenship requirement for the Master of a USflag uninspected towing vessel bewaived?

a. When USlicensed Masters are not readily availableb. When it costs too much to hire a USlicensed Masterc. When the towing vessel operates shoreward of the boundary lined. Never, under any circumstances

842: When can the US citizenship requirement for the Master of a USflag uninspected towing vessel bewaived?

a. When USlicensed Masters are not readily availableb. When it costs too much to hire a USlicensed Masterc. When the towing vessel operates shoreward of the boundary lined. Never, under any circumstances

843: If the Master of a USflag towing vessel replaces any crew member with a nonUS citizen, he/shemust ensure that the ___________ .

a. replacement holds a license or document equivalent in experience and training to a marinerholding US credentialsb. replacement can communicate with other crew members to the extent required by regulationsc. vessel is on a foreign voyage, outside US jurisdiction, and not operating above the US outercontinental shelfd. all of the above

844: Using a safety factor of five, determine the safe working load of a line with a breaking strain of20,000 pounds.

a. 4,000b. 5,000



c. 20,000d. 100,000

845: The terminology "able to understand any order spoken by the officers" refers to all of the followingsituations EXCEPT __________ .

a. in response to a fireb. directing the use of lifesaving equipmentc. for deck department crew members to understand the terminology used in the engineroomd. in response to a man overboard

846: A vessel proceeding along the bank of a river or channel has the tendency to __________.

a. continue in line with the bankb. hug the bankc. sheer away from the bankd. increase speed

847: When towing astern what equipment should be stowed ready for use near the towline?

a. First aid kitb. Axe or cutting torchc. Fire extinguisherd. Chafing gear

848: You are loading a cargo of canned goods with a stowage factor of 65. If you allow 15% for brokenstowage, how many tons can be loaded in a space of 55,000 cubic feet?

a. 687b. 719c. 846d. 973

849: The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank vessel will usually be a __________.

a. gate valveb. butterfly valvec. globe valved. check valve

850: Panting frames are located in the __________.

a. after double bottomsb. centerline tanks on tankshipsc. fore and after peaksd. forward double bottoms

851: Your vessel (185 GT) is on a voyage between New York and San Francisco. Which statement isTRUE?

a. The maintenance of an Official Logbook is optional.



b. The vessel must be on foreign articles.c. This is considered a coastwise voyage.d. An Official Logbook must be maintained.

852: How can the Coast Guard determine that a crew member is "able to understand any order spoken bythe officers"?

a. Require a demonstration by the officer and the crew memberb. Require a written testc. Require that an interpreter be providedd. All of the above

853: Who is responsible for properly manning a vessel in accordance with all applicable laws,regulations and international conventions?

a. The (USCG) Officer in Charge of Marine Inspectionb. The (USCG) Captain of the Portc. The owner or operator of the vesseld. The Master of the vessel

854: A piece of small stuff (small line) secured to an object to prevent it from going adrift is a__________.

a. lanyardb. keeperc. noosed. stopper

855: Which party must ensure that legal work hour limitations (for both officers and crew members), restperiods and regulations governing work on Sundays and holidays are followed when the vessel is in asafe harbor?

a. The owner of the vesselb. The company operating the vesselc. The Master of the vesseld. The company chartering the vessel

856: A wedge of water building up between the bow and nearer bank which forces the bow out and awaydescribes __________.

a. bank cushionb. bank suctionc. combined effectd. bend effect

857: On vessels over 100 gross tons, whose responsibility is it to ensure that all able seamen in thevessel's crew have the documents and qualifications required by law and regulation?

a. Master of the vesselb. USCG Officer in Charge of Marine Inspectionc. Owner or operator of the vesseld. Company's personnel director



858: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 60,000 cubic feet. How many tons of cotton inbales having a stowage factor of 85 can be stowed in the lower hold, assuming a broken stowage factorof 20%?

a. 141b. 565c. 706d. 847

859: To insure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the valve should be __________.

a. closed against the stop and the locking pin insertedb. closed, opened a half turn, and then closed againc. set up as tight as possible by handd. set up tight using a valve wrench

860: Which category of able seaman is not authorized to be counted as an able seaman on a seagoing tugof over 100 gross tons?

a. Unlimitedb. Limitedc. Speciald. Special (OSV)

861: Every entry required to be made in the Official Logbook shall be signed by the __________.

a. Mate on watchb. Master and Chief Mate or other member of the crewc. Master onlyd. Purser, one of the Mates, and some other member of the crew

862: The term "pintle" and "gudgeon" are associated with the __________.

a. anchor windlassb. jumbo boomc. rudderd. steering engine


a. Damage to property amounting to $12,500b. Accidental stranding or groundingc. Loss of bridgetobridge radio capabilityd. An injury requiring first aid treatment

864: During the manufacture of line, yarns are twisted together in the __________.

a. opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted together to form strandsb. same direction the fibers are twisted to form strandsc. opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted together to form the lined. opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted together forming cables



865: A nylon line is rated at 15,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using a safety factor of 5, what is the safeworking load (SWL)?

a. 3,000 lbsb. 5,000 lbsc. 15,000 lbsd. 65,000 lbs

866: For the deepest water when rounding a bend in a river, you should navigate your vessel__________.

a. toward the inside of the bendb. toward the outside of the bendc. toward the center of the river just before the bend, then change course for the river's center afterthe bendd. in the river's center

867: Who may perform as a lookout?

a. A member of the engineering watchb. A member of the navigational watchc. A member of the Stewards Departmentd. All of the above

868: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 100 in #3 lower hold which has abale cubic of 72,000. How many tons of the wool can be stowed in the compartment, assuming 10%broken stowage?

a. 493b. 577c. 602d. 648

869: To ensure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the valve should be __________.

a. set up as tight as possible by handb. set up tight using a valve wrenchc. closed, opened a half turn, and then closedd. closed against the stop and the locking pin inserted

870: The terms "ceiling" and "margin plate" are associated with the __________.

a. crew's quartersb. engine roomc. main deckd. tank top

871: In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. What isthe proper means of correcting this error?

a. Cross out the error with a single line, and write the correct entry, then initial it.b. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.



c. Remove this page of the log book, and rewrite all entries on a clean page.d. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.

872: In a foreign port with a consulate, the U.S. Consul may excuse the Master from personallyappearing before him to consent to the mutual release of an injured seaman, when the __________.

a. injury requires immediate inpatient hospitalization of the seamanb. Master authorizes the agent to act in his placec. ship is still in port and the seaman can appear before the Consul after medical treatmentd. seaman also consents to the absence, and there is no dispute as to the wages due

873: At the required fire drill, all persons must report to their stations and demonstrate their ability toperform the duties assigned to them __________.

a. by the Coast Guard regulationsb. in the Muster List ("Station Bill")c. by the person conducting the drilld. at the previous safety meeting

874: Which type of line would have the LEAST resistance to mildew and rot?

a. Manilab. Nylonc. Dacrond. Polypropylene

875: Which statement, concerning offshore supply vessel operations, correctly defines the length of avoyage?

a. The distance from the point of departure to the vessel's first stopb. The distance from the point of departure to the most distant point offshorec. The total distance from the port of departure to the port of arrival, not including stops atoffshore pointsd. The shortest measurable distance from the port of departure to the port of arrival

876: You intend to overtake a vessel in a narrow channel. As you approach the other vessel's stern__________.

a. you will gain speedb. both vessels will gain speedc. the vessels will drift togetherd. the vessels will drift apart

877: On which vessels may licensed individuals be required to stand watch under the twowatch system,on voyages of more than 600 miles in length?

a. Uninspected towing vesselsb. Offshore supply vesselsc. Cargo shipsd. Tank vessels

878: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 96 in #3 lower hold which has a bale



cubic of 84,000. How many tons of wool can be stowed in the compartment?

a. 577b. 602c. 654d. 875

879: Centrifugal pumps have what advantage(s) over reciprocating pumps?

a. They are less expensive.b. They are smaller for equivalent pumping ability.c. They pump more cargo in less time.d. All of the above

880: The projecting lugs of the rudderpost which furnish support to the rudder are called __________.

a. basesb. gudgeonsc. pintlesd. rudder lugs


a. erase the entry and rewriteb. completely black out the entry and rewritec. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initiald. draw several lines through the entry and rewrite

882: The owner or Master of a towing vessel that tows astern must keep records of the towline(s) thatinclude all of the following information EXCEPT _____________ .

a. the towline's initial minimum breaking strength as determined by the manufacturerb. an invoice showing the cost of the towlinec. the towline's nautical miles of use or time in serviced. the history of loading of the towline

883: The size and material used for towline(s) must meet all of the following requirements, EXCEPT____________ .

a. be appropriate to the vessel's horsepower or bollard pullb. be strong enough to handle any static or dynamic loads expected during its service lifec. fit any spare wire clips carried on board the vessel for repair purposesd. be suitable for exposure to the marine environment

884: When towing astern, each towline must meet all of these requirements, EXCEPT ___________ .

a. being suitable for use as soon as it is removed from its normal stowage locationb. having wire clips for other than a temporary repairc. having the end either spliced with a thimble or fitted with a poured socketd. being free of knots

885: How many wire clips must be used to make a temporary repair to a tow wire?



a. 3b. 4c. 5d. Wire clips are never, under any circumstances, permitted

886: Two vessels are abreast of each other and passing port to port in a confined waterway. What shouldyou expect as your bow approaches the screws of the other vessel?

a. Your speed will significantly increase.b. Your draft will significantly decrease.c. Your bow will sheer towards the other vessel.d. Your bow will sheer away from the other vessel.

887: The condition of a towline must be monitored by ______________ .

a. keeping record of the towline's initial minimum breaking strengthb. keeping record of each retest of the towline's minimum breaking strengthc. conducting routine visual inspections of the towlined. All of the above

888: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 100 in #3 lower hold which has abale cubic of 62,000. How many tons of the wool can be stowed in the compartment, assuming 10%broken stowage?

a. 520b. 558c. 620d. 654

889: The owner or Master of a towing vessel must evaluate whether the entire towline, or a part of it, isno longer serviceable. The towline should be removed from service in all cases EXCEPT ___________ .

a. when recommended by the manufacturer or an authorized classification societyb. in accordance with a replacement schedulec. when the vessel is underwayd. depending on the mileage or time that the towline has been in service

890: A term applied to the bottom shell plating in a doublebottom ship is __________.

a. bottom floorb. outer bottomc. shear platingd. tank top

891: A seaman assaults the Second Mate and injures him with a beer bottle while the ship is at sea. Theincident is logged in the Official Logbook. In subsequent suspension and revocation proceedings againstthe seaman, according to the regulations, __________.

a. the Second Mate and the Master must testify as to the facts of the assaultb. the case will be dismissed if the logbook entries are improperly madec. the logbook entry is prima facie evidence of the facts if it complies with the lawd. the logbook is inadmissible if the logbook entries do not conform to the law



892: On a shallow water tow, the catenary of the towline should be __________.

a. largeb. smallc. eliminatedd. adjusted frequently

893: Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels, your three watch cargo vessel has a deckcrew of 20 people, exclusive of the officers. How many of these people do the manning regulationsrequire to be Able Seamen?

a. 13b. 10c. 7d. 5

894: When taking a length of new manila rope from the coil, you should __________.

a. mount the coil so it will turn like a spool and unreel from the outsideb. roll the coil along the deck and allow the rope to fall off the coilc. lay the coil on end with the inside end down, then pull the inside end up through the middleof the coild. lay the coil on end with the inside end up then unwind the rope from the outside of the coil

894: When taking a length of new manila rope from the coil, you should __________.

a. mount the coil so it will turn like a spool and unreel from the outsideb. roll the coil along the deck and allow the rope to fall off the coilc. lay the coil on end with the inside end down, then pull the inside end up through the middleof the coild. lay the coil on end with the inside end up then unwind the rope from the outside of the coil

895: Which factor would NOT lead to removing a towline from service?

a. An excessive number of miles of towing service.b. Failing a tensile strength test that proved the towline was no longer appropriate for expected seaconditions.c. When heavy grease on the towline saturates the core of the wire rope.d. Its surface condition is noted, including its corrosion and discoloration.

896: A Vshaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream in a river may indicate a __________.

a. submerged rock, not dangerous to navigationb. sunken wreck, not dangerous to navigationc. towedunder buoyd. All of the above

897: Which factor(s) might indicate that a towline should be removed from service?

a. Visible damage to the towline, including fishhooks.b. Measurements showing a decrease in diameter.c. A surface condition of corrosion and discoloration.



d. All of the above

898: You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as possible into a hold which has 24,000cubic feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by 21/2 feet by 4 feet and weights 448 pounds. If youallow for broken stowage of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded?

a. 280b. 233c. 204d. 190

899: When must the owner or Master of a towing vessel retest a towline or remove it from service?

a. When the record of its material condition lapses for 3 months or more.b. After it jams on the towing winch.c. After it drags on the bottom.d. When it has not been used for over 60 days.

900: Camber, in a ship, is usually measured in __________.

a. feet per feet of breadthb. feet per feet of lengthc. inches per feet of breadthd. inches per feet of length

901: What is required to be entered into the Official Logbook?

a. Opening a sideport at sea to renew a gasketb. The annual required stripping and cleaning of the lifeboatsc. The biennial weight test of the lifeboats and fallsd. The drafts on entering port

902: The number of able seamen required on board is stated in the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shipping codeb. Solas Certificatec. Classification Certificated. Certificate of Inspection

904: In order to help protect a natural fiber rope from rotting, the line must be __________.

a. dried, and stowed in a place with adequate ventilationb. stowed in a hot, moist compartmentc. stowed on deck at all timesd. stowed in any compartment

905: When should you conduct a visual inspection of your towline?

a. Whenever its serviceability is in doubt.b. In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.c. At least once a month.d. All of the above



906: A snag or other underwater obstruction may form a __________.

a. Vshaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstreamb. Vshaped ripple with the point of the V pointing downstreamc. small patch of smooth water on a windy dayd. smoothing out of the vessel's wake

907: While assigned to a 90 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage fromPhiladelphia to which port?

a. San Francisco, CAb. Baltimore, MDc. Tampico, Mexicod. Montreal, Canada

908: You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as possible into a hold which has 24,400cubic feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by 2 feet by 4 feet and weighs 448 pounds. If you allowfor broken stowage of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded?

a. 54b. 207c. 259d. 351

909: What is the purpose of the relief valve of a cargo pump?

a. Provides for the removal of vaporsb. Allows two or more tanks to be filled at the same timec. Provides for the emergency shutdown of the pumpd. Permits the return of cargo to the suction side of the pump

910: The purpose of sheer in ship construction is to __________.

a. allow the ship to ride waves with drier decksb. eliminate the need for butt strapsc. eliminate the need for margin platesd. give greater strength at the deck edge

911: Which entry is NOT required in the Official Logbook?

a. Steering gear testsb. Position of the load line and freeboard upon sailingc. Commencement and termination of cargo operationsd. Closure of hatches and sideports upon sailing

912: You are aboard vessel "A" in a narrow channel and the pilot is approaching vessel "B" as shown.The reason he has not previously changed course to the starboard side of the channel is __________.(DIAGRAM 37 )

a. to avoid vessel squat in the shallower water near the bankb. to avoid the effects of bank cushion and bank suctionc. because there is less chance of striking submerged objects in midchannel




d. because the current has less eddies in midchannel

913: When commencing cargo operations on a container ship, one cell at a hatch is generally dischargedcompletely (to the bottom of the ship) before removing any containers from the adjoining cells to____________.

a. remove an existing list that would slow down cargo operationsb. initiate loading in conjunction with unloading at the hatchc. improve stability during cargo operationsd. allow longshoremen easy access to the hatch

914: When natural fiber rope gets wet, the __________.

a. overall strength of the line will decreaseb. line shrinks in lengthc. line will become more elasticd. line will be easier to handle

915: What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate?


916: A condition where two currents meet at the downstream end of a middle bar can be determined by a__________.

a. small whirlpoolb. smooth patch of waterc. Vshaped ripple with the point of the V pointing downstreamd. Vshaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream

917: What is the period of validity of a Safety Management Certificate?


918: Ten triangular piles of piping on the pier are to be loaded each pile has a 20 foot base, is 15 feethigh and 30 feet long. If the breadth of the hold is 60 feet and the piping is to be stowed fore and aft in a30 foot space, how high will it stow?

a. 16.6 feetb. 25.0 feetc. 50.0 feetd. 75.0 feet

919: A deepwell pump is a type of __________.

a. screw pump



b. centrifugal pumpc. eductord. gear pump

920: A vessel's light displacement is 12,000 tons. Its heavy displacement is 28,000 tons. When fullyloaded it carries 200 tons of fuel and 100 tons of water and stores. What is the cargo carrying capacity intons?

a. 11,700 tonsb. 15,700 tonsc. 16,000 tonsd. 27,700 tons

921: Which item must be entered in the official log?

a. All engine ordersb. Drafts upon leaving portc. Names of night mates and engineersd. Number of cargo gangs on board

922: You are on watch at sea at night, and a fire breaks out in #3 hold. What would you NOT doimmediately?

a. Shut down the cargo hold ventilation.b. Sound the fire alarm signal to rouse out all hands.c. Call the Master.d. Proceed to the space and inspect the extent of the fire.

923: An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon rope __________.

a. can hold a load even when a considerable number of the yarns have been abradedb. can be stored on deck, exposed to sunlightc. can be used in conjunction with wire or springlay roped. gives audible warning of overstress whereas manila does not


a. bow lineb. after spring linec. bow spring lined. forward breast line

926: Usually the most gentle way of riding out a severe storm on a larger vessel is __________.

a. head on at slow speedsb. hove toc. running before the seasd. to rig a sea anchor

927: Sluicing or slushing wire rope __________.

a. prevents internal and external rust and corrosion




b. reduces chafing and increases its useful service lifec. reduces internal friction within the wired. All of the above

928: Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed during the day while bunkering?

a. A red flagb. A yellow flagc. A red and yellow flagd. A red light

929: All of the following steps are taken in starting a centrifugal pump, EXCEPT to __________.

a. set the relief valveb. check the lubrication systemc. vent the pump casingd. open the pump suction and discharge valves

930: Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed at night while bunkering at a dock?

a. One red lightb. Two red lightsc. One red light over a yellow lightd. One red light over a white light

931: Which is NOT a required entry in the ship's Official Logbook?

a. Sale of effects of a deceased crew memberb. Medical treatment of an injuryc. Inspections of cargo geard. Dry docking of the vessel

932: When bunkering at a dock which of the following signals must be displayed?

a. A yellow flag by day, red light by nightb. A red flag by day, red light by nightc. A green flag by day, green light by nightd. A red flag by day, a blue light by night

934: Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?

a. Opening the strands and examining the inner fibersb. Measuring the reduction in circumference of the linec. Observing for the appearance of mildew on the outer surfaced. Feeling the surface of the line for broken fibers

935: The scuppers had been plugged as required at the time an oil spill occurs on deck. After shuttingdown the transfer, the engineroom should first be informed and then __________.

a. rig a fire hose and call for water on deckb. spread an absorbent material, such as sawdustc. remove the plugs from the scuppers



d. sound the general alarm

936: A precaution you should take before bunkering is to __________

a. plug the ventsb. plug the sounding pipesc. plug the scuppersd. close the lids on the vents

937: When towing astern, you notice that another vessel is about to pass between the towing vessel andthe tow. You should immediately __________.

a. turn away from the approaching vesselb. shine a spotlight in the direction of the approaching vesselc. sever the towlined. slow down and pay out the main tow hawser

938: The deck load capacity of a compartment into which you intend to load a cargo of soft brick is 380lbs. per sq. ft. The stowage factor of the brick is 21.3. Disregarding broken stowage, what is themaximum height the brick may be stacked without endangering the structure?


939: What is the purpose of pressurevacuum relief valves?

a. Regulation of discharge pressure from cargo pumpsb. Maintaining constant velocity in cargo linesc. Regulation of suction head on cargo pumpsd. To maintain a tank or void at atmospheric pressure

940: When selecting the fuel oil tanks for the "burnout" of bunkers during a voyage consideration of allof the following must be taken with the EXCEPTION of __________.

a. flashpointb. stabilityc. trimd. list

941: Which logbook is required to be submitted to the Coast Guard?

a. Official Logb. Smooth logc. Rough logd. Bell log


a. The Master of the vessel



b. The Radio Officerc. The Chief Officerd. All of the above

944: When caring for naturalfiber line, you should NEVER __________.

a. dry the line before stowing itb. lubricate the linec. protect the line from weatherd. slack off taut lines when it rains

945: After having been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair on a mast, you must now make yourself fast in thechair prior to painting the mast. You should first __________.

a. have the sailor on deck make the hauling part fast to a cleat on the mastb. make the tail of the line leading from the becket bend fast to a padeye on the mastc. seize the hauling part and the standing part firmly in one hand to support your weightd. frap yourself to the mast to take the strain off the hauling part

946: Which measure should NOT be taken to reduce the pounding of a vessel in a head sea?

a. Add ballast in the after peak.b. Add ballast forward.c. Alter course.d. Reduce speed.

948: Twentyfive hundred (2500) tons of iron ore with a stowage factor of 17 is stowed in a cargo hold.The dimensions of the hold are 55 feet long and 45 feet wide and 35 feet high. What is the height of thecenter of gravity of the ore above the bottom of the hold?


949: Cargo pump relief valves are piped to the __________.

a. cargo pump pressure gaugesb. crossover lines interconnecting two pumpsc. suction side of pumpsd. atmosphere through pump vents

950: The upward slope of a ships bottom from the keel to the bilge is known as __________.

a. camberb. slopec. deadrised. keel height

951: The responsibility for maintaining the Official Logbook on voyages between the Atlantic andPacific coasts of the United States rests with the __________.



a. Chief Mate of the vesselb. Master of the vesselc. Deck Officer of the watch at the time of the occurrenced. Purser of the vessel

952: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multiproduct tankship. Which statement is TRUE?

a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1and 2 wing tanks.b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having a common header vent.c. Pyridine need not be separated from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids,empty tanks, etc.).d. A tank of carbon disulfide may be used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank ofdiisopropylamine.

953: When bunkering at anchorage which of the following signals must be displayed?

a. A red flag by day, red light by nightb. A red flag by day ONLYc. A red light by night ONLYd. No signal required at anchorage

954: In order to correctly open a new coil of manila line, you should __________.

a. pull the tagged end from the top of the coilb. pull the tagged end through the eye of the coilc. secure the outside end and unroll the coild. unreel the coil from a spool

955: In which case is the IOPP Certificate of an inspected vessel NOT invalidated?

a. The required oilywater separator malfunctions.b. The ship is transferred to Liberian registry.c. An annual survey is conducted fifteen months after the date of certificate issuance.d. A 15 ppm oilywater separator is replaced by a 100 ppm oilywater separator.

956: When a vessel is swinging from side to side off course due to quartering seas, the vessel is__________.

a. broachingb. pitchpolingc. rollingd. yawing

957: Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification and is issued a Temporary Certificate ofInspection. The Temporary Certificate __________.

a. has the full force of the regular Certificate of Inspectionb. expires six months after it is issuedc. must be exchanged for a regular Certificate of Inspection within 3 monthsd. is retained in the custody of the Master



958: You are in a tropical port. The refrigeration machinery on a container loaded with aircooled fruitfails. It cannot be repaired for 18 to 24 hours. Which step should you take to reduce the temperature riseand spoilage of the fruit?

a. Discharge a cylinder of nitrogen into the containerb. Shade the container and periodically hose it downc. Seal any ventilation openings and add dry iced. Spread ice over the top layer and in any voids within the container

959: A relief valve for a cargo pump is generally installed __________.

a. after the discharge valveb. between the pump and discharge valvec. after the suction valved. between the pump and suction valve

960: Gross tonnage indicates the vessel's __________.

a. displacement in metric tonsb. total weight including cargoc. volume in cubic feetd. draft in feet

961: Which log includes a statement of the conduct, ability, and character of each crew member on thecompletion of a voyage?

a. Official Logbookb. Department Logbookc. Crew Logbookd. Smooth Logbook

962: You are the person in charge of a 199GT uninspected towing vessel engaged in towing from NewYork to Mexico and then returning, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

a. The crew members are required to sign articles.b. All deck crew members are to have a Merchant Mariner's Document.c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.d. The sailors shall be divided into three watches.

963: You are the person in charge of a 199GT uninspected towing vessel engaged in towing fromGalveston to Savannah and then returning, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement isFALSE?

a. The sailors shall be divided into three watches.b. All deck crew members are to have a Merchant Mariner's Document.c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.d. The crew members are NOT required to sign articles.

964: To coil a lefthand laid rope, you should coil the line in __________.

a. a clockwise direction onlyb. a counterclockwise direction only



c. an alternating clockwise and counterclockwise directiond. either a clockwise or a counterclockwise direction

965: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel has deviated 15 degrees from course and thereis no corrective rudder being applied. As a standard operating procedure you should first __________.

a. check the setting of the rudder adjustmentb. check the setting of the weather adjustmentc. switch to hand steeringd. immediately engage the trick wheel

966: When a boat turns broadside to heavy seas and winds, thus exposing the boat to the danger ofcapsizing, the boat has __________.

a. broachedb. pitchpoledc. trimmedd. yawed

967: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel is deviating from the given course and there isno follow up with corrective rudder action to return to the proper heading. The emergency operatingprocedure should require you to immediately change operation from __________.

a. "gyro" to "hand"b. "hand" to "gyro"c. "gyro" to "control"d. "control" to "hand"

968: The Master may have his/her license suspended or revoked for __________.

a. carrying stowawaysb. sailing shorthandedc. being negligentd. All of the above

969: A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The temperature of the product is 80°F (27°C), andit has a coefficient of expansion of .0008. The net amount of cargo loaded is __________.

a. 8,856 barrelsb. 8,944 barrelsc. 9,072 barrelsd. 9,144 barrels

970: What is the difference between net tonnage and gross tonnage?

a. Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less certain deductions for machinery and other areas.b. Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared to tonnage of whole ship.c. Net tonnage is the net weight of the ship.d. There is no difference.

971: A journal kept by the officer of the watch in which day to day happenings are recorded regardingthe deck department is the __________.



a. cargo record bookb. deck rough logc. bell bookd. Official Logbook

972: The "rudder adjustment" control on an autopilot steering stand is used to __________.

a. align the rudder angle indicator with the true rudder angleb. set the number of degrees of rudder per degree of course errorc. set the departure from base course before actuating the rudderd. set the rate at which the rudder responds

973: The "weather adjustment" control on an autopilot steering stand is used to __________.

a. allow leeway according to the weather conditionsb. proportionally set the number of degrees of rudder response per degree of course errorc. set the null band or dead zone signal before actuating the rudderd. set the speed at which the rudder responds

974: The "PortOffStbd" selector switch on an autopilot steering stand is used to __________.

a. change from hand electric steering to automatic gyrob. change over one steering system to the otherc. change over hand electric steering to nonfollowupd. change over the port to the starboard bow thruster

975: The "Mode" selector switch on the autopilot steering stand is used to select any of the followingwith the EXCEPTION of __________.

a. automatic pilot steeringb. handelectric steeringc. nonfollowup steeringd. rudder adjustment

976: When the period of beam seas equals the natural rolling period of a vessel, what will most likelyoccur?

a. Excessive pitchingb. Excessive yawingc. Excessive rollingd. No change should be evident

977: An ocean tow is sinking in deep water. Attempts to sever the towing hawser are unsuccessful.Which action should now be taken?

a. Abandon the towing vessel.b. Radio for emergency assistance.c. Slip the towline and allow it to run off the drum.d. Secure all watertight openings on the towing vessel.

978: Anyone voluntarily surrendering their license to a U.S. Coast Guard investigating officer signs astatement indicating that __________.



a. all title to the license is given up for 5 yearsb. their rights to a hearing are waivedc. they may be issued a new license in 5 years after passing another written examinationd. All of the above

979: A cargo of oil has a coefficient of expansion of .0005 per degree F. If this cargo is loaded at 70°F,and a cargo temperature of 90°F is expected at the discharge port, how many barrels would you expect tounload if you loaded 10,000 barrels?

a. 9,900b. 9,990c. 10,010d. 10,100

980: The perforated, elevated bottom of the chain locker, which prevents the chains from touching themain locker bottom and allows seepage water to flow to the drains, is called a __________.

a. cradleb. draftc. harpingd. manger

981: When a vessel is entering or leaving a port, a record of engine speeds is kept in the __________.

a. bell bookb. deck rough logc. Official Logbookd. engine rough log

982: The muster list must be posted in conspicuous locations and signed by the __________.

a. safety officerb. Coast Guard Officer approving the billc. ownerd. Master

983: When a vessel is on autopilot steering, the "weather " control is adjusted to compensate for whichsevere weather effect on a vessel?

a. Yawb. Rollc. Pitchd. Leeway

984: To coil a rightlaid rope, you should coil the line in __________.

a. a clockwise directionb. a counterclockwise directionc. alternating clockwise and counterclockwise directionsd. either a clockwise or counterclockwise directions

985: You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by hand reports that the rudder is not



responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be to __________.

a. call the engineroom and report that you have lost steeringb. signal the engineroom to stop the enginesc. shift the selector switch to the other steering systemd. call the Master

986: When running before a heavy sea, moving weights aft will affect the handling of a vessel by__________.

a. reducing rollingb. increasing rollingc. reducing yawingd. increasing yawing


a. Stop the swing of the ship.b. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.c. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.d. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees it is now.

989: You are loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0900 you find that you have loaded 207,000barrels. At 1030 you find that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate,you will finish at approximately __________.

a. 2100 that nightb. 0730 the next dayc. 0910 the next dayd. 1215 the next day

990: Freeboard is measured from the upper edge of the __________.

a. bulwarkb. deck linec. gunwale bard. sheer strake

991: When an azimuth of the Sun has been taken and the deviation of the standard magnetic compasscomputed, the watch officer should record the results __________.

a. in the vessel's Official Logbookb. on the compass deviation cardc. in the compass deviation logd. on a Napier diagram

992: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability DataReference Book to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

a. 29.49 numeralb. 31.97 numeralc. 33.61 numeral




d. 35.12 numeral

993: Your vessel is docking, but not yet alongside. Which line will be the most useful when maneuveringthe vessel alongside the pier?

a. Bow breast lineb. Bow spring linec. Inshore head lined. Offshore head line

994: Manila lines in which the strands are righthand laid __________.

a. should be coiled in a clockwise directionb. should be coiled in a counterclockwise directionc. may be coiled either clockwise or counterclockwised. should never be coiled

995: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest time to a person who has fallenoverboard is __________.

a. a single turn with hard rudderb. engine(s) crash astern, no turnc. a Williamson Turnd. two 180° turns

996: With a following sea, a vessel will tend to __________.

a. heave tob. poundc. reduce speedd. yaw

997: When steering by hand, which of the following may be a functional input to the steering gear as aresult of turning the wheel?

a. Nonfollowupb. Rudder adjustmentc. Weather adjustmentd. All the above may be activated

998: When steering on autopilot which of the following input conditions may NOT have an effect on thecontrol of the steering gear?

a. Nonfollowupb. Rudder adjustmentc. Weather adjustmentd. All the above may be activated

999: You are loading 530,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0945 on 13 April, you find that you have loaded202,000 barrels. At 1130, you find that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If you continue at the same rate,you will finish at __________.



a. 1322, 13 Aprilb. 1920, 13 Aprilc. 1120, 14 Aprild. 1305, 14 April

1000: The "Mode" selector switch can be positioned and select all of the following EXCEPT__________.

a. weather adjustmentsb. handelectric steeringc. automatic gyrod. nonfollowup control

1001: Which is supplied to the vessel by the U.S. Coast Guard?

a. Bell bookb. Cargo gear registerc. Official Logbookd. Rough Logbook

1002: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel has deviated 15 degrees from course andthere is no corrective rudder being applied. As a standard operating procedure you may need to__________.

a. check the setting of the rudder adjustmentb. check the setting of the weather adjustmentc. immediately engage the trick wheeld. switch to the other steering system

1003: You are on a containership. The cargo includes a container of small arms ammunition, a containerof leadacid storage batteries and a container of methyl acetylene bottles. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The storage batteries must be stowed on deck away from the ammunition.b. The storage batteries must be at least ten horizontal feet away from the methyl acetylene.c. The ammunition must be separated from the methyl acetylene by at least one hold.d. No separation is required because freight containers are exempted.

1004: Uncoiling manila line improperly can result in a(n) __________.

a. number of fishhooksb. kink in the linec. 50% loss of efficiency of the lined. increase in deterioration of the line

1005: Which device is designed to automatically hold the load if power should fail to an electric winch?

a. Pneumatic brakeb. Electromagnetic brakec. Hand braked. Motor controller

1006: Which action reduces the yawing of a vessel in a following sea?



a. Increasing GMb. Pumping out tanks aftc. Shifting weights to the bowd. Shifting weights to the stern

1007: When using the term "limber system" one is referring to a __________.

a. cleaning systemb. drainage systemc. strengthening systemd. weight reduction system

1008: When anyone voluntarily deposits his/her license or document with a Coast Guard investigatingofficer __________.

a. he/she permanently gives up rights to the license or documentb. it may be for reasons of mental or physical incompetencec. it must be for reason of addiction to narcoticsd. All of the above

1009: You are loading 475,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0800 on 8 July, you find that you have loaded174,000 barrels. At 1000, you find that you have loaded 192,000 barrels. If you continue loading at thesame rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

a. 1752, 8 Julyb. 1940, 8 Julyc. 0143, 9 Julyd. 1727, 9 July

1010: When the longitudinal strength members of a vessel are continuous and closely spaced, the vesselis __________.

a. transversely framedb. longitudinally framedc. intermittently framedd. web framed

1011: After your vessel has been involved in a casualty, you are required to make your logbooks, bellbooks, etc., available to __________.

a. attorneys for opposition partiesb. marine surveyorsc. U.S. Coast Guard officialsd. All of the above

1012: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. after breast lineb. after spring linec. offshore stern lined. inshore stern line




1014: In order to detect rot in manila lines, you should __________.

a. feel the surface of the line for broken fibersb. measure the reduction in circumference of the linec. observe any mildew on the outer surfaced. open the strands and examine the inner fibers

1015: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability DataReference to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)


1016: Your vessel is off a lee shore in heavy weather and laboring. Which action should you take?

a. Put the sea and wind about two points on either bow and reduce speed.b. Heave to in the trough of the sea.c. Put the sea and wind on either quarter and proceed at increased speed.d. Put the bow directly into the sea and proceed at full speed.

1018: Which U.S. Government agency can suspend or revoke a Merchant Mariner's license for violatingthe load line act?

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. U.S. Coast Guardc. U.S. Customs Serviced. U.S. Maritime Administration

1019: A tank holds 400 tons of sea water when filled. How many tons of liquid of specific gravity 0.9300will it hold when filled to 90% capacity?

a. 326.6b. 343.2c. 377.6d. 390.2

1020: The Plimsoll mark on a vessel is used to __________.

a. align the vessel's tail shaftb. determine the vessel's trimc. determine the vessel's freeboardd. locate the vessel's centerline

1021: A vessel's Classification Certificate is issued by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. National Cargo Bureauc. United States Coast Guardd. United States Customs




1024: A natural fiber rope can be ruined by dampness because it may __________.

a. rotb. shrinkc. stretchd. unlay

1026: When making way in heavy seas you notice that your vessel's screw is being lifted clear of thewater and racing. One way to correct this would be to __________.

a. increase speedb. decrease speedc. move more weight forwardd. shift the rudder back and forth several times

1029: When cleaning a tank by the Butterworth process, you should begin to pump out the slops__________.

a. at the end of the drop scheduleb. when the process is startedc. when the process is finishedd. when the tank is clean

1030: If an attempt is made to hoist a load that exceeds the capacity of an electric winch, an overloadsafety device causes a circuit breaker to cut off the current to the winch motor __________.

a. when the line pull reaches the rated winch capacityb. after the line pull exceeds the rated winch capacityc. after a short buildup of torqued. immediately

1031: Which certificate is NOT issued by the Coast Guard?

a. Award of official numberb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Classification of Hull and Machineryd. Safety Equipment Certificate







1033: Each crewmember has an assigned firefighting station. This assignment is shown on the__________.

a. fire fighting planb. shipping articlesc. Certificate of Inspectiond. muster list

1034: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel sailing coastwise. What percentage of thedeck crew must be able to understand the language commonly used onboard the vessel?

a. 100%b. 75%c. 65%d. 50%

1036: What is meant by the term "broaching to"?

a. Having the vessel head toward the seab. Running before a seac. Being turned broadside to the sead. Having the vessel filled with water

1037: After an IOPP Certificate is issued to an inspected vessel, how many other surveys of the vessel'spollution prevention equipment are conducted during the period of validity of the certificate?

a. Noneb. Onec. Twod. Three

1039: When cleaning cargo tanks with portable machines, how is the machine grounded?

a. Bonding wires are secured from the machine to a convenient location on deck.b. The machines must maintain physical contact with the deck at the Butterworth opening.c. The water supply hoses contain internal wires that act as conductorsd. The water jets impinging on the vessel's structure form a pathway to ground.

1040: A well in the uppermost deck of a shelter deck vessel which has only a temporary means of closingfor the purpose of gaining an exemption from tonnage measurement is called a(n) __________.

a. exemption spaceb. tonnage deckc. cofferdamd. tonnage opening

1041: The document on a vessel, annually endorsed by an American Bureau of Shipping surveyor, iscalled the __________.

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Classification Certificatec. Load Line Certificate



d. Seaworthy Certificate

1042: Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the sides amidships. Which statement is TRUE?(D022DG )

a. This line represents the load line mark for a Great Lakes voyage.b. The gross and net tonnage of the ship will change if this mark is submerged and the loadline is visible.c. The line directly under the triangle is at the same level as the summer load line.d. This is the equivalent of a load line marking for government (CofE, NOAA, MSC) vessels.

1044: Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load of a line with a breaking strain of30,000 pounds.


1045: If a hydraulic pump on a winch accidentally stops while hoisting, the load will stay suspendedbecause __________.

a. a check valve will close and prevent reverse circulationb. a centrifugal counterweight counteracts the force of gravity.c. the electric pump motor will cut outd. the control lever will move to the stop position

1046: In a following sea, a wave has overtaken your vessel and thrown the stern to starboard. Tocontinue along your original course, you should __________.

a. use more right rudderb. use more left rudderc. increase speedd. decrease speed

1048: You are the person in charge of a vessel involved in a marine casualty. You must notify the nearestCoast Guard Marine Inspection Office if the property damage is over __________.

a. $1,500 b. $10,000 c. $25,000 d. $50,000

1049: You have water washed your cargo tanks using the fixed machines. What should you do beforeusing portable machines to clean areas screened from the wash of the fixed machine by structuralmembers?

a. Ventilate the tank to eliminate any electrostatically charged mist.b. Attach the water supply hose to the portable machine after the cleaning head is positioned insidethe tank.c. Insure that the tanks are not stripped until the final wash is started.d. Ground the fixed machines to eliminate any electrostatic buildup on the cleaning head.




1050: The "margin plate" is the __________.

a. outboard strake of plating on each side of an inner bottomb. outer strake of plating on each side of the main deck of a vesselc. plate which sits atop the center vertical keeld. uppermost continuous strake of plating on the shell of a vessel

1051: A vessel arrives in San Francisco from a foreign voyage. When MUST the Master make formalentry at the custom house?

a. Within 24 hours after arrival, Sundays and holidays exceptedb. Within 48 hours after arrival, Sundays and holidays exceptedc. Within 48 hours and before all foreign cargo is discharged for that portd. Within 24 hours after arrival

1052: A term used to describe the dip in a towline that acts as a shock absorber is __________.

a. catenaryb. stepc. shock dipd. bight

1054: Which mooring line has the least elasticity?

a. Dacronb. Nylonc. Esterlened. Polypropylene

1056: In which situation could a vessel most easily capsize?

a. Running into head seasb. Running in the troughc. Running with following seasd. Anchored with your bow into the seas

1057: The Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has expired. What certificate authorizes thebarge to move to a repair facility for repair and inspection?

a. Application for Inspectionb. Change of Employmentc. Permit to Proceedd. Temporary Certificate of Inspection

1058: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safetyor Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?

a. The owner of the vesselb. The Master of the vesselc. The person in charge of the vessel at the time of casualtyd. Any one of the above



1059: You are cleaning the tanks after carrying a cargo of crude oil. Which statement is TRUE?

a. Washing water should be recirculated if possible because it has the same electric potential as thecargo tank being cleaned.b. The hoses to portable cleaning machines should be disconnected before the machines areremoved from the tank.c. The principal hazard with steaming cargo tanks is raising the ambient temperature above theflame point of the cargo residue.d. Steam cleaning and water washing are both capable of generating electrostatic chargeswithin a tank.

1060: You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel, containing Class 1 explosives. Thepackage is damp, moldy and stained. You must __________.

a. refuse to accept the packageb. note the exception(s) on the Bill of Ladingc. replace the packaging material before stowaged. seek the approval of the USCG Captain of the Port

1061: A vessel arrives at the port of San Francisco from Yokohama, Japan. The passengers fill out theBaggage Declaration and Entry form. A passenger has baggage arriving on another vessel. How must thisbaggage be handled for U.S. Customs purposes?

a. It need not be declared at this time.b. It must be declared on the same form and marked "Unaccompanied Baggage".c. It must be declared on another form entitled "Continuation Sheet".d. It must be declared only if the other vessel's name is known.

1062: An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for what period of time?

a. 6 monthsb. 12 monthsc. 18 monthsd. 5 years

1063: You have been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair rigged to a mast that you intend to paint. You arenow supporting your weight by seizing the hauling part and the standing part of the gantline in one hand.Your next procedure in securing the bosun's chair is to __________.

a. secure the tail of the standing part leading from the becket bend to the mastb. dip the bight of the hauling part around your back and up in front of you to form the hitchc. take a strain on the hauling part by having it led to the gypsy head on a winchd. secure the standing part of the gantline to the hauling part by taking turns of marlin and tying off

1064: Which factor is most likely to impair the strength and durability of synthetic line?

a. Dry rotb. Mildewc. Sunlightd. Washing with mild soap

1066: If your propeller is racing in rough weather, you should __________.



a. decrease your engine speedb. ignore itc. increase your engine speedd. stop your engine until the rough weather passes

1067: The normal and safest way for a sailor to be lowered in a bosun's chair when descending verticallyis __________.

a. for that sailor to feed the hauling part through a bosun's chair hitchb. to lead the hauling part to a cleat on the mast and slacking the sailor downc. by taking several turns of the gantline on a winch drum and then lower the sailor by backing offon the winchd. by leading the bight of the hauling part to a rail and taking several turns, then slacking awaywith the bight

1068: You shall notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible when yourvessel has been damaged in excess of __________.

a. $1,000 b. $1,500 c. $10,000 d. $25,000

1069: Which step is NOT generally taken when gasfreeing a tank?

a. Washing the tank interior with sea waterb. Application of degreasing solventsc. Removal of corrosion products and sludged. Fresh air ventilation

1071: In some cases, the 50% duty on all foreign repairs made to American flag merchant vessels may beremitted. Which work does NOT come under the remitting policy of U.S. Customs?

a. Chipping, painting, and scaling by foreign laborb. Repairs to hull structural damagec. Repairs due to damage done by heavy weatherd. Repairs to the main propulsion machinery

1072: The normal and safest way for a sailor in a bosun's chair to be raised aloft is __________.

a. for the sailor to pull himself aloft and then make fast with a bosun's chair hitchb. manually by two or three sailors heaving away on deckc. by taking the gantline to a winch drum and heaving away with the winchd. by fairleading the gantline with a snatch block and pulling with a cargo runner

1073: You are preparing to slush a stay on your vessel by lowering yourself down the stay in a bosun'schair. The proper way to do this is to ride down the stay on a riding shackle __________.

a. with the pin of the shackle riding on the stayb. with the pin of the shackle through the chair's bridle eyec. with a hook attaching the chair to the riding shackled. connected to a second shackle on the chair



1074: A new coil of nylon line should be opened by __________.

a. pulling the end up through the eye of the coilb. taking a strain on both endsc. uncoiling from the outside with the coil standing on endd. unreeling from a spool

1075: You are standing wheelwatch on entering port, and the Master gives you a rudder command thatconflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

a. Obey the Pilotb. Obey the Masterc. Ask the Pilot for guidanced. Bring the rudder to midships

1076: You are underway in heavy weather and your bow is into the seas. To prevent pounding, youshould __________.

a. change course, in order to take the seas at an 85 degree angle from the bowb. decrease speedc. increase speedd. secure all loose gear

1077: A seaman dies during a voyage. What is NOT required to be entered into the Official Log?

a. Statement that the Master has taken custody of the deceased's MMD and passportb. An inventory of the money and propertyc. Statement of the wages dued. Statement as to the total deductions to be made from the wages

1078: By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable cause) to give aid in the case ofcollision is __________.

a. one year imprisonment or $500b. two years imprisonment or $1000c. two years imprisonment or $1500d. two years imprisonment or $2000

1079: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tanker that connects onesection of cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.

a. comealongb. crossoverc. manifoldd. runaround

1080: The "inner bottom" is the __________.

a. tank topb. compartment between the tank top and shell of the vesselc. inner side of the vessel's shelld. space between two transverse bottom frames



1081: You are Master of a U.S. flag vessel which was dry docked for bottom cleaning in Rotterdam,Netherlands. Upon return to a U.S. port, you must __________.

a. file a customs' form for duty on this repairb. file no extra reportsc. file a report of the dry docking with the U.S.C.G. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspectiond. obtain a U.S. Coast Guard diver to certify the work


a. backing wireb. scissor wirec. face wired. breast wire

1083: Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in the illustration would you use to properly secure abosun's chair to a gantline? (D030DG )

a. Gb. Ic. Qd. R

1085: Which of the following statements concerning the rigging of bosuns' chairs and their use is TRUE?

a. Always secure the gantline to the chair with a bowline.b. Always have the chair hoisted with at least three turns on a winch drum.c. Any tools, paint pots etc. should be secured by lanyards.d. When riding a stay, make sure that the bow of the shackle passes through the becket of thebridle.

1086: When taking a Pilot from a pilot vessel in a seaway, which way should you head your vessel if theladder is on the leeward side?

a. Bow to the sea and no way on your vesselb. Sea on the lee quarter with ship moving ahead slowlyc. Sea on the weather bow and ship moving ahead slowlyd. Sea on the quarter with sternway on the ship


a. center of gravityb. outermost part of the ship while making the circlec. bowd. tipping center

1088: As Master or person in charge, you must notify the U.S. Coast Guard if an injury leaves a crewmanunfit to perform routine duties for more than __________.

a. 24 hoursb. 48 hoursc. 72 hours




d. Any amount of time

1089: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tank vessel that connectsone section of cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.

a. crossoverb. runaroundc. comealongd. manifold

1090: A chock __________.

a. is a deck fitting used to shackle gear to the deckb. permits easy jettisoning of deck cargo in an emergencyc. prevents stress concentration in the bulwarkd. provides openings through the bulwark for mooring lines

1091: Which of the following statements concerning the rigging and use of bosun's chairs is TRUE?

a. When riding a stay, make sure that the bow of the shackle passes through the becket of thebridle.b. Always have the chair hoisted manually.c. The lowering hitch should always be made before getting into the chair.d. Always secure the gantline to the chair with a clove hitch.


a. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"b. "Aye Aye Sir"c. "Right 15 degrees rudder"d. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order.

1093: When rigging a bosun's chair, a tail block or lizard is used to __________.

a. guide the bosun's chair down a stay when applying a protective coatingb. run paint or tools up to a sailor in a chair with a heaving linec. keep a bosun's chair from swinging with the ship's motiond. reeve the gantline through

1094: Which statement is TRUE with respect to the elasticity of nylon mooring lines?

a. Nylon can stretch over forty percent without being in danger of parting.b. Nylon can be elongated by onehundred percent before it will part.c. Nylon will part if it is stretched any more than twenty percent.d. Under load, nylon will stretch and thin out but will return to normal size when free oftension.

1097: Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in the illustration would you use to properly secure abosun's chair to a gantline? (D030DG )

a. I




b. Pc. Rd. X


a. injured is unfit for dutyb. injured is able to return to workc. injury results in loss of life onlyd. injury is the result of misconduct

1099: To allow for the rise or fall in tide and for change in draft of a tankship during cargo transfer, cargohoses must be suspended with __________.

a. slings or saddles placed at 25foot (8 meter) intervalsb. enough slack in their bightc. topping lifts and runners tied off to winchesd. All of the above

1100: What is the purpose of the freeing ports on a vessel with solid bulwarks?

a. Allow water which may be shipped on deck to flow off rapidlyb. Permit easy jettisoning of deck cargo in an emergencyc. Prevent the formation of any unusual stress concentration pointsd. Lighten the above deck weight caused by a solid bulwark

1101: A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan, to discharge cargo. The vessel contracts a local shipyardto have the hull chipped and scaled. If the vessel provides the primer and paint, which statement isTRUE?

a. You need NOT declare the cost of labor, since no duty is involved.b. You need NOT declare the cost of labor, since this is considered ship's personnel work.c. You MUST declare the cost of labor and pay duty.d. You MUST declare the cost of labor, but no duty is charged since labor is involved.


a. after breast lineb. after spring linec. inshore stern lined. offshore stern line


a. after breast lineb. after spring linec. inshore stern lined. offshore stern line

1103: What should you inspect to be sure that it is safe to go aloft in a bosun's chair?





a. The gantlineb. The tail blockc. The chair and bridled. All of the above

1104: Nylon line can be dangerous because it __________.

a. breaks down when wetb. kinks when wetc. is not elasticd. stretches

1105: You are rigging a stage over the ship's side to serve as a working platform. For stability of thestage, the downhaul to one end of the stage and the downhaul to the other end, which are used forlowering the stage, should be led __________.

a. both to the inboard side of the stageb. both to the outboard side of the stagec. one to the inboard and the other to the outboardd. either both to the inboard or both to the outboard side of the stage

1106: A vessel is underway with a work stage rigged over the side. A seaman may work on the stage, butonly when __________.

a. wearing a life jacketb. wearing a safety harness secured to the stagec. wearing both a life jacket and a safety harness secured to the staged. the vessel is not making way

1107: You are rigging a stage over the vessel's side and are securing the downhaul with lowering turns atyour end of the stage. When finished, the remainder of the line should be __________.

a. lowered down into the waterb. coiled on the stage with the bitter end on the bottomc. coiled on the stage with the bitter end on topd. coiled on deck to be slacked down by a seaman as needed

1108: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard Marine SafetyOffice?

a. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.b. Nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on thepier.c. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.d. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but none to the vessel.

1109: Pinching of the cargo hose between the vessel and the dock should be prevented by __________.

a. adjusting the hose supportsb. laying out an excess length of hose on deckc. tying off the topping lifts and runners to winch headsd. All of the above



1110: One function of a bulwark is to __________.

a. help keep the deck dryb. prevent stress concentrations on the stringer platec. protect against twisting forces exerted on the frame of the vesseld. reinforce the side stringers

1111: A vessel sailing from Liverpool to New York puts into Boston, Mass. for emergency repairs. If noinward foreign cargo is to be discharged at that port, which of the following documents is required?

a. Custom Manifestb. Inward Foreign Manifestc. Pro Forma Manifestd. Traveling Manifest

1112: What is an advantage of the 6X37 class of wire rope over the 6X19 class of wire rope of the samediameter?

a. Greater flexibilityb. More resistance to corrosionc. More resistance to elongationd. Lower weight per foot

1114: What type of stopper would you use on a nylon mooring line?

a. Chainb. Nylonc. Manilad. Wire


a. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctionb. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctionc. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctiond. erase the entry and rewrite

1116: On a singlescrew vessel, when coming port side to a pier and being set off the pier, you should__________.

a. swing wide and approach the pier so as to land starboard side tob. approach the pier on a parallel course at reduced speedc. make your approach at a greater angle than in calm weatherd. point the vessel's head well up into the slip and decrease your speed

1117: The knot used to form the bridle at the standing part of a gantline rigged to a stage is a__________.

a. sheet bendb. carrick bendc. fisherman's bendd. bowline



1118: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the Coast Guard?

a. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or thebuoy.b. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.c. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.d. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requiring repairs costing $19,000.

1119: A single fitting installed in a pipeline that either blanks off the pipe or allows a full flow passage ofa liquid through the pipe is referred to as a __________.

a. blind flangeb. pivot couplingc. quickrelease couplingd. spectacle flange

1120: A stage should only be rigged __________.

a. over the bow or stern of a vesselb. over the flat sides of a vesselc. over the open waterd. over the dockside

1121: What should be readily available on deck while seamen are working over the side on a stage?

a. Rng buoyb. Fire extinguisherc. First aid kitd. Stokes basket

1122: Freeing ports on a vessel with solid bulwarks __________.

a. prevent stress concentration in the bulwarkb. permit easy jettison of deck cargo in an emergencyc. provide openings through the bulwarks for mooring linesd. allow water shipped on deck to flow off rapidly


a. the Light Listb. the Coast Pilotc. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)d. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)

1124: Which material makes the strongest mooring line?

a. Sisalb. Manilac. Nylond. Polyethylene




a. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowb. about twothirds of the vessel's length from the bowc. at the hawsepiped. near the stern

1126: You are approaching a pier and intend to use the port anchor to assist in docking port side to. Youwould NOT use the anchor if __________.

a. the current was setting you on the pierb. another vessel is berthed ahead of your positionc. the wind was blowing from the starboard sided. there is shallow water enroute to the berth

1127: All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the Master and __________.

a. the Chief Engineerb. the person about whom the entry concernsc. one other crew memberd. No other signature is required.

1128: The most accurate account of cargo on board will be found in the __________.

a. Manifestb. charter partyc. Bill of Ladingd. Portage Bill

1129: The main function of a stripping system is to __________.

a. maintain the temperature of the cargo throughout the vesselb. dispose of dangerous vapors within the cargo tanksc. increase the loading rate of the shoreside pumpsd. discharge liquid left in the cargo tanks after the main pumps have discharged the bulk

1130: The fittings used to secure a watertight door are known as __________.

a. clampsb. claspsc. dogsd. latches

1131: U.S. Customs, upon boarding a vessel desiring entry into a U.S. port, would inspect whichdocument?

a. Cargo Manifestb. Certified Crew Listc. Stores Listd. All of the above




a. at the end of the watchb. at any timec. ONLY when properly relievedd. 15 minutes before the end of the watch

1133: To properly rig the downhaul to your stage for lowering, you must __________.

a. take only figure eights around the hornsb. take 2 or 3 round turns around the stage and then belay the downhaul around the hornsc. take 2 round turns around the stage and then dip the third turn to form a clove hitchd. pass the downhaul through the bridle formed by the standing part and then take round turns

1134: The critical point in nylon line elongation is about __________.

a. 20%b. 30%c. 40%d. 50%

1135: What equipment is customarily used when seamen are working on a stage rigged over the side of avessel?

a. Jacob's ladderb. Manropesc. Heaving linesd. All of the above

1136: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier without the assistance of tugboats. Which line will be themost useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

a. Bow breast lineb. Bow spring linec. Inshore head lined. Stern breast line

1137: When lowering manropes alongside a stage rigged over the side of a vessel, they should beallowed to trail in the water __________.

a. to easily remove the kinks that form in the linesb. to allow the seamen on the stage to know the direction and strength of the currentc. to provide the seaman something to hold onto if he or she falls from the stage into thewaterd. only for short periods of time since they will become waterlogged and be very heavy to pull up

1138: A vessel arrives in the port of Los Angeles from a foreign port and discharges some of its inwardforeign cargo. What additional manifest is required?

a. Discharge Manifestb. Inward Foreign Manifestc. Pro Forma Manifestd. Traveling Manifest




a. near the sternb. at the hawsepipec. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowd. about twothirds of the vessel's length from the bow

1140: In a transversely framed ship, the transverse frames are supported by all of the following EXCEPT__________.

a. girdersb. longitudinalsc. side stringersd. web plates

1141: A vessel has arrived in a U.S. port from a foreign voyage. Preliminary entry has been made.Formal entry at the U.S. Custom House must be made within how many hours after arrival (Sundays andholidays excepted)?

a. 12b. 24c. 48d. 72 without exception

1142: The hitch used to secure the standing part of a gantline to the horns of a stage is a __________.

a. marlinespike hitchb. clove hitchc. blackwall hitchd. Killick hitch

1143: When rigging a stage, the standing part should be fastened to the horns of a stage with which of thefollowing hitches?

a. Clove hitchb. Timber hitchc. Marlinespike hitchd. Double blackwall hitch

1143: When rigging a stage, the standing part should be fastened to the horns of a stage with which of thefollowing hitches?

a. Clove hitchb. Timber hitchc. Marlinespike hitchd. Double blackwall hitch

1144: Which rope has the greatest breaking strength?

a. Manilab. Nylonc. Polyethylene



d. Polypropylene

1145: You are on watch at night in clear visibility and the vessel has just been anchored. The first thingthat you should do after the anchor has been let go is to __________.

a. stop the enginesb. take bearings to obtain ship's positionc. turn off the running lights and turn on the anchor lightsd. lower the accommodation ladder and illuminate it

1146: While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden gale force wind causes the vessel's bowlines to part. The bow begins to fall away from the dock, and no tugs are immediately available. Whichmeasure(s) should you take FIRST?

a. Call the Master and the deck gang.b. Slip the stern lines, let the vessel drift into the river, and then anchor.c. Let go the starboard anchor.d. Obtain assistance and attempt to put some new bow lines out.

1147: You are on watch and the pilot has just anchored the vessel. The next thing that you should do afterthe anchor has been let go is to __________.

a. stop the enginesb. escort the pilot to the accommodation ladderc. plot the vessel's position on the chartd. make a round of the weather decks

1148: The document which acknowledges that the cargo has been received and is in the carrier's custodyis called the __________.

a. Dock Receiptb. Hatch Report and Recapitulationc. Cargo Manifestd. Stowage Plan

1149: You are on anchor watch. As an aid to preventing thievery on the vessel you should __________.

a. show running lights, anchor lights and deck lightsb. only show the required anchor lights and keep the rest of the vessel darkenedc. maintain water on deck with firehoses led out and allpurpose nozzles attachedd. show anchor lights, deck lights and cargo lights hung over the vessel's side

1150: In ship construction, frame spacing is __________.

a. greater at the bow and sternb. reduced at the bow and sternc. uniform over the length of the vesseld. uniform over the length of the vessel, with the exception of the machinery spaces, where it isreduced due to increased stresses

1151: The term used in levying customs duties when such are fixed at rates proportioned to estimatedvalue of goods concerned is __________.



a. ad valoremb. infinitec. secured. specific

1153: What affect does shallow water have on a vessel's stopping distance?

a. The stopping distance is shorter.b. The stopping distance is longer.c. There is no difference in the stopping distance.d. The propeller is more effective when going astern in shallow water.

1154: Which line would be least likely to kink?

a. Braidedb. Lefthanded laidc. Righthanded laidd. Straight laid

1155: In the context of shiphandling, what would be the definition of shallow water?

a. Water depth of less than twice a vessel's draftb. Water depth of less than 1½ times a vessel's draftc. Under keel clearance of twice a vessel's draftd. Under keel clearance of less than 10 feet

1156: The best time to work a boat into a slip is __________.

a. when the wind is against youb. with the current setting against youc. at slack waterd. with a cross current

1157: What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"?

a. "Steady"b. "Passing 150°"c. "Checked"d. "Eased to 5° rudder"

1158: A vessel loads 100 tons of glass jars. The mate on watch discovers that some of the cartons havebeen damaged and has an exception made on the Bill of Lading. What is this document called?

a. Damage Bill of Ladingb. Letter of Indemnityc. Nonnegotiable Bill of Ladingd. Unclean Bill of Lading

1159: Which product is most likely to accumulate static electricity?

a. Crude oilb. Hard asphalt



c. Lubricating oild. Residual fuel oil

1160: In a longitudinallyframed ship, the longitudinal frames are held in place and supported byathwartship members called __________.

a. floorsb. margin platesc. stringersd. web frames

1161: The document that the Master uses to attest to the truth of the manifest of cargo is called__________.

a. Master's Protestb. Oath of Entryc. Owner's Oathd. Shipper's Certification

1162: How does a vessel's rate of turn change when entering shallow water?

a. It is faster.b. It is slower.c. There is no change.d. It remains constant for varying propeller revolutions.

1163: When piloting a vessel, how are visual references used to establish a constant rate of turn?

a. Fixed objects that stay on the same relative bearing when the ship is turning indicate aconstant rate of turn.b. Visual references cannot be used to maintain a constant rate of turn.c. Begin the turn when the fixed object is on the beam.d. Keep the fixed object's relative relative bearing opening, for a constant rate of turn.

1164: Which type of line floats?

a. Dacronb. Nylonc. Old manilad. Polypropylene

1165: The Muster List ("Station Bill") shows each person's lifeboat station, duties during abandonment,basic instructions, and __________.

a. all emergency signalsb. instructions for lowering the lifeboatsc. the time each weekly drill will be heldd. work schedule

1166: You are 15 feet off a pier and docking a vessel using only a bow and stern breast line. Once theslack is out of both lines you begin to haul in on the bow breast line. What is the effect on the vessel?



a. The bow will come in and the stern will go out.b. The whole ship moves toward the pier.c. The bow will come in and the stern will remain the same distance off the pier.d. The stern will come in and the bow will remain the same distance off the pier.

1167: A vessel will "squat" when it proceeds underway __________.

a. only in deep waterb. only in shallow waterc. in all depths of waterd. only in narrow channels

1168: A vessel has completed loading cargo in the port of San Francisco. What document is signed bythe Master stating the terms that goods were delivered and received by the ship?

a. Bill of Goodsb. Bill of Ladingc. Cargo Manifestd. Cargo Receipt

1169: Static electricity may be built up by the __________.

a. spraying or splashing of petroleumb. settling of solids or water in petroleumc. flow of petroleum through pipesd. All of the above

1170: Transverse frames are more widely spaced on a ship that is designed with the __________.

a. centerline system of framingb. isometric system of framingc. longitudinal system of framingd. transverse system of framing

1171: If you intend to land tulip bulbs from Holland in a U.S. port, they must be inspected by the__________.

a. Animal and Plant Health Service Inspectorb. Captain of the Port personnelc. Quarantine Officerd. All of the above

1172: You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a buoy four points on the bow to gauge yourrate of turn. If you observe the buoy moving aft relative to you, what should you do?

a. Increase the rate of turnb. Decrease the rate of turnc. Maintain a constant rate of turnd. Decrease speed

1173: You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a buoy four points on the bow to gauge yourrate of turn. If you observe the buoy moving forward relative to you, what should you do?



a. Increase the rate of turnb. Decrease the rate of turnc. Maintain a constant rate of turnd. Increase speed

1174: Compared to manila line, size for size, nylon line __________.

a. has less strength than manila lineb. has more strength than manila linec. is equivalent to manila lined. will rot quicker than manila line

1175: You have arrived at your anchorage location. You have put the engines astern prior to letting gothe anchor. How will you know when the vessel has stopped making way?

a. The ship's Doppler log reads zerob. The backwash of the propeller reaches amidshipsc. An azimuth bearing on the beam remains steadyd. All of the above

1176: You have arrived at your anchorage location. You have put the engines astern prior to letting gothe anchor. How will you know when the vessel has stopped over the ground?

a. The ship's log reads zerob. The backwash of the propeller reaches amidshipsc. An azimuth bearing on the beam remains steadyd. All of the above

1177: A "Mediterranean moor" should be used when __________.

a. when anchoring in the Mediterraneanb. when docking stern to a berthc. when docking bow to a berthd. when anchoring in a strong current

1178: A shipper of cargo aboard your vessel offers a letter of indemnity for the cargo. This is done inorder to obtain a(n) __________.

a. Clean Bill of Ladingb. Order Bill of Ladingc. Straight Bill of Ladingd. Through Bill of Lading

1179: The most likely time for oil pollution while bunkering is when __________.

a. final topping off is occurringb. first starting to receive fuelc. hoses are being blown downd. hoses are disconnected and being capped

1180: The regulations require that inspected vessels on an international voyage, other than smallpassenger vessels, must carry which of the following distress signals on or near the navigating bridge?



a. 12 hand red flaresb. 12 rocket parachute flaresc. 12 hand combination flares and orange smoke signalsd. 6 hand red flares, and 6 hand orange smoke signals

1181: Uncleared crew curios remaining on board during a domestic coastwise voyage after returningfrom foreign should be __________.

a. listed in the Official Logbookb. cleared prior to the next foreign voyagec. noted in the Traveling Curio Manifestd. retained under locked security by the owner

1182: Your vessel must moor port side to a berth limited by vessels ahead and astern using a single tug.You are stemming a slight current and there is a light breeze of the dock. Your tug should be made up tothe vessel's __________.

a. stern on a hawserb. quarterc. waistd. bow

1183: Which towing equipment can be used to prevent the tripping of a tug?

a. Bridlesb. Chafing boardsc. Gob ropesd. Drogues

1184: A new coil of nylon line should be opened by __________.

a. pulling the end up through the eye of the coilb. uncoiling from the outside with the coil standing on endc. taking a strain on both endsd. unreeling from a spool

1185: As shown, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

a. stern lineb. spring linec. breast lined. shore line

1186: Which term describes a rope in which three righthanded strands are laid up lefthanded?

a. Softlaidb. Hardlaidc. Shroud laidd. Hawserlaid

1187: You are taking the bow line from the port bow of a large vessel that is underway when the stern ofyour tug comes in contact with the vessel. The forward motion of both vessels causes your tug to be




turned toward the other vessel and contact the stem thereby being "stemmed". You should immediately__________.

a. stop engines and the vessel's wake will push you clear of the bowb. go full astern with rudder amidshipsc. go full ahead with the rudder hard over to starboardd. go full ahead with the rudder amidships

1188: An implied warranty of seaworthiness on the part of the vessel's owner lies in the __________.

a. Cargo Manifestb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Classification Certificated. contract of carriage, i.e. Bill of Lading

1189: When bunkering is complete, the hoses should be __________.

a. cleaned internally with a degreaserb. washed out with hot soapy waterc. drained, blanked off, and stored securelyd. stowed vertically and allowed to drain

1190: A normal safe working load for used nylon rope in good conditon is __________.

a. 10% of its breaking strainb. 25% of its breaking strainc. 33% of its breaking straind. 50% of its breaking strain

1191: Which statement is TRUE about the use of a "gob rope"?

a. The gob rope is a mooring line for tyhing up lighters for working cargo alongside a vesselanchored in an open roadstead.b. The gob rope is used to secure the towline aft over the centerline of a tug..c. The gob rope is a line hung over a vessel's side to assist in boarding.d. The gob rope is a rope used in mooring a vessel to a buoy.

1192: A person has fallen overboard and is being picked up with a lifeboat. If the person appears indanger of drowning, the lifeboat should make __________.

a. an approach from leewardb. an approach from windwardc. the most direct approachd. an approach across the wind

1193: The main advantage of a Chinese stopper over the one line stopper is that it __________.

a. will not jam on the mooring lineb. is strongerc. is easier to use when under heavy tensiond. is safer to use when under heavy tension



1194: What type of line melts easiest?

a. Wireb. Dacronc. Nylond. Polypropylene

1195: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to a cargowhen the damage arises from __________.

a. unseaworthiness when sailingb. insufficient packingc. quarantine delaysd. mismanagement of the vessel

1196: You are landing a singlescrew vessel, with a righthand propeller, starboard side to the dock.When you have approached the berth and back the engine, you would expect the vessel to __________.

a. lose headway without swingingb. turn her bow toward the dockc. turn her bow away from the dockd. head into the wind, regardless of the side the wind is on

1198: The most probable position of the object of a search at any given time is the __________.

a. datum positionb. incident positionc. reported positiond. deadreckoning position

1200: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has been consigned to Voluntary NavalControl of Shipping. The message will refer you to __________.

a. the Light Listb. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)c. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)d. the Coast Pilot

1201: When clearing customs for a foreign voyage, which of the following is processed at the custom'shouse and returned to the vessel?

a. Shipping Articlesb. Traveling Curio Manifestc. Official Logbookd. Cargo Gear Register

1202: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to cargo whenthe damage arises from __________.

a. an act of warb. lack of ventilation in transitc. perils of the sea



d. an error in navigation

1202: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to cargo whenthe damage arises from __________.

a. an act of warb. lack of ventilation in transitc. perils of the sead. an error in navigation

1203: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids may be temporarily suspended with __________.

a. one day's noticeb. no noticec. thirty (30) day's noticed. a week's notice

1206: You are landing a singlescrew vessel with a lefthanded propeller, starboard side to the dock. Asyou approach the dock you back your engine with your rudder amidships. You would expect the vessel to__________.

a. lose headway without swingingb. turn its bow towards the dockc. turn its stern towards the dockd. drift away from the dock

1207: The Tonnage Certificate indicates __________.

a. deadweight tonsb. displacement tonsc. net tonsd. light displacement tons

1208: When making a wire fast to bitts it is recommended that you __________.

a. use only figure eightsb. take 2 round turns around one bitt, then make figure eightsc. take 3 round turns around both bitts, then make figure eightsd. alternate round turns and figure eights around both bitts

1209: When cargo is being worked using a Burton or married fall system, which part of the cargo gear ismost likely to fail?

a. Boomb. Gooseneckc. Guy tackled. Topping lift

1210: To rigidly fasten together the peak frames, the stem, and the outside framing, a horizontal plate isfitted across the forepeak of a vessel. This plate is known as a(n) __________.

a. apron plate



b. breasthookc. intercostal plated. joiner

1211: When clearing a vessel for a foreign voyage, the original crew list is duly certified by properauthority. In a U.S. port, this authority is the U.S. __________.

a. Coast Guardb. Customsc. Immigration Serviced. Public Health Service

1212: What is NOT characteristic of the conditions which would be experienced by a vessel locatedsoutheast of an approaching eastwardmoving storm center on the Great Lakes?

a. Falling barometerb. A westerly windc. Lowering cloudsd. Rain or snow

1213: What minimum size manila line is required to hold a weight of 932 pounds, if you use a safetyfactor of six?

a. 2.0"b. 2.5"c. 3.0"d. 3.5"

1214: Which statement is TRUE about nylon line?

a. Manila line will usually last longer than nylon line.b. Nylon line is excellent for use in alongside towing.c. A normal safe working load will stretch nylon line 50%.d. Nylon stoppers should be used with nylon line.

1215: What is an advantage in the use of a towing hook?

a. To prevent the tug from becoming trippedb. To quickly connect or release a tow, especially a sinking towc. To facilitate berthing maneuversd. All of the above

1215: What is an advantage in the use of a towing hook?

a. To prevent the tug from becoming trippedb. To quickly connect or release a tow, especially a sinking towc. To facilitate berthing maneuversd. All of the above

1216: It is easier to dock a righthand, singlescrew vessel __________.

a. starboard side to the wharf



b. either side to the wharfc. port side to the wharfd. stern to the wharf


a. erase the entry and rewriteb. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctionc. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correctiond. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction

1218: Which is a negotiable document?

a. Bill of Ladingb. Cargo Manifestc. Export Declarationd. Receiving Report

1220: Who certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on a vessel?

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. American Bureau of Shippingc. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineersd. National Cargo Bureau

1221: Your vessel is in Charleston, S.C. You need not clear Customs if __________.

a. all the cargo on board is of U.S. origin and destined for New Yorkb. you took on no new cargo in Charleston, S.C. and are bound for Puerto Rico and thence foreignc. you did not discharge any cargo in Charleston and are bound for Panamad. you did not load any cargo in Charleston and are bound for Halifax

1222: Who certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on a vessel?

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. National Cargo Bureauc. U.S. Coast Guardd. None of the above

1223: The organization that certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on a vessel is the__________.

a. classification societyb. National Cargo Bureauc. U.S. Coast Guardd. none of the above

1224: Which is NOT a recommended practice when handling nylon line?

a. Nylon lines which become slippery because of oil or grease should be scrubbed down.b. Manila line stoppers should be used for holding nylon hawsers.c. When easing out nylon line, keep an extra turn on the bitt to prevent slipping.



d. Icedover nylon lines should be thawed and drained before stowing.

1225: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of the sea surface is icecovered with 2OKTAs concentration?

a. 10%b. 20%c. 25%d. 67%

1226: You are docking a vessel starboard side to with the assistance of two tugs. You are attempting tohold the vessel off by operating both tugs at right angles to the vessel and at full power. You must ensurethat __________.

a. steerageway is not taken offb. the bow doesn't close the dock firstc. the bow closes the dock firstd. the ship has no headway at the time

1227: You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by hand reports that the rudder isnot responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be to __________.

a. shift the selector switch to the other steering pumpb. signal the engineroom to stop the enginesc. call the engineroomd. call the Master

1228: A cargo exception would appear on __________.

a. a Bill of Ladingb. the cargo manifestc. the Export Declarationd. a Letter of Indemnity

1230: Which statement concerning solid floors is TRUE?

a. They must be watertight.b. They may have lightening, limber, or air holes cut into them.c. They are built of structural frames connected by angle struts and stiffeners, with flanged platebrackets at each end.d. They are lighter than open floors.

1230: Which statement concerning solid floors is TRUE?

a. They must be watertight.b. They may have lightening, limber, or air holes cut into them.c. They are built of structural frames connected by angle struts and stiffeners, with flanged platebrackets at each end.d. They are lighter than open floors.

1231: What is NOT a condition for a salvage claim?



a. The property saved must be "maritime property."b. The salvors must save or attempt to save any life in peril.c. The salvage service must be voluntary.d. The property must be in peril.

1232: You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by hand reports that the rudder isnot responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be to __________.

a. check that the wheel is firmly connected to the shaftb. signal the engineroom to "Standby the Engines"c. set the "Mode" switch to "Auto" and steer by autopilotd. switch to the other steering pump

1233: You are on watch while your vessel is entering port with a pilot conning. The pilot gives a steeringcommand to the helmsman who fails to acknowledge it by repeating the command. You shouldimmediately __________.

a. notify the Masterb. ask the Pilot to repeat the command since the helmsman failed to hear itc. tell the helmsman to ask the Pilot to repeat any command that he fails to hear or understandd. repeat the Pilot's command and ensure that the helmsman repeats it exactly

1234: Which type of line will stretch the most when under strain?

a. Polypropyleneb. Dacronc. Nylond. Manila

1234: Which type of line will stretch the most when under strain?

a. Polypropyleneb. Dacronc. Nylond. Manila

1235: You are on watch entering port while the pilot has the conn. The pilot gives a steering command tothe helmsman who partially repeats the command. You should immediately __________.

a. repeat the Pilot's command and ensure that the helmsman repeats it completelyb. ask the Pilot to repeat the command since the helmsman failed to hear it completelyc. observe the helmsman's wheel action to be sure that it complies with the Pilot's commandd. ignore the helmsman's response as long as it was close to what the Pilot ordered

1236: You are docking a ship with a singlescrew tug assisting on your starboard bow. How should thetug be tied up if you are anticipating that she will have to hold your bow off while you stem the current?

a. One head line would be sufficient.b. The tug would need at least two head lines.c. The tug should put a spring line up, leading astern on the ship.d. The tug should put a stern line up, leading ahead on the ship.



1237: You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the watch. After reviewingthe chart and having been briefed by the offgoing mate, you are now ready to effect the relief. The watchis officially transferred to you after __________.

a. you state the vessel's charted position, present course and port of destinationb. the mate being relieved tells you the vessel's course and speed and states that you have the watchc. you say, "I relieve you" and you state the course per gyro and magnetic compassesd. the mate being relieved says, "You have the conn" and you state the ship's course

1238: A contract of affreightment is a __________.

a. Bill of Ladingb. Bottomry Bondc. manifestd. Portage Bill

1240: Bilge keels are fitted on ships to __________.

a. assist in dry dock alignmentb. improve the vessel's stabilityc. protect the vessel from slamming against piersd. reduce the rolling of the vessel

1241: A Notice of Marine Casualty to a vessel must include __________.

a. the estimated cost of damageb. the name of the owner or agent of the vesselc. an evaluation of who was at faultd. the amount of ballast on board

1242: You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the watch while underway atsea. The watch should not be transferred __________.

a. during an engine speed changeb. during a navigational course changec. unless the helm is in the "hand" moded. All of the above

1243: You are on watch at sea and find it prudent to call the Master to the bridge due to trafficcongestion. The moment that the Master officially relieves you of the conn is whenever __________.

a. a watchstander announces "Captain's on the bridge"b. you call the Captain to the bridge in a traffic situationc. the Master specifically informs you that he has the connd. the Captain states the course being steered

1244: Nylon line is NOT suitable for __________.

a. towingb. lashingsc. stoppersd. mooring lines



1245: While on watch at sea you must maintain a proper lookout at all times. On a 700foot cargo vesselbeing handsteered during daylight hours in good visibility and clear of any navigational hazards, thelookout may be __________.

a. the helmsmanb. the mate on watchc. Either A or Bd. Neither A nor B

1246: When a tug is pulling on a hawser at right angles to the ship, and the pilot wants to come ahead orastern on the ship's engine, care must be taken that the pilot __________.

a. does not break the towlineb. does not get too much way on the vesselc. keeps a steady course so the towline will remain tightd. turns the ship toward the direction of pull

1247: You are on watch and the Pilot has the conn. The Master has temporarily gone below. The Pilotorders a course change which you are certain will put the vessel into imminent danger. Your first actionshould be to __________.

a. countermand the order and immediately notify the Masterb. make an appropriate entry in the deck log concerning the Pilot's orderc. immediately call the Master and await further orders from himd. immediately sound a short ring on the general alarm

1248: A declaration made by the Master before a U.S. Consul, giving particulars regarding heavyweather or other incidents which may have caused damage to the vessel or cargo, through no fault of thevessel, her officers, or crew is a(n) __________.

a. cargo addendumb. exception reportc. Master's declarationd. note of protest

1250: The floors in a vessel's hull structure are kept from tripping, or folding over, by __________.

a. face platesb. bottom longitudinalsc. longitudinal deck beamsd. transverse deck beams

1251: What is NOT a primary function of the freight forwarder?

a. To book cargo space in advanceb. To execute, approve, and submit all shipping documents necessary to the particular shipmentc. To provide financial assistance to the shipper when requiredd. Clear the goods through customs

1252: Control of flooding should be addressed __________.

a. first



b. following control of firec. following restoration of vital servicesd. only if a threat exists

1253: You are preparing to relieve the mate on watch while underway at sea. The watch should not betransferred __________.

a. during an engine speed changeb. while the Master is on the bridgec. during a collision avoidance maneuverd. All of the above

1254: Under identical load conditions, nylon, when compared with natural fiber line, will stretch__________.

a. less and have less strengthb. more and have less strengthc. more and have greater strengthd. less and have greater strength

1256: You are docking an oceangoing singlescrew vessel under normal circumstances with a single tug.The tug is usually used to __________.

a. control the bow and is tied to the offshore bowb. control the stern and is tied to the stern on the offshore sidec. pull the vessel into the slip and is tied to the bowd. push the ship bodily alongside and is tied to the offshore side amidships

1257: You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the watch. After reviewingthe chart and having been briefed by the offgoing mate, you are now ready to effect the relief. Which ofthe following is exemplary of the statement that would officially transfer the watch?

a. You say to the mate going off watch, "Destination New York, course 283°, speed 16 knots."b. The mate being relieved says, "You now have the watch, course 147°, speed 15 knots."c. The mate being relieved says, "All in apparent good order, course 068° per gyro, 075° perstandard."d. You say to the mate going off watch, "I relieve you, course 321° per gyro, 316° perstandard."

1258: While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden gale force wind causes the vessel's sternlines to part. The stern begins to fall away from the dock, and no tugs are immediately available. Whichmeasure(s) should you take FIRST?

a. Notify the engineroom of the need for propulsion.b. Shut down any cargo transfer that's in progress.c. Let go the port anchor and veer to a short scope of chain.d. Obtain assistance from the terminal to put new stern lines out.

1260: The function of the bilge keel is to __________.

a. reduce the rolling of the vesselb. serve as the vessel's main strength member



c. add strength to the bilged. protect the vessel's hull when alongside a dock

1261: A vessel operating "in class" has met all the requirements of the __________.

a. ABS or similar societyb. insurance companyc. U.S. Coast Guardd. U.S. Customs

1262: You are the Master of a 500gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vesselaccidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $25,000b. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of lifec. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personneld. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible

1264: Which type of line is best able to withstand sudden shock loads?

a. Polypropyleneb. Nylonc. Dacrond. Manila

1265: You are picking up an unconscious person that has fallen overboard in a fresh breeze. For safetyreasons a small craft should approach with the __________.

a. victim to leewardb. victim to windwardc. wind on your port sided. wind on your starboard side

1266: You are docking a vessel in a slip which has its entrance athwart the tide. You land the ship acrossthe end of the pier, stemming the tide, preparatory to breaking the ship around the corner. You have onetug to assist. Where would you generally tie up the tug?

a. Have her on a hawser from the stern.b. Tie her up on the inshore bow to hold the ship off the end.c. Tie her up on the offshore bow.d. Tie her up on the inshore quarter to lift the stern.

1267: You are on watch while your vessel is entering port with a pilot conning. The pilot gave a steeringcommand to the helmsman who failed to acknowledge it by repeating the order. You have nowenunciated the pilot's order to the helmsman and there is still no response. If the helmsman continues onthe original course, you should immediately __________.

a. take the helm and expedite the maneuver that the pilot orderedb. ask the Pilot to repeat the command since the helmsman failed to hear itc. tell the helmsman to ask the Pilot to repeat any command that he fails to hear or understandd. repeat the Pilot's command a second time and notify the Master



1268: The S.S. Ossel Hitch arrives in Capetown, South Africa, and the Master affects a note of protestwith the U.S. Consul. Why would the Master affect this document?

a. Crew misconductb. Inability of vessel to comply with voyage charterc. Suspicion of cargo pilferage by crewd. Suspicion of heavy weather damage to vessel or cargo

1269: What is meant by the term "topping the boom"?

a. Lowering the boomb. Raising the boomc. Spotting the boom over the deckd. Swinging the boom athwartships

1270: When a man who is conscious has fallen overboard is being picked up by a lifeboat, the boatshould approach with the wind __________.

a. astern and the victim just off the bowb. ahead and the victim just off the bowc. just off the bow and the victim to windwardd. just off the bow and the victim to leeward

1271: The citizenship of a crew member of a vessel in a U.S. port is determined solely by the__________.

a. Customs Officerb. Immigration Officerc. Coast Guardd. Union Official

1272: You are on a tankship carrying benzene in bulk. Which statement is TRUE?

a. No other cargoes may be carried due to the possibility of contamination by a carcinogen.b. The crew quarters must have positivepressure ventilation to prevent the fumes from entering theliving spaces.c. Benzene is not a cancercausing agent.d. Personnel working in regulated areas must use respirators.

1274: If given equal care, nylon line should last how many times longer than manila line?

a. Threeb. Fourc. Fived. Six

1275: The tension on an anchor cable increases so that the angle of the catenary to the seabed at theanchor reaches 10°. How will this affect the anchor in sandy soil?

a. It will have no effect.b. It will increase the holding power.c. It will reduce the holding power.



d. It will cause the anchor to snag.

1276: When moored with a Mediterranean moor, the ship should be secured to the pier by having__________.

a. a stern line and two quarter lines crossing under the sternb. a stern line, 2 bow lines, and 2 quarter lines leading aft to the pierc. all regular lines leading to the pier in opposition to the anchord. two bow lines and two midship lines leading aft to the pier


a. 25%b. 40%c. 50%d. 67%

1278: The document that establishes the facts of a casualty and is the prima facie relief from liability forthe damage is the __________.

a. adjuster's reportb. insurance policyc. invoiced. Master's protest

1280: Vertical structural members attached to the floors that add strength to the floors are called__________.

a. boss platesb. buckler platesc. stiffenersd. breast hooks

1281: The agency most concerned with a stowaway is __________.

a. Customsb. Immigrationc. Public Healthd. U.S.D.A.

1282: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, the vessel should be __________.

a. stopped with the wind dead aheadb. stopped with the wind on the beamc. underway with the wind 30° on the bowd. underway on a course to provide no apparent wind

1283: Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?

a. The fo'c'sle card is a blank sample of the articles.b. It contains copies of the crew's signatures from the articles.



c. Is an exact copy of shipping articles.d. Each crewmember is given a copy of the fo'c'sle card.

1285: Which information MUST be entered on the muster list?

a. Names of all crew membersb. Use and application of special equipmentc. Listing of approved emergency equipmentd. Duties and station of each person during emergencies

1286: The anchors should be dropped well out from the pier while at a Mediterranean moor to__________.

a. eliminate navigational hazards by allowing the chain to lie along the harbor bottomb. increase the anchor's reliability by providing a large catenary in the chainc. permit the ship to maneuver in the stream while weighing anchorsd. prevent damage to the stern caused by swinging against the pier in the approach

1287: The term "shift the rudder" means __________.

a. change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal amountb. use right or left rudderc. check, but do not stop the vessel from swingingd. put the rudder amidships

1288: A document used to indicate suspected cargo damage caused by rough weather would be the__________.

a. cargo reportb. hull damage reportc. Master's Note of Protestd. Unseaworthy Certificate

1289: What would you use to adjust the height of a cargo boom?

a. Lizardb. Spanner guyc. Topping liftd. Working guy

1290: What is NOT an advantage of double bottom ships?

a. The tank top forms a second skin for the vessel.b. The center of gravity of a loaded bulk cargo ship may be raised to produce a more comfortableroll.c. The floors and longitudinals distribute the upward push of the water on the ship's bottom.d. They are less expensive to construct because of increased access space.

1291: "Free pratique" means that __________.

a. clearance requirements for all regulatory bodies have been metb. health requirements have been met and no further quarantine formalities are required



c. shipment will be made at no costd. tonnage taxes are not required to be paid

1292: The Articles of Agreement __________.

a. is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Documentb. designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyagec. advises the crew of the conditions of employmentd. are signed by each crewmember at the end of the voyage

1293: What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a vessel?

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Officer's licensesc. Company Mission Statementd. Muster List ("Station Bill")

1296: To ensure the best results during the Mediterranean moor, the chains should __________.

a. be crossed around the bowb. tend out at right angles to the bowc. tend aft 60°From each bowd. tend forward 30° on either bow

1298: A Master should file a marine note of protest if __________.

a. cargo was received at ship side which was damaged in land transitb. longshore labor went on strike in the port causing undue vessel delayc. portions of his vessel's cargo were illegally impounded in a foreign portd. the vessel encountered heavy weather which might have caused cargo damage

1299: Which part of a conventional cargo gear rig provides for vertical control and positioning of aboom?

a. Cargo whipb. Gooseneck fittingc. Spider bandd. Topping lift

1300: Tonnage openings must be closed by means of __________.

a. press boardb. steel hatch boardsc. steel platesd. wooden hatch boards

1301: If, after examination by the Quarantine Officer, your vessel is found to have a specific deficiency,you may be issued __________.

a. Bill of healthb. Free Pratiquec. Notice to Comply



d. Controlled Free Pratique

1302: Reinforcing frames attached to a bulkhead on a vessel are called __________.

a. side longitudinalsb. intercostalsc. stiffenersd. brackets

1304: A nylon line is rated at 12,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using a safety factor of 5, what is the safeworking load (SWL)?


1305: What is an advantage of the 6X19 class of wire rope over the 6X37 class of wire rope of the samediameter?

a. Greater holding powerb. Better for towingc. More resistance to elongationd. More resistance to corrosion

1306: You are making mooring lines fast to bitts, stern to, as in some Mediterranean ports. A swell isliable to make the vessel surge. How should you tie up?

a. Use manila or synthetic fiber hawsers only.b. Use wires only from the stern and each quarter.c. Use synthetic fiber and/or manila hawsers as required.d. Use wires from each quarter and manila hawsers from the stern.

1307: Which type of ice is a hazard to navigation?

a. Ice rindb. Pancake icec. Frazil iced. Growlers

1308: The S.S. Sheet Bend arrives in New York after encountering heavy weather on a voyage fromCape Town. Who will note the protest for the Master?

a. Collector of Customsb. Notary Publicc. Officer in Charge Marine Inspectiond. U.S. Shipping Commissioner

1310: Which statement is TRUE concerning protection of double bottom tanks against excessivepressure?

a. Each vent for the tank must be equal to the area of the tank filling line.



b. The tanks must be protected by overflows.c. The total area of the vents or the overflow shall be at least 125% of the area of the fill line.d. There must be twice as much vent area as the area of the fill line.

1311: Before arriving at the first U.S. port from foreign, you must fill out a Crewman's Landing Permitfor each __________.

a. alien crewmemberb. crew memberc. nonresident alien crewmemberd. unlicensed crew member


a. stern lineb. forward spring linec. after spring lined. waist breast line

1313: Where should a vessel being towed alongside be positioned for increased maneuverability?

a. Stern of the towed vessel aft of the stern of the towing vesselb. Stern of the towed vessel even with the stern of the towing vesselc. Stern of the towed vessel forward of the stern of the towing vesseld. Bow of the towed vessel even with the bow of the towing vessel

1314: A wire rope rove through two single blocks with two parts at the moving block is used for a boatfall. The weight of the 100person boat is 5 tons. Compute the required breaking strain. Safety Factor 6,weight per person 165 lbs., 10% friction per sheave (2 sheaves).

a. 18.30 tons B.S.b. 20.29 tons B.S.c. 22.27 tons B.S.d. 24.31 tons B.S.

1316: The anchor chain should be kept moderately taut during a Mediterranean moor to __________.

a. facilitate speed of recovery during the weighing processb. indicate the anchor's location to passing or mooring shipsc. prevent damage to the stern in the event of a headwindd. provide a steady platform for the gangway between the fantail and pier

1319: In relation to cargo gear, what does "SWL" mean?

a. Safe working loadb. Ship's working liftc. Starboard wing liftd. Stress, weight, load

1320: A cofferdam is __________.

a. any deck below the main deck and above the lowest deck




b. a member that gives foreandaft strengthc. made by placing two bulkheads a few feet apartd. a heavy foreandaft beam under the deck

1321: Which type of carrier accepts without discrimination all legal cargoes of a shipper?

a. Commonb. Industrialc. Privated. Tramp


a. He may refuse to take the seaman if the ship will not stop at a U.S. port within 30 days.b. He is required to accept the seaman only if the seaman is medically unfit.c. He may refuse to take the seaman if the seaman has a contagious disease.d. He is required to take the seaman under any circumstance.


a. decrease the rudder angleb. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder commandc. bring the rudder amidshipsd. steer the course which is your present heading

1324: The forecastle card is a(n) __________.

a. copy of the shipping agreementb. quarters allocationc. Muster List ("Station Bill")d. unlicensed shipping card from the union

1325: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of people required aboard, and thequalifications of each, is listed on the __________.

a. Crew listb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Articles of Agreementd. fo'c'sle card

1326: After casting off moorings at a mooring buoy in calm weather, you should __________.

a. go full ahead on the engine(s)b. back away a few lengths to clear the buoy and then go ahead on the enginesc. go half ahead on the engines and put the rudder hard rightd. go half ahead on the engines and pass upstream of the buoy

1328: The declaration made by the Master when he anticipates hull and/or cargo damage due to unusualweather conditions is a __________.

a. Note of Protest



b. Notice of Casualtyc. Portage Billd. Bottomry Bond

1329: A pelican hook __________.

a. can be released while under strainb. is used for boat fallsc. is used for extra heavy loadsd. is used for light loads only

1330: Beams are cambered to __________.

a. increase their strengthb. provide drainage from the decksc. relieve deck stressd. All of the above

1331: The S.S. Microwave has been chartered to the Longline Steamship Company. The LonglineSteamship Company agrees to pay all expenses and employ and pay the crew. Which type of contract isinvolved?

a. Bareboat Charter Partyb. Lease Charter Partyc. Time Charter Partyd. Voyage Charter Party

1334: Close link chain of not less the 3/4" (or the wire rope equivalent) is required for lashing deckcargoes of timber. What size flexible wire rope would provide the strength equivalent to 3/4" chain, usinga safety factor of 5?

a. 9/16"b. 1"c. 1 1/4"d. 1 3/8"

1336: When picking up your mooring at the buoy, the correct method is to __________.

a. approach the buoy with the wind and current asternb. approach the buoy with the wind and current aheadc. approach the buoy with wind and sea abeamd. stop upwind and up current and drift down on the buoy

1338: A "dangerous cargo manifest" is needed for you to carry a combustible cargo. You should obtainthe shipping papers to make this "manifest" from the __________.

a. manufacturerb. ABSc. Coast Guardd. shipper

1340: The usual depth of a beam bracket is __________.



a. 2 1/2 times the depth of the beamb. 5 times the depth of the beamc. 10 times the depth of the beamd. same depth as the beam

1341: The owners of the S.S. Short Haul agree to a charter with the Longsplice Steamship Company. Theowners stipulate in the charter party that the regular Master must be employed as the vessel's Master forthe entire life of the contract. Which charter has been affected?

a. Bareboatb. Leasec. Timed. Voyage

1344: When working with wire rope, which must be considered?

a. Metal sheaves should be lined with wood or leather.b. It needs better care than hemp or manila.c. It should be lubricated annually.d. The diameter of a sheave over which a rope is worked should be ten times that of the rope.

1346: The best method of determining if a vessel is dragging anchor is to note __________.

a. the amount of line paid outb. how much the vessel sheers while at anchorc. any change in the tautness of the anchor chaind. changes in bearings of fixed objects onshore

1346: The best method of determining if a vessel is dragging anchor is to note __________.

a. the amount of line paid outb. how much the vessel sheers while at anchorc. any change in the tautness of the anchor chaind. changes in bearings of fixed objects onshore

1348: Preparation of muster lists and signing of same is the responsibility of the __________.

a. Chief Officer of the vesselb. owner of the vesselc. Master of the vesseld. United States Coast Guard

1350: A deck beam does NOT __________.

a. act as a beam to support vertical deck loadsb. lessen the longitudinal stiffness of the vesselc. act as a tie to keep the sides of the ship in placed. act as a web to prevent plate wrinkling due to twisting action on the vessel

1351: Your vessel is chartered under a time charter party. Under this type of charter party, yourresponsibility is __________.



a. solely to the charterer for all matters pertaining to cargo and ship administrationb. solely to the cargo shippers and consigneesc. solely to the owner, as under normal conditionsd. to the owner for vessel administration and to the charterer for cargo operations andschedule

1354: A 6x19 wire rope would be __________.

a. 6 inches in diameter and 19 fathoms longb. 6 inches in circumference with 19 strandsc. 6 strands with 19 wires in each strandd. 19 strands with 6 wires in each strand


a. 6%b. 50%c. 60%d. 75%

1356: If your vessel is dragging her anchor in a strong wind, you should __________.

a. shorten the scope of anchor cableb. increase the scope of anchor cablec. put over the sea anchord. put over a stern anchor

1357: The area indicated by the letter G is known as the __________. (D033DG )

a. entranceb. stringer platec. turn of the bilged. garboard

1358: Seeing that all hands are familiar with their duties, as specified in the muster list, is theresponsibility of the __________.

a. Masterb. Chief Matec. safety officerd. department heads

1360: What are reef points used for?

a. Reduce the area of a sailb. Keep the sail taut in light airsc. Reduce the draft if the boat runs agroundd. Increase the strength of the mast

1361: On a voyage charter, when a vessel is ready to load cargo, the Master should render to the charterera __________.




a. Notice of Readinessb. Master Certificate of Servicec. Shipmasters Declarationd. Vessel Utilization and Performance Report

1364: Which molten substance is poured into the basket of a wire rope socket being fitted to the end of awire rope?

a. Babbittb. Bronzec. Leadd. Zinc

1365: A person who sees someone fall overboard should __________.

a. call for help and keep the individual in sightb. run to the radio room to send an emergency messagec. immediately jump in the water to assist the individuald. go to the bridge for the distress flares

1366: The best method to stop a vessel from dragging anchor in a sand bottom is to __________.

a. reduce the length of the cableb. pay out more anchor cablec. back the enginesd. swing the rudder several times to work the anchor into the bottom

1367: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to cargo whenthe damage arises out of __________.

a. poor stowage of cargo in a containerb. fire caused by lightningc. overloadingd. inherent vice

1368: Fire and abandon ship stations and duties may be found on the __________.

a. crewman's duty listb. Certificate of Inspectionc. shipping articlesd. muster list

1369: What is meant by "spotting the boom"?

a. Lowering it into a cradleb. Placing it in a desired positionc. Spotting it with wash primer and red leadd. Twoblocking it

1370: The strength of a deck will be increased by adding __________.

a. camber



b. deck beam bracketsc. hatch beamsd. sheer

1371: Delivery of a vessel to a charterer is called __________.

a. charteringb. dispatchingc. fixingd. tendering

1374: Which type of stopper should be used to stop off wire rope?

a. Chainb. Manilac. Polypropylened. Wire

1375: A chain stripper is used to __________.

a. prevent chain from clinging to the wildcatb. clean the marine debris from the chainc. flake chain from a boat's chain lockerd. clean chain prior to an xray inspection

1376: Generally speaking, the most favorable bottom for anchoring is __________.

a. very soft mudb. rockyc. a mixture of mud and clayd. loose sand

1379: The heel block is located __________.

a. at the base of the boomb. at the cargo hookc. near the midships guyd. near the spider band

1380: The deck beam brackets of a transversely framed vessel resist __________.

a. hogging stressesb. sagging stressesc. racking stressesd. shearing stresses

1381: The Master of a vessel may tender a Notice of Readiness to the charterer when the vessel__________.

a. has completed the terms of the charter partyb. is in all respects ready to loadc. is in all respects ready to sail



d. is safely moored or at a suitable anchorage

1384: The wire rope used for cargo handling on board your vessel has a safe working load of eight tons.It shall be able to withstand a breaking test load of __________.


1389: A band or collar on the top end of a boom to which the topping lift, midships guy, and outboardguys are secured, is called the __________.

a. collar bandb. guy bandc. pad eye collard. spider band

1390: The body plan of a vessel is a(n) __________.

a. endwise view of the ship's molded formb. longitudinal side elevation viewc. plan made looking down on the ship, showing it's hull cut horizontally by the first set of planesd. vertical view made looking up in the ship, with the keel at the center

1391: The basic shipping paper that forms an agreement between a shipowner and a charterer is a__________.

a. Cargo Declarationb. Charter Commissionc. Charter Partyd. Letter of Intent

1392: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. forward breast lineb. offshore spring linec. offshore bow lined. onshore bow line

1393: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control ofShipping. The message will refer you to __________.

a. the Light Listb. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)d. the Coast Pilot

1394: Galvanizing would be suitable for protecting wire rope which is used for __________.

a. cargo runnersb. stays




c. topping liftsd. All of the above

1396: Lifting the anchor from the bottom is called __________.

a. broaching the anchorb. shifting the anchorc. walking the anchord. weighing the anchor

1399: Which part of a cargo boom has the greatest diameter?

a. Headb. Middlec. Heeld. It has the same diameter along its complete length.

1400: The halfbreadth plan is __________.

a. an endwise view of the ship's molded formb. a plan with the forebody to right of centerline and afterbody to the left of centerlinec. a longitudinal side elevationd. usually drawn for the port side only

1401: A clause in the charter party requires a vessel's owner to pay dispatch money when the vessel__________.

a. changes berths to expedite loading or dischargingb. does not load and discharge its cargo in the time specifiedc. is not ready to load or discharge cargod. loads and discharges its cargo in less time than specified

1402: What form of ice is of land origin?

a. Shugab. Floec. Spiculed. Bergy bit

1403: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

a. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000b. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed beforethe casualtyc. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximumof $50,000d. All of the above

1404: Galvanizing would not be suitable for protecting wire rope which is used for __________.

a. cargo runnersb. mooring wires



c. shroudsd. stays

1406: How many fathoms are in a shot of anchor cable?

a. 6b. 15c. 20d. 30

1410: The result of two forces acting in opposite directions and along parallel lines, is an example ofwhat type of stress?

a. Tensileb. Compressionc. Sheard. Strain

1411: The time allowed for loading and discharging cargo in a charter party is referred to as __________.

a. charter hireb. demurragec. dispatchd. lay days

1414: A wire rope that has been overstrained will show __________.

a. a bulge in the wire where the strain occurredb. a decrease in diameter where the strain occurredc. a kink in the wire where the strain occurredd. no visible effects of an overstrain

1416: What is meant by veering the anchor chain?

a. Bringing the anchor to short stayb. Heaving in all the chainc. Locking the windlass to prevent more chain from running outd. Paying out more chain

1420: Tensile stress is a result of two forces acting in __________.

a. opposite directions on the same line, tending to pull the material apartb. opposite directions on the same line, tending to compress the objectc. opposite directions along parallel linesd. the same direction along parallel lines

1421: The charterer has completed loading the vessel in 3 days instead of the 5 days agreed to in thecharter party. As a result of this, the __________.

a. shipowner may charge for two lay daysb. charterer may receive dispatch moneyc. stevedore may collect demurrage



d. consignee may be required to pay a ceaser fee

1422: A U.S. vessel engaged in foreign trade must be __________.

a. classedb. enrolledc. licensedd. registered

1424: A wire rope for a 10ton boom on a vessel shows signs of excessive wear and must be replaced.What safety factor should be used when ordering a new wire?

a. 4b. 5c. 6d. 7

1426: Fortyfive fathoms is marked on the anchor chain by __________.

a. one turn of wire on the first stud from each side of the detachable linkb. two turns of wire on the second stud from each side of the detachable linkc. three turns of wire on the third stud from each side of the detachable linkd. four turns of wire on the fourth stud from each side of the detachable link

1427: Which letter in illustration D030DG represents a plain whipping? (D030DG )

a. Eb. Fc. Jd. V

1430: A vessel's bottom will be subjected to tension when weight is concentrated __________.

a. amidshipsb. aftc. at both ends of the vesseld. forward

1431: A charterer is unable to complete the loading of a vessel during the lay days specified in the charterparty. Under these circumstances, the __________.

a. vessel operator can collect demurrageb. ship is authorized extra time to discharge the cargoc. charterer must pay dispatch moneyd. effective period of the charter is extended

1434: In the manufacture of wire rope, if the wires are shaped to conform to the curvature of the finishedrope before they are laid up, the rope is called __________.

a. compositeb. leftlayc. improved




d. preformed

1435: Which letter shown represents a clove hitch? (DO30DG )

a. Xb. Uc. Td. R

1436: How many feet are there in 2 shots of anchor chain?

a. 50b. 60c. 180d. 360

1439: Which part provides for transverse control and positioning of a boom in a conventional yard andstay system?

a. Guyb. Shroudc. Spiderd. Topping lift

1441: Dead freight is the charge for the __________.

a. carriage of demise cargob. cost of transshipment of overcarried cargoc. difference in the amount of cargo loaded and the amount of cargo dischargedd. difference in the amount of cargo loaded and the amount of cargo booked, through nofault of the vessel

1442: You are on an icereinforced vessel about to enter pack ice. You should __________.

a. enter the pack on the windward side where there is a well defined ice edgeb. trim to an even keel or slightly down by the bow to take maximum benefit of the icereinforcementc. take maximum advantage of coastal leads caused by offshore windsd. look for areas of rotten ice and enter perpendicular to the ice edge

1443: The Safety of Life at Sea Convention was developed by the __________.

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. American Bureau of Shippingc. International Maritime Organizationd. American Institute of Maritime Shipping

1444: If kinking results while wire rope is being coiled clockwise, you should __________.

a. coil it counterclockwiseb. not coil itc. take a turn under




d. twist out the kinks under a strain

1445: What is an example of a fundamental objective of cargo stowage?

a. Load so the trim does not exceed 3 feet by the stern.b. Make maximum use of existing dunnage.c. Separate wet and dry cargoes into separate holds.d. Prevent overcarriage by block stowage.

1446: The marking on an anchor chain for 30 fathoms is __________.

a. two links on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link are painted whiteb. one link on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link is painted whitec. three links on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link are painted whited. only the detachable link is painted red

1448: Nylon line is better suited than manila for __________.

a. towing alongsideb. towing asternc. holding knots and splicesd. resisting damage from chemicals

1451: The implied condition(s) with respect to the doctrine of deviation in a marine insurance policyis(are) __________.

a. that the cargo be discharged from the vessel with customary dispatchb. that the voyage be commenced in a reasonable timec. that the voyage be pursued over the usual and direct routed. All of the above

1452: The helm command "Check her" means __________.

a. test the steering controlb. read the compass headingc. stop the swing using hard over rudderd. slow the swing using moderate rudder

1455: Which letter represents a bowline on a bight? (DO30DG )

a. Hb. Ic. Md. W

1456: How many turns of wire normally mark either side of the shackle 45 fathoms from the anchor?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4




1458: The catenary in a towline is __________.

a. a short bridleb. the downward curvature of the hawserc. another name for a pelican hookd. used to hold it amidships

1459: When handling cargo, the majority of cargo gear breakdowns is due to __________.

a. compression bending of the boomb. extension failure of the boomc. guy failuresd. topping lift failures

1460: Weight concentration in which area will cause a vessel's bottom to be subjected to tension stresses?

a. Aftb. Amidshipsc. At both endsd. Forward

1461: While a vessel is at sea, the mate on watch discovers a fire in one of the hatches. Fire hoses areused to put the fire out and some of the cargo is damaged by water. In marine insurance terms, this partialloss by water is called __________.

a. an Act of Godb. fire and water damagec. general averaged. particular average

1462: Two mooring lines may be placed on the same bollard and either one cast off first if __________.

a. the eye of the second line is dippedb. the mooring lines are doubledc. the bollard has two hornsd. one of the lines is a breast line

1463: On a small boat, which knot is best suited for attaching a line to the ring of an anchor?

a. Clove hitchb. Figureeight knotc. Fisherman's bendd. Overhand knot

1464: When talking about wire rope, the lay of the wire is the __________.

a. direction wires and strands are twisted togetherb. number of strands in the wirec. direction the core is twistedd. material used in the core

1465: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest time to a person who has fallen



overboard is __________.

a. engine(s) crash astern, no turnb. a single turn with hard rudderc. a Williamson Turnd. two 180° turns

1466: When dropping anchor, you are stationed at the windlass brake. The most important piece(s) ofgear is(are) __________.

a. a hard hatb. a long sleeve shirtc. glovesd. goggles

1467: The type of carrier required to file a copy of freight tariffs would be the __________.

a. common carrierb. trampc. public vesseld. bulk carrier

1468: What will NOT reduce yawing of a tow?

a. Increasing the length of the towing hawserb. Trimming the tow by the sternc. Stowing deck loads forwardd. Drogues put over the stern

1470: Signs of racking stresses generally appear at the __________.

a. bow and stern shell frames and platingb. junction of the frames with the beams and floorsc. garboard strake, at each side of the keeld. thrust bearing of the main shaft

1471: One of the requirements for a general average act is __________.

a. a successful ventureb. no imminent perilc. no lossesd. All of the above

1472: Which knot represents a single becket bend? (DO30DG )

a. Eb. Fc. Gd. H

1473: The "carrick bend" is used to __________.




a. add strength to a weak spot in a lineb. join two hawsersc. be a stopper to transfer a line under straind. join lines of different sizes

1474: To find the distance the strands should be unlaid for an eye splice, multiply the diameter of thewire in inches by __________.

a. 12b. 24c. 36d. 48

1475: As shown, the mooring line labeled "G" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. forward spring lineb. offshore bow linec. forward breast lined. inshore bow line

1476: How is the size of chain determined?

a. Length of link in inchesb. Diameter of metal in link in inchesc. Links per fathomd. Weight of stud cable in pounds

1477: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to a cargowhen the damage arises out of __________.

a. delays due to seizure of the vesselb. fire caused by fault of the carrierc. strikes or lockoutsd. improper stowage

1478: What does "in step" refer to in regards to towing?

a. The towed vessel follows exactly in the wake of the towing vessel.b. There is no catenary in the towing hawser.c. When turning, both the towed and towing vessels turn at the same time.d. Both the towed and towing vessels reach a wave crest or trough at the same time.

1481: A fire has damaged 20 bales of cotton on a freighter loaded with general cargo. This claim wouldcome under __________.

a. constructive total lossb. general averagec. particular averaged. total loss of a part

1482: The two courses of action if the underwater hull is severely damaged are to plug the openings or to__________.




a. establish and maintain flooding boundariesb. dewater the compartmentc. secure power to the compartmentd. ballast to maintain even keel

1483: The knot used to join two lines or two large hawsers for towing is called a __________.

a. square knotb. carrick bendc. sheet bendd. bowline

1484: A metal eye spliced into a wire is called a __________.

a. cyclopsb. fish eyec. thimbled. chip

1486: Which is NOT a part of an anchor?

a. Billb. Devil's clawc. Palmd. Crown

1487: You are approaching a disabled vessel in order to remove survivors from it. If your vessel driftsfaster than the disabled vessel, how should you make your approach?

a. To windward of the disabled vesselb. To leeward of the disabled vesselc. Directly astern of the disabled vesseld. At three times the drifting speed of the disabled vessel

1488: What does the term "endforend" refer to in regard to a wire towing hawser?

a. Cutting off the bitter and towing ends of the wire ropeb. Splicing two wire ropes togetherc. Removing the wire rope from the drum and reversing it so that the towing end becomesthe bitter endd. Removing the wire rope from the drum and turning it over so that the wire bends in the oppositedirection when rolled on a drum

1491: While underway, part of your cargo is damaged by fire. In marine insurance terms this partial lossis called __________.

a. absolute total lossb. constructive total lossc. general averaged. particular average

1492: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a fisherman's bend? (DO30DG )




a. Fb. Gc. Kd. L

1493: The knot used to join two lines of different diameter is a __________.

a. square knotb. carrick bendc. becket bendd. sheepshank

1494: After splicing an eye in a piece of wire rope, the splice should be parceled and served to__________.

a. strengthen the lineb. increase its efficiencyc. prevent hand injury by covering loose endsd. make the line more flexible

1495: A common class of wire rope is the 6X37 class. What does the 37 represent?

a. Number of wires in the inner coreb. Number of strands per wire ropec. Tensile strength of the wired. Number of wires per strand

1496: The purpose of a devil's claw is to __________.

a. act as a chain stopperb. prevent the windlass from engagingc. prevent the chain from fouling on deckd. control the wildcat

1497: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a round turn and two half hitches?(DO30DG )

a. Eb. Fc. Qd. S

1498: The biggest problem you generally encounter while towing a single tow astern is __________.

a. the catenary dragging on the bottomb. swamping of the towc. the tow tending to dived. yaw


a. bow line





b. forward breast linec. after spring lined. bow spring line

1500: Sometimes it is desirable to connect a member both by riveting and welding. Which statement isTRUE concerning this procedure?

a. Tearing through the member is more likely in this type connection.b. The weld may be broken by the stresses caused by riveting.c. The weld increases the tensile stress on the rivet heads.d. The welding must be completed before the riveting commences.

1501: Particular average is __________.

a. the average distance steamed per day over the duration of the voyageb. charges against all parties in a marine venture to pay for damagesc. loss sustained by only one partyd. claimed after all liens against the vessel are settled



1503: Which knot should be used to send a man over the side when he may have to use both hands?

a. Bowlineb. French bowlinec. Bowline on a bightd. Running bowline

1505: The supplement to the IOPP Certificate contains what type of data?

a. The grades of cargo that an oil tanker is permitted to carry.b. A checklist of the equipment installed for controlling the discharge of oil.c. The trade routes upon which the vessel may operate.d. A list of the underwriters who will assume financial responsibility in the event of an oil spill.

1506: The sprocket wheel in a windlass, used for heaving in the anchor, is called a __________.

a. capstanb. dog wheelc. fairleadd. wildcat

1508: While towing, sudden shockloading caused during heavy weather can be reduced by __________.

a. using a short tow hawserb. using a nonelastic type hawser




c. using a heavier hawserd. decreasing the catenary in the hawser

1509: If an electric cargo winch is being used to lift a draft of cargo and the engine room loses all power,which will occur?

a. A pawl, forced by a spring mechanism, will engage the teeth of the bull gear and hold the load.b. An electromagnetic brake will hold the load where it is suspended.c. The load will fall rapidly to the deck unless the foot brake is engaged.d. The load will slowly lower to the deck under control of the drag of the winch motor.

1510: The type of welding employed in shipyards is primarily __________.

a. brazingb. electric arcc. pressure weldingd. thermite welding

1511: A vessel has been damaged by fire. The survey shows the cost of repairs will exceed the value ofthe repaired vessel. This is an example of a(n) __________.

a. constructive total lossb. salvage lossc. actual lossd. preferred loss

1512: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warningof a hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

a. R (ROUTINE)b. Z (FLASH)c. O (IMMEDIATE)d. P (PRIORITY)

1513: Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person?

a. Bowline in a bightb. French bowlinec. Fisherman's loopd. Spider hitch

1514: A 6x12, twoinch wire rope has __________.

a. 12 strands and a twoinch diameterb. 12 strands and a twoinch circumferencec. 6 strands and a twoinch diameterd. 6 strands and a twoinch circumference


a. 30 minutes to 1 hour



b. 1 to 6 hoursc. 3 hours to start of business the following dayd. 10 minutes if possible

1516: The length of a standard "shot" of chain is __________.

a. 12 fathomsb. 15 fathomsc. 18 fathomsd. 20 fathoms

1517: Which picture represents a timber hitch? (DO30DG )

a. Eb. Fc. Nd. U

1518: Your vessel is being towed and backup wires have been installed. Backup wires carry the towingload in the event that the __________.

a. bridle legs partb. towing bitt or pad eye failsc. bight ring failsd. main towing hawser parts

1519: When snaking cargo into the wing of a hold with the cargo winch, the runner should be lead fromthe __________.

a. head block to a snatch blockb. heel block to a snatch blockc. lizard to a snatch blockd. winch to a snatch block

1520: A welded joint's effectiveness is considered __________.

a. 48%b. 90%c. 100%d. 121%

1521: An underwriter is liable for __________.

a. loss arising from the subject itself because of its inherent qualitiesb. loss caused by the ordinary evaporation of liquidsc. loss caused by heavy weatherd. the natural decay of the vessel due to the passage of time

1523: When making a short splice in wire rope __________.

a. all tucks go against the layb. all tucks go with the lay




c. the first three wires are tucked against the lay and the last three go with the layd. the first three wires are tucked with the lay and the last three go against the lay

1524: A mooring line is described as being 6x24, 13/4 inch wire rope. What do the above numbers referto?

a. Strands, yarns, circumferenceb. Strands, wires, diameterc. Wires, yarns, diameterd. Strands, circumference, wires


a. use right or left rudderb. change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal amountc. check, but do not stop the vessel from swingingd. put the rudder amidships

1526: One shot of anchor chain is equal to how many feet (meters)?

a. 6 (1.8 meters)b. 15 (4.6 meters)c. 45 (13.7 meters)d. 90 (27.4 meters)

1527: A 30,000 DWT tankship is required to have an IOPP certificate when __________.

a. engaged in the coastwise tradeb. going foreignc. calling at ports in another country signatory to MARPOL 73/78d. carrying cargoes listed in the MARPOL regulations

1528: You are being towed by one tug. As you lengthen the bridle legs you __________.

a. increase your chances of breaking the towing hawserb. reduce the yawing of your vesselc. reduce the spring effect of the tow connectiond. increase your chances of breaking the bridle legs

1530: Shell plating is __________.

a. the galvanizing on steelb. a hatch coverc. the outer plating of a vesseld. synonymous with decking

1531: Maritime Administration personnel may be allowed in the pilothouse upon the responsibility of the__________.

a. Chief Officerb. Navigatorc. most senior person present from the Maritime Administration



d. officer in charge of the watch

1532: To determine the number of portable fire extinguishers required on an inspected vessel, you shouldcheck the __________.

a. hot work permitb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Safety of Life at Sea Certificated. Muster List ("Station Bill")

1533: What is the best splice for repairing a parted synthetic fiber mooring line?

a. Liverpool spliceb. Locking long splicec. Long spliced. Short splice

1534: Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE concerning wire rope?

a. Wire rope should be condemned if the outside wires are worn to onehalf their originaldiameter.b. Wire rope should be condemned if the fiber core appears moist.c. Wire rope which is righthand laid should be coiled counterclockwise to prevent kinking.d. All of the above

1536: When anchoring, it is a common rule of thumb to use a length of chain __________.

a. five to seven times the depth of waterb. seven to ten times the depth of waterc. twice the depth of waterd. twice the depth of water plus the range of tide

1537: Which is NOT a potential hazard of approaching close to an iceberg?

a. The brash ice in the vicinity may clog sea intakes.b. The berg may calve with the bergy bit hitting the vessel.c. There may be underwater rams extending out from the berg.d. The berg may suddenly tilt or capsize due to uneven melting and hit the vessel.

1538: Your vessel is being towed and you are using a tripping rope. A tripping rope of fiber or wire isused to __________.

a. give added strength to the main tow hawserb. retrieve the main tow hawserc. retrieve the outboard legs of the bridle where they are connected to the fishplated. open the pelican hook at the fishplate

1539: Electric cargo winches have an overload safety device which normally cuts the current to thewinch motor __________.

a. after torque causes line pull to exceed the rated capacity of the winchb. before the line pull reaches the rated capacity of the winch



c. when the line pull reaches the breaking strength of the falld. before the safe working load of the fall is reached

1540: In ship construction, keel scantlings should be the greatest __________.

a. at each frameb. amidshipsc. onethird the distance from the bowd. onethird the distance from the stern

1541: Which act would be considered barratry?

a. A criminal act committed by a crew member ashore in a foreign portb. A criminal act committed by the ship Master in violation of his duty to the shipownerc. Theft of cargo by longshoremend. Smuggling with the connivance of the shipowner

1543: Which is normally used to hold wire rope for splicing?

a. Come alongb. Jiggerc. Rigger's screwd. Sealing clamp

1544: The main function of the core of a wire rope is to __________.

a. give flexibilityb. support the strands laid around itc. allow some circulation around the strandsd. allow lubrication inside the rope

1546: What is the best guide for determining the proper scope of anchor chain to use for anchoring innormal conditions?

a. One shot of chain for every ten feet of waterb. One shot of chain for every fifteen feet of waterc. One shot of chain for every thirty feet of waterd. One shot of chain for every ninety feet of water

1548: What could be used as fairleads on a towed vessel?

a. Chocksb. Double bittsc. Roller chocksd. All of the above

1549: On your vessel, a wire rope for the cargo gear shows signs of excessive wear and must be replaced.In ordering a new wire for this 10ton boom, what safety factor should you use?

a. Threeb. Fivec. Six



d. Seven

1550: Keel scantlings of any vessel are greatest amidships because __________.

a. connections between forebody and afterbody are most crucialb. of maximum longitudinal bending momentsc. of severest racking stressesd. resistance to grounding is at a maximum amidships

1551: A majority of the crew requests a survey from the American Consul to determine a vessel'sseaworthiness. The vessel is found unfit to continue her intended voyage. The Consul allows the vessel tosail to another port where deficiencies can be corrected. The crew must __________.

a. be discharged and given first class passage back to the original port of signing on in lieu of onemonth's wagesb. be discharged by the American Consul with additional one month's wages until repairs are madec. be furnished employment on another vessel returning to the United States which is satisfactoryto that crewd. comply with the judgment

1552: Which picture represents a stopper hitch? (DO30DG )

a. Mb. Nc. Rd. L

1553: The correct way to make an eye in a wire rope with clips is to place the clips with the __________.

a. first and third Ubolts on the bitter end and the second Ubolt on the standing partb. first and third Ubolts on the standing part and the second Ubolt on the bitter endc. Ubolts of all clips on the bitter endd. Ubolts of all clips on the standing part

1555: When carrying out a parallel track search pattern, the course of the search units should normally bewhich of the following?

a. In the same direction as the anticipated driftb. In the opposite direction of the anticipated driftc. Perpendicular to the line of anticipated driftd. Downwind

1556: When anchoring, good practice requires 5 to 7 fathoms of chain for each fathom of depth. In deepwater you should use __________.

a. the same ratiob. more chain for each fathom of depthc. less chain for each fathom of depthd. two anchors with the same ratio of chain

1557: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it handy to know the __________.




a. amount of helm carried for a steady courseb. variation in the areac. leewayd. deviation on that heading

1558: When making up a tow connection, you should use __________.

a. safety hooksb. plain eye hooksc. round pin shacklesd. screw pin shackles

1559: It is permissible to place an eye splice in wire rope used as cargo gear providing the splice is madeusing __________.

a. two tucks with whole strands and one tuck with onehalf strandb. three tucks with whole strands and two tucks with 1/2 the wire cut from the tucking strandc. three tucks with whole strandsd. two tucks with whole strands and three tucks with half strands

1560: Which arrangement of shell plating is used most in modern shipbuilding?

a. Clinkerb. Flushc. InandOutd. Joggled

1561: The Master of any vessel bound on a voyage must apply to a district court when an allegation ofunseaworthiness has been made to the Master by __________.

a. any member of the crew of the vesselb. any two officers of the vessel and a majority of the crewc. the First and Second Officers of the vessel or a majority of the crewd. the First Officer of the vessel


a. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.b. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or thebuoy.c. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs costing $19,000.d. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.

1563: Which statement about two lines spliced together is TRUE?

a. Splicing is used to increase the circumference of each line.b. Splicing two lines together is stronger than knotting two lines together.c. Splicing is used to increase the overall strength of the line.d. Splicing is used to prevent rotting of the lines bitter end.

1564: What is the main reason to slush a wire rope?



a. Keep the wire soft and manageableb. Lubricate the inner wires and prevent wearc. Prevent kinkingd. Prevent rotting

1565: While in dry dock your vessel will be beltgauged. This process involves __________.

a. measuring the thickness of the tail shaft linerb. taking the vessel's offsets to check for hull deformationc. testing and examining the anchor cables for defective linksd. drilling or sonictesting the hull to determine the plate thickness

1566: In bad weather, what length of chain should be used with a single anchor?

a. 3 times the depth of waterb. 6 times the depth of waterc. 10 times the depth of waterd. 15 times the depth of water

1567: The mooring line shown as "A" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. after breast lineb. after spring linec. onshore stern lined. offshore stern line

1568: A tackle is "two blocked" when the blocks are __________.

a. equally sharing the loadb. jammed togetherc. as far apart as possibled. rove to the highest mechanical advantage

1570: What is NOT an advantage of ship construction methods using welded butt joints in the shellplating?

a. Keeps practically 100% of tensile strength at the jointsb. Reduces frictional resistancec. Reduces plate stressd. Reduces weight

1571: As Chief Officer of a vessel underway, it comes to your attention that the vessel is, in somemanner, unseaworthy. Under such circumstances the Master is required to take action upon receiving__________.

a. information of such condition from yourselfb. notification of such condition from yourself and the Second Officerc. notification of such condition from yourself and any other member of the crewd. notification of such condition from yourself or the Second Officer

1573: Which statement about splices is TRUE?




a. A back splice is used to permanently connect two lines together.b. A long splice is used to connect two lines that will pass through narrow openings.c. A short splice is used to temporarily connect two lines.d. In splicing fiber rope, you would splice with the lay of the line.

1574: Wire rope is galvanized to __________.

a. protect it from corrosion due to contact with saltwaterb. make it bend more easilyc. increase its strengthd. increase its circumference

1574: Wire rope is galvanized to __________.

a. protect it from corrosion due to contact with saltwaterb. make it bend more easilyc. increase its strengthd. increase its circumference

1575: The key to rescuing a man overboard is __________.

a. good communicationb. a dedicated crewc. good equipmentd. wellconducted drills

1576: Using a scope of five, determine how many shots of chain you should put out to anchor in 5fathoms of water?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 5

1577: You are the Chief Mate of a 30,000DWT tankship. The vessel is engaged in trade with anothercountry signatory to MARPOL 73/78. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The Certificate of Inspection serves as prima facie evidence of complying with MARPOL 73/78.b. The IOPP Certificate for an inspected vessel is valid for 5 years.c. An IOPP Certificate is invalidated if the ship carries cargoes outside the classes authorizedthereon.d. An IOPP Certificate is renewed at each inspection for certification.

1578: A stream of water immediately surrounding a moving vessel's hull, flowing in the same directionas the vessel is known as __________.

a. directional currentb. forward currentc. propeller currentd. wake current

1579: What is the minimum standard for making an eye splice in a wire to be used as cargo gear?



a. Make three tucks with full strands, remove half the wires from each strand, and make twomore tucks.b. Make four tucks in each strand, cut away every other strand, and make two more tucks with eachremaining strand.c. Make four tucks with each full strand.d. Make six tucks with each strand, removing a few wires from each strand as each additional tuckis made.

1580: Shell plating that has curvature in two directions and must be heated and hammered to shape overspecially prepared forms is called __________.

a. compound plateb. furnaced platec. flat plated. rolled plate

1581: A vessel is found to be seaworthy after a complaint in writing to the American Consul by the Chiefand Second Mates. The cost of the survey is to be paid by the __________.

a. American Consulb. Chief and Second Matesc. Vessel's agentd. vessel's owners

1582: Which is an example of failure to exercise due diligence?

a. Overloadingb. Sailing short of union manning requirementsc. Sailing with less than 30% reserve fuel oil supplyd. Sailing short of being full and down

1583: Which statement concerning a short splice is TRUE?

a. It is used to temporarily join two lines together.b. A short splice is stronger than two lines joined by a knot.c. A short splice decreases the diameter of the line.d. None of the above

1584: The size of wire rope is determined by the __________.

a. number of strandsb. number of wires in each strandc. circumferenced. diameter

1586: By paying out more anchor cable, you __________.

a. decrease the holding power of your anchorb. decrease the swing of your vessel while at anchorc. increase the holding power of your anchord. increase the possibility that your vessel will drag anchor



1588: You are aboard a singlescrew vessel (righthand propeller) going full ahead with good headway.The engine is put astern and the rudder is placed hard left. The stern of the vessel will swing to__________.

a. starboard until headway is lost and then to portb. portc. port until headway is lost and then may possibly swing to starboardd. port slowly at first and then quickly to port

1589: Why is 6X19 class wire rope more commonly used for cargo runners than the more flexible 6X37wire rope?

a. It resists abrasion better.b. It is longer.c. It hugs the winch drum better.d. It is less expensive.

1590: A thirty pound plate would be __________.

a. 3/8" thickb. 1/2" thickc. 3/4" thickd. 1" thick

1591: A complaint of unseaworthiness by a majority of crew members to the American Consul is foundto be justified after a survey is completed. Who must pay the cost of the survey?

a. Crew members requesting the surveyb. American Consulc. Masterd. Vessel's owners

1593: A long splice in a line __________.

a. is used in running riggingb. doubles the size of the linec. is only used on fiber roped. is very weak

1594: What is the breaking strain of steel wire rope with a 5/8" diameter?


1595: Which picture represents a barrel hitch? (DO30DG )

a. Ob. Uc. Ed. P




1596: Using a scope of five, determine how many feet of chain you should put out to anchor in 12fathoms of water.

a. 60 feet (18 meters)b. 72 feet (22 meters)c. 360 feet (110 meters)d. 450 feet (137 meters)

1598: On a vessel with a single propeller, transverse force has the most effect on the vessel when theengine is put __________.

a. full aheadb. full asternc. half aheadd. slow astern


a. call for help and keep the individual in sightb. immediately jump in the water to assist the individualc. run to the radio room to send an emergency messaged. go to the bridge for the distress flares

1601: What would be prima facie evidence of unseaworthiness?

a. Overloadingb. Overstowagec. Overbookingd. Overcarriage

1603: Which weakens a line the LEAST?

a. Clove hitchb. Long splicec. Short spliced. Square knot

1604: Which knot would serve best as a safety sling for a person working over the side?

a. Bowline on a bightb. French bowlinec. Jug slingd. Lifting hitch


a. near the sternb. about twothirds of the vessel's length from the bowc. at the hawsepiped. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bow

1606: To safely anchor a vessel there must be sufficient "scope" in the anchor cable. Scope is the ratio of



__________.

a. weight of cable to weight of vesselb. weight of cable to weight of anchorc. length of anchor to depth of waterd. length of cable to depth of water

1607: Using a scope of 6, how much cable would have to be used in order to anchor in 24 feet of water?


1608: Your ship is dead in the water with the rudder amidships. As the righthanded screw starts to turnahead, the bow will tend to go __________.

a. to starboardb. to portc. straight aheadd. as influenced by the tide and sea

1609: For vessels fitted with cargo gear, an initial test of the units under a proof load shall be conducted.Subsequent tests and exams of the same nature shall be carried out at what time interval?

a. 1 yearb. 3 yearsc. 4 yearsd. 5 years

1610: The joint formed when two steel shell plates are placed longitudinally side to side is called a__________.

a. bevelb. bondc. straked. seam


a. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)b. the Coast Pilotc. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)d. the Light List

1612: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a stopper? (DO30DG )

a. Eb. Nc. R




d. S

1613: Which splice should you use in order to make a permanent loop in a line?

a. Back spliceb. Eye splicec. Long spliced. Short splice

1614: Which bend or knot is used to tie a small line to a larger one?

a. Becket bendb. Bowlinec. Clove hitchd. Lark's head

1615: A towing vessel should be on the crest of a wave at the same time as its tow and in the trough atthe same time. The term used to describe this is __________.

a. tow strainb. catenary lengthc. being in stepd. Williamson's Tow

1616: In moderate wind and current what should be the length of chain with a single anchor?

a. 5 times the depth of the water in good holding groundb. 10 times the depth of the water in shallow waterc. 2 times the depth of the water in poor holding groundd. 8 times the depth of the water in deep water

1617: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb temperature is 84°, and the wet bulbtemperature is 81°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

a. 71%b. 79%c. 81%d. 87%

1618: A twinscrew vessel is easier to maneuver than a singlescrew vessel because the twinscrew vessel__________.

a. permits the rudder to move fasterb. generates more powerc. can turn without using her rudderd. can suck the water away from the rudder

1619: A periodic thorough examination of the cargo gear proves satisfactory. What percentage of thetotal gear must be dismantled to determine actual internal condition?

a. Noneb. 10%




c. 25%d. 100%

1620: Owing to the greater girth of a ship amidships than at the ends, certain strakes are dropped as theyapproach the bow and stern to reduce the amount of plating at the ends. These strakes are called__________.

a. drop strakesb. stealersc. throughsd. voids

1622: What is NOT an indication that pack ice may be nearby?

a. The presence of icebergsb. Ice blinkc. Absence of wave motiond. Sighting a walrus in the Arctic

1623: A short splice in a line __________.

a. decreases the size of the lineb. should be used if the line is going through a blockc. should only be used in wire roped. doubles the size of the line

1624: Which kind of hitch should you use to secure a spar?

a. Blackwall hitchb. Stage hitchc. Timber hitchd. Two half hitches

1625: All inspected vessels on unrestricted ocean routes must have equipment on board for testing anindividual's __________.

a. bloodb. breathc. urined. All of the above

1626: Using a scope of 6, determine how many feet of anchor cable you should put out to anchor in 12feet (3.7 meters) of water.

a. 2 feet (0.6 meters)b. 18 feet (5.5 meters)c. 48 feet (14.6 meters)d. 72 feet (21.9 meters)

1627: A claim for cargo damages may be held against the shipowner if such damage is the result offailure of the ship's officers to __________.



a. ensure the fitness and safety of cargo spacesb. ensure adequate packaging of the cargoc. prevent delays due to quarantine restrictionsd. correct all defects in the ship's construction

1628: You are going ahead on twin engines when you want to make a quick turn to port. Which actionswill turn your boat the fastest?

a. Reverse port engine; apply left rudderb. Reverse port engine; rudder amidshipsc. Reverse starboard engine; apply left rudderd. Reverse starboard engine; rudder amidships

1630: The fore and aft run of deck plating which strengthens the connection between the beams and theframes and keeps the beams square to the shell is called the __________.

a. garboard strakeb. limber strakec. sheer straked. stringer strake


a. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but none to the vessel.b. A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on thepier.c. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.d. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.

1633: The strongest way to join the ends of two ropes is with a __________.

a. back spliceb. short splicec. square knotd. carrick bend

1634: A monkey fist is found on a __________.

a. heaving lineb. lead linec. manroped. mooring line


a. after breast lineb. after spring linec. offshore stern lined. inshore stern line

1636: When anchoring a vessel under normal conditions, which scope of chain is recommended?




a. Four times the depth of waterb. Two and onehalf times the depth of waterc. Five to seven times the depth of waterd. Fifteen times the depth of water

1637: Which statement about a vessel's stability while drydocking is TRUE?

a. Every ton of weight bearing on the blocks acts as if a ton of weight was removed at keellevel.b. When the ship touches the blocks, the beam for stability purposes increases to the beam of thedrydock.c. The stability of the vessel increases as a dock is pumped out due to the support of the keelblocks.d. As the dock begins to support the weight of the vessel, stability calculations are based on theship and dock as a single unit.

1638: On a twinscrew, twinrudder vessel, the most effective way to turn in your own water, with noway on, is to put __________.

a. one engine ahead and one engine astern, with full rudderb. one engine ahead and one engine astern, with rudders amidshipsc. both engines ahead, with full rudderd. both engines astern, with full rudder

1639: All wire rope used in shipboard cargo gear must be identified and described in a certificate. Thecertificate shall certify all of the following EXCEPT the __________.

a. date of the testb. load at which a test sample brokec. name of the vesseld. number of strands and of wires in each strand

1640: The garboard strake is the __________.

a. raised flange at the main deck edgeb. riveted crack arrester strap on allwelded shipsc. riveting pattern most commonly used in ship constructiond. row of plating nearest the keel

1641: The helm command "Steady as you go" means __________.

a. steer the course you are on nowb. steer the course when the swing stopsc. maintain the rate of swingd. don't allow the vessel to swing off course so much

1642: Which illustration represents a carrick bend? (DO30DG )

a. Hb. Jc. Ld. M




1643: The splice designed to pass easily through a block is called a(n) __________.

a. eye spliceb. short splicec. long spliced. block splice

1644: A rolling hitch can be used to __________.

a. make a temporary eyeb. mouse a hookc. secure a line around a spard. shorten a line

1646: What is the normal length of anchor cable used to anchor a vessel?

a. An amount equal to the depth of the waterb. Two times the depth of waterc. Three to four times the depth of waterd. Five to seven times the depth of water

1647: Under Naval Control of Shipping who is responsible for routing and diverting ships and convoys?

a. The Maritime Defense Zone Sectorb. The Operational Control Authorityc. The National Shipping Authorityd. Any Navy Command

1648: When steaming through an anchorage, a shipmaster should __________.

a. avoid crossing close astern of the anchored shipsb. avoid crossing close ahead of the anchored shipsc. keep the ship moving at a good speed to reduce setd. transit only on a flood tide

1649: What is required to be stenciled at the heel of a cargo boom?

a. Maximum angle of elevation permittedb. Date of the last quadrennial testc. Safe working loadd. Maximum load when doubled up

1650: To reduce the number of strakes at the bow, two strakes are tapered and joined at their ends by asingle plate. This plate is known as a __________.

a. cover plateb. joinerc. lap straked. stealer plate

1651: Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a vessel?



a. Official Crew Listb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Officer's licensesd. Muster List

1653: Which tool is used to open the strands of fiber lines when making an eye splice?

a. Belaying spikeb. Fidc. Heaverd. Pricker

1654: Which knot should be used to bend two hawsers together for towing?

a. Double carrick bendb. Fisherman's bendc. Heaving line bendd. Rolling hitch

1655: Which knot represents a double blackwall hitch? (DO30DG )

a. Fb. Gc. Ld. R

1657: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 5.1 feet?

a. 81.71 ftb. 64.08 ftc. 40.85 ftd. 32.04 ft

1659: The safe working load for the assembled cargo gear and the minimum angle to the horizontal forwhich the gear is designed shall be marked on the __________.

a. deckb. head of the boomc. heel of the boomd. mast or king post

1660: The strake on each side of the keel is called a __________.

a. sheer strakeb. gatewood strakec. insulation straked. garboard strake

1661: Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a vessel?

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. Official Crew List




c. Officer's licensesd. Muster list

1662: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids to navigation may be temporarily suspended with__________.

a. one day's noticeb. thirty (30) days noticec. no noticed. a week's notice

1663: A bench hook is used for __________.

a. handling of cargo casesb. hanging oilskinsc. sewing canvasd. splicing small stuff

1664: A method used to make an eye in a bight of line where it cannot be spliced is known as__________.

a. braidingb. plaitingc. seizingd. serving

1665: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a sailmaker's whipping? (DO30DG )

a. Eb. Fc. Jd. K

1666: While anchoring your vessel, the best time to let go the anchor is when the vessel is __________.

a. dead in the waterb. moving slowly astern over the groundc. moving fast ahead over the groundd. moving fast astern over the ground

1667: When the gyropilot is used for steering, what control is adjusted to compensate for varying seaconditions?

a. Rudder controlb. Sea controlc. Lost motion adjustmentd. Weather adjustment

1668: Your ship is steaming at night with the gyropilot engaged. You notice that the vessel's course isslowly changing to the right. Which action should you take FIRST?

a. Notify the engine room of the steering malfunction.




b. Change to hand steering.c. Call the Master.d. Send the Quartermaster to the emergency steering station.

1670: The term "strake" is used in reference to __________.

a. rudder mountingsb. anchor gearc. hull platingd. vessel framing

1671: The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen required on a vessel is determined by the__________.

a. International Maritime Organizationb. Corps of Engineersc. Coast Guardd. American Bureau of Shipping

1672: You are to load a consignment of lumber. Each piece measures 2inches thick, 10inches wide and16feet long. There are 30,000 pieces in the shipment. How many board feet would be listed on the Billof Lading?

a. 800,000b. 1,200,000c. 1,440,000d. 14,400,000

1673: A sail hook is used for __________.

a. hoisting a windsailb. parcelingc. sewing canvasd. testing canvas

1673: A sail hook is used for __________.

a. hoisting a windsailb. parcelingc. sewing canvasd. testing canvas

1674: Which is NOT a type of seizing?

a. Flat seizingb. Racking seizingc. Throat seizingd. Tube seizing

1675: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter D? (D003DG )

a. Tropical load line




b. Summer load linec. Fresh load lined. Winter load line

1676: When preparing to hoist the anchor, you should FIRST __________.

a. engage the wildcatb. put the brake in the off positionc. take off the chain stopperd. take the riding pawl off the chain

1677: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot istaking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the master do?

a. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the Pilot.b. Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.c. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.d. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.

1678: Grade D combustible liquids have a maximum flash point of __________.

a. 109°Fb. 100°Fc. 149°Fd. 80°F

1679: Manila slings should not be used to load __________.

a. cottonb. lumberc. steeld. tires

1680: In vessel construction, the garboard strake is __________.

a. located next to and parallel to the keelb. located next to and parallel to the gunwalec. another term for the bilge keeld. another term for the rub rail

1683: "Herringbone" is a term associated with __________.

a. anchoringb. mooringc. sewingd. splicing

1684: Temporary seizings on wire rope are made with __________.

a. marlineb. sail twinec. tape



d. wire

1686: When weighing anchor in a rough sea, how would you avoid risk of damaging the bow plating?

a. Heave it home as fast as you can.b. Heave it home intermittently, between swells.c. Leave the anchor under foot, until the vessel may be brought before the sea.d. Wait for a calm spot between seas, then house it.


a. 26.39 ftb. 21.19 ftc. 17.81 ftd. 13.20 ft

1688: Grade E combustible liquids have a flash point of __________.

a. 80°F to 150°Fb. 150°F or abovec. 60°F to 100°Fd. 90°F to 120°F

1689: The mooring line shown as "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

a. stern lineb. spring linec. shore lined. breast line

1690: Molded depth is measured from the __________.

a. inside of the shellb. outside of the shellc. top of the center vertical keeld. top of the garboard stake

1692: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard. The placard has thenumber 2206 on it. This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?

a. Isocyanates, n.o.s.b. Propadiene, inhibitedc. Xylenold. Hexanols

1693: What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4900 lbs. weight using a twofold purchaserove to least advantage? (Allow 10 percent of the weight per sheave for friction.)

a. 980 lbs.b. 1225 lbs.c. 1715 lbs.d. 1837 lbs.




1694: A "whipping" is __________.

a. a messengerb. a stopper for nylon linec. a Ubolt for securing a cargo whip to the winch drumd. turns of twine around a rope end


a. 11.62 ftb. 17.49 ftc. 23.25 ftd. 25.72 ft

1696: Mooring with two bow anchors has which major advantage over anchoring with one bow anchor?

a. The vessel will not reverse direction in a tidal current.b. The radius of the vessel's swing will be shortened.c. A mooring approach may be made from any direction.d. The vessel will not swing with a change in wind.

1697: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 85°, and the wet bulb temperature is 73°,what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

a. 42%b. 55%c. 67%d. 85%

1698: A flammable liquid having a Reid vapor pressure of 8½ P.S.I.A. or less and a flash point of 80°For below is grade __________.

a. Ab. Bc. Cd. D


a. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.b. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but no damage to the vessel.c. A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on thepier.d. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.

1700: Which letter designates the bilge strake of the vessel? (D001DG )

a. Ab. Bc. Cd. D






a. Isohepteneb. Phosphinec. Furand. Hexanols

1703: What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4,200 lbs. weight using a threefold purchaserove to advantage? (Allow 10 percent of the weight per sheave for friction.)

a. 571.4b. 715.2c. 960d. 1066.7

1704: Whipping the bitter end of a fiber rope __________.

a. increases the circumference of the ropeb. makes for easier handlingc. prevents fraying of the bitter endd. prevents moisture from entering the bitter end

1705: You are to load a consignment of lumber. Each piece measures 3inches thick, 12inches wide and16feet long. There are 30,000 pieces in the shipment. How many board feet would be listed on the Billof Lading?

a. 96,000b. 1,200,000c. 1,440,000d. 14,400,000

1706: Your vessel is anchored in an open roadstead with three shots of chain out on the port anchor. Thewind freshens considerably and the anchor begins to drag. Which action should you take FIRST?

a. Drop the starboard anchor short with about one shot of chain.b. Sheer out to starboard using the rudder, then drop the starboard anchor with about four shots ofchain.c. Put the engines slow ahead to help the anchor.d. Veer out more chain on the port anchor.

1707: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when it becomes necessary to send adistress message. What precedence would you assign this message?

a. R (ROUTINE)b. Z (FLASH)c. P (PRIORITY)d. O (IMMEDIATE)

1708: For the purpose of regulating tank vessels, flammable liquids are liquids which will __________.

a. give off flammable vapors at or below 80°F (27°C)



b. have a Reid vapor pressure of 18 pounds or morec. give off flammable vapors only above 80°F (27°C)d. sustain combustion at a temperature at or below 100°F (38°C)

1709: The force acting on a single cargo runner which is vertically lifting or lowering a load is greatestwhen __________.

a. decelerating when lowering the loadb. decelerating when raising the loadc. lowering the load at constant speedd. raising the load at constant speed

1712: You are to load styrene in bulk, which is subject to selfpolymerization. You must __________.

a. not carry any cargo in the tanks surrounding the tank loaded with styreneb. inject nitrogen to pad any ullage above the styrene to prevent contact with oxygenc. be furnished with a Certificate of Inhibition to be maintained on the bridged. use heating coils to maintain the styrene within the temperatures specified by the shipper

1713: The cheek length of a block in inches should be about __________.

a. three times the circumference of a manila lineb. five times the diameter of a manila linec. twice the diameter of its sheaves for manila lined. twenty times the diameter of a manila line

1714: A "sheepshank" is used to __________.

a. keep a line from frayingb. join lines of unequal sizec. stop off a lined. shorten a line


a. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.b. No able seamen are required.c. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.d. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.

1716: Which is the correct procedure for anchoring a small to medium size vessel in deep water?

a. Let the anchor fall free from the hawsepipe, but apply the brake at intervals to check the rate offall.b. Back the anchor slowly out of the hawsepipe a few feet, and then let it fall in the normal fashion.c. Let the anchor fall off the brake right from the hawsepipe, but keep a slight strain on the brake.d. Under power, back the anchor out until it is near, but clear, of the bottom before letting itfall.

1717: With a large tow astern, there is immediate danger to the tug in the event of the __________.



a. tug losing powerb. tow line partingc. bridle twistingd. tow broaching

1718: A combustible liquid with a flash point of 90°F would be grade __________.

a. Bb. Cc. Dd. E

1719: What is a CORRECT reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"?

a. "Steady"b. "Eased to 10° rudder"c. "Checked"d. "Passing 50°"

1720: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier. Which line will be the most useful when maneuveringthe vessel alongside the pier?

a. Bow spring lineb. Bow breast linec. Stern breast lined. Inshore head line

1722: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. Amessage designated PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.


1723: What is meant by the term "twoblocked"?

a. The bottom block touches the top block.b. The line has jumped the sheaves.c. There are turns in the fall.d. You have two blocks.

1724: A "bowline" is used to __________.

a. join lines of equal sizeb. form a temporary eye (loop) at the end of a linec. be a stopperd. keep a line from fraying


a. use right or left rudder



b. check, but do not stop the vessel from swingingc. change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal amountd. put the rudder amidships

1726: When attempting to free an anchor jammed in the hawsepipe, the simplest method of freeing itmay be __________.

a. starting the disengaged windlass at high speedb. rigging a bull rope to pull it outc. to grease the hawsepiped. to pry it loose with a short piece of pipe

1728: You are trying to rescue survivors from a wrecked vessel on fire. You should approach__________.

a. to leeward of the wrecked vesselb. at a speed of at most onehalf that of the wrecked vesselc. at a speed of at least that of the wrecked vesseld. to windward of the wrecked vessel

1729: The greatest strain, when lifting a load with the jumbo purchase, is on __________.

a. all of the parts, dividing the load equallyb. the hauling part because it must absorb the frictional losses of all the sheavesc. the parts in the movable blockd. the standing part because it is directly connected to the weight

1730: A disk with a horizontal line through its center, equivalent to the summer load line, is called the__________.

a. deadrise markb. maximum allowable draft markc. Plimsoll markd. tonnage mark

1731: You are in charge of a 225gross ton tug preparing to depart from Houston, Texas, with a loaded2500gross ton tank barge bound for New York. Prior to departure, regulations require that you__________.

a. record the status of all firefighting equipmentb. record the barge's load line and draft readingsc. record the condition of the towing geard. have on board an Official Logbook in lieu of other forms of records

1732: Which picture in illustration D030DG represents a half hitch? (D030DG )

a. Ub. Sc. Kd. H

1733: Separating both blocks of a tackle to prepare it for reuse is called __________.




a. chockablockingb. outhaulingc. overhaulingd. twoblocking

1734: Which knot reduces the strength of a line by the LEAST amount?

a. Bowlineb. Clove hitchc. Sheet bendd. Two half hitches

1736: Before letting the anchor go, you should check that the __________.

a. chain is clearb. anchor is clear of obstructionsc. wildcat is disengagedd. All of the above

1737: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which course should the ship take?

a. Downwind so that the apparent wind is close to nil.b. A course that will keep a free flow of air, clear of smoke, over the hoist area.c. A course that will have the hoist area in the lee of the superstructure.d. With the wind dead ahead because the helicopter is more maneuverable when going into thewind.

1738: Which vessel is required by regulations to have an Official Logbook?

a. A 100gross ton tug on a trip between Baltimore, Maryland, and San Pedro, California.b. A 199gross ton tug on a coastwise trip of 610 miles.c. A 66gross ton tug operating between states.d. All of the above

1739: If two falls are attached to lift a oneton load, what angle between the falls will result in the stresson each fall being equal to the load being lifted?

a. 60°b. 75°c. 120°d. 150°

1740: The group of markings shown is called a __________. (D003DG )

a. loft markb. load line markc. test markd. water mark

1741: The load line regulations are administered by the __________.

a. U.S. Coast Guard




b. Maritime Administrationc. Lloyd's Register of Shippingd. National Cargo Bureau

1742: You should conduct a sector search under which of the following circumstances?

a. The search target is sighted and then lost.b. More than one vessel is available for a search.c. The search object is a target that will be readily detected by radar.d. An aircraft is available to assist a surface vessel.

1743: A mooring line leading at nearly right angles to the keel is a __________.

a. bow lineb. breast linec. spring lined. stern line

1746: Which would you NOT use to report the amount of anchor chain out? "Three shots __________."

a. at the water's edgeb. on deckc. on the bottomd. well in the water

1748: An Official Logbook is required on which vessel?

a. A 150G.T. tug going from Boston to New Orleans.b. A 100G.T. tug going from New York to San Pedro, California.c. A 50G.T. tug going from Miami to Seattle.d. A 199G.T. tug on a coastwise trip of 650 miles.

1749: A sling is rigged on a piece of pipe weighing 1000 lbs. The angle between the sling legs is 140°and the legs are of equal length. What stress is exerted on each sling leg when the pipe is lifted?


1750: A grapnel is a __________.

a. device for securing a chain topping liftb. hook to prevent the anchor cable from slippingc. device used to drag for a submerged cable or lined. type of clam bucket used for discharging bulk cargo

1751: The load line certificate is issued by __________.

a. the American Bureau of Shippingb. the National Cargo Bureauc. the United States Coast Guard



d. United States Customs


a. Furanb. Phosphinec. Adiponitriled. Xylenol

1753: To reeve a rightangle threefold purchase start with the __________.

a. left sheave bottom blockb. left sheave top blockc. middle sheave top blockd. right sheave bottom block

1755: Which knot shown is a French bowline? (DO30DG )

a. Lb. Tc. Qd. W

1756: When anchoring a vessel, it is best to release the anchor when __________.

a. going full asternb. going full aheadc. going slow asternd. dead in the water

1758: As operator of a 199 GT towing vessel sailing foreign, it shall be your duty to enter in the OfficialLogbook or other permanent record __________.

a. all information contained on the barge's Certificate of Inspectionb. the condition of all towing gear to be usedc. all navigational aids to be usedd. the barges load line and draft readings

1759: The amount of strain on each runner of a married fall system lifting 2000 lbs. when the angle madeby the legs is 90° would be __________.


1759: The amount of strain on each runner of a married fall system lifting 2000 lbs. when the angle madeby the legs is 90° would be __________.

a. 1000 lbs.b. 1154 lbs.




c. 1414 lbs.d. 2000 lbs.

1760: A hook that will release quickly is a __________.

a. longshore hookb. margin hookc. marginal hookd. pelican hook

1761: Load lines for U.S. vessels are assigned by __________.

a. the U.S. Coast Guardb. the American Bureau of Shippingc. Lloyd's Register of Shippingd. the National Cargo Bureau


a. 7.86 ftb. 15.71 ftc. 19.63 ftd. 22.71 ft

1763: You are in charge while handling a synthetic hawser on a capstan. The hawser has a heavy strainand you wish to avoid the hawser's slipping on the capstan drum. Which action should you take?

a. Back off on the capstan a bit and have the seaman take several more turns on the drum.b. Have the seaman take a strain on the hawser and carefully have several turns added on the drum.c. Have more than one seaman hold a good strain on the hawser and continue to heave easy.d. While continuing to heave slowly on the capstan, have the seaman take several more turns onthe drum.

1764: The "square knot" is used for __________.

a. forming temporary eyes in linesb. joining two lines of equal sizec. keeping line from unlaying or frayingd. joining two lines of different size

1765: The annual survey for endorsement of a Load Line Certificate must be held within __________.

a. the three month period immediately following the certificate's anniversary dateb. the three month period immediately preceding the certificate's anniversary datec. three months either way of the certificate's anniversary dated. the three month period centered on the certificate's anniversary date

1766: When anchoring in a current, you should __________.

a. drop the anchor with the bow headed downstreamb. back your vessel into the currentc. anchor while stemming the current



d. All of the above

1767: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter E? (DO03DG )

a. Fresh water lineb. Winter water linec. Tropical water lined. Summer water line

1768: As a rule, ships of most configurations, when drifting in calm water with negligible current, will lie__________.

a. bow to the windb. beam to the windc. stern to the windd. with the wind on the quarter

1769: Two falls are supporting a 1.5 ton load. The port fall is at an angle of 40° from the vertical. Thestarboard fall is at an angle of 70° from the vertical. What is the stress on each fall?

a. Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.0 tonsb. Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.5 tonsc. Port 1.7 tons, starboard 1.3 tonsd. Port 1.7 tons, starboard 2.0 tons

1771: The agency which assigns load lines and issues Load Line Certificates is the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Secretary of Commercec. U.S. Customsd. U.S. Coast Guard

1772: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 32 feet and a height of 21 feet?

a. 8,444.60 cubic ft.b. 7,732.81 cubic ft.c. 5,629.73 cubic ft.d. 703.72 cubic ft.

1773: What size block shell should be used with a 4inch manila line?

a. 8"b. 12"c. 16"d. 24"

1774: Which knot is used to attach two different sized lines together?

a. Granny knotb. Sheet bendc. Square knotd. Thief knot





a. Hexanolb. Acrylic acidc. Benzonitriled. Propadiene, inhibited

1776: When anchoring in calm water, it is best to __________.

a. maintain slight headway when letting go the anchorb. wait until the vessel is dead in the water before letting go the anchorc. have slight sternway on the vessel while letting go the anchord. let the anchor go from the stern with the anchor cable leading from the bow


a. 1,648.05 cubic ft.b. 1,938.89 cubic ft.c. 2,908.33 cubic ft.d. 7,755.55 cubic ft.

1778: You are landing a singlescrew vessel with a righthanded propeller port side to a dock. As youapproach the dock, you back down on your engine with rudder amidships. You would expect the vesselto __________.

a. drift away from the dockb. lose headway without swingingc. swing its stern towards the dockd. swing its stern away from the dock


a. 56%b. 61%c. 66%d. 75%

1780: The term that indicates how many tons of cargo a vessel can carry is __________.

a. bale cubicb. deadweightc. gross tonnaged. loaded displacement

1781: Which organization usually assigns load lines to U.S. vessels?

a. National LoadLine Agencyb. National Shipping Bureauc. American Bureau of Shippingd. American Regulations Council




1782: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which statement is TRUE?

a. The vessel should be stopped with the wind dead ahead during the hoisting operation.b. Flags should be flown to provide a visual reference as to the direction of the apparentwind.c. The drop line should be grounded first then secured as close to the hoist point as possible.d. The hoist area should be located as far aft as possible so the pilot will have a visual referencewhile approaching.

1783: Which mooring line is likely to undergo the most strain when docking a ship under normalconditions?

a. Bow lineb. Breast linec. Spring lined. Stern line

1784: The "rolling hitch" could be used to __________.

a. join two lines of different sizesb. join two lines of equal sizesc. add strength to a weak spot in a lined. act as a stopper to transfer a line under strain

1786: You are anchoring in a river where the current is from one direction only. The best way to lay outtwo anchors is to have them __________.

a. directly in line with the bowb. side by side, with their lines on the port and starboard sidec. so that their lines form an angled. on top of one another

1787: Which picture represents a blackwall hitch? (DO30DG )

a. Fb. Hc. Pd. S

1788: Which position shown is the most dangerous when tying up? (D019DG )

a. Ib. IIc. IIId. IV

1790: Which space(s) is(are) exempt when measuring gross tonnage?

a. Auxiliary machinery spaces above the uppermost continuous deckb. Steering gear roomc. Part of the wheelhouse used to control vesseld. All of the above





1791: Which factor does NOT affect the required freeboard of a cargo vessel?

a. Season of the yearb. Geographic zone of operationc. Density of the waterd. Condition of trim in normal operation

1792: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter F? (D003DG )

a. Fresh water load lineb. Summer load linec. Winter load lined. Tropical load line

1793: The lines led forward from the bow and aft from the stern when a vessel is moored to the dock are__________.

a. bow and stern linesb. breast linesc. halyardsd. warps

1794: A "figure eight" knot is used to __________.

a. be a stopperb. shorten a linec. join lines of equal sized. keep a line from passing through a sheave

1795: Which knot represents a double sheet bend? (DO30DG )

a. Fb. Lc. Rd. T

1796: Which safety check(s) should be made before letting go the anchor?

a. See that the anchor is clear of obstructions.b. See that the chain is all clear.c. See that the wildcat is disengaged.d. All of the above

1798: You are on a singlescrew vessel with a lefthanded propeller making no way in the water. Howwill your vessel react when you apply right rudder?

a. Bow will kick to starboardb. Bow will kick to portc. Rudder alone has no effect on the vesseld. Stern will kick to port, then slowly swing to starboard

1798: You are on a singlescrew vessel with a lefthanded propeller making no way in the water. How





will your vessel react when you apply right rudder?

a. Bow will kick to starboardb. Bow will kick to portc. Rudder alone has no effect on the vesseld. Stern will kick to port, then slowly swing to starboard

1799: The maximum theoretical stress that can be developed on a guy in a yard and stay rig is limited bythe __________.

a. lifting capacity of the winchb. location of the boomc. position of the guyd. weight of the load

1800: The figure obtained by dividing the total volume of the ship in cubic feet (after omission ofexempted spaces) by 100 is the __________.

a. bale cubicb. gross tonnagec. light displacementd. net tonnage

1801: A vessel proceeding to London, England, from New York makes an unscheduled call at the port ofHamilton, Bermuda. What term is used to denote the voluntary departure from the usual course?

a. Alterationb. Deviationc. Libertyd. Unscheduled stop

1802: Which picture represents a bowline? (DO30DG )

a. Gb. Hc. Ld. Q

1803: A snatch block is a __________.

a. block used only with manila ropeb. chock rollerc. hinged blockd. strong block used for short, sharp pulls

1804: Instead of whipping an end of a line, a temporary means of preventing the line from unraveling isto tie a __________.

a. becket bendb. blackwall hitchc. figureeight knotd. square knot




1805: In towing it is desirable for the tug and the tow to ride wave crests simultaneously because__________.

a. shock loading on the tow line is reducedb. towing speed is improvedc. the tow is more visible from the tugd. the catenary of the towline is reduced

1806: If the situation arose where it became necessary to tow a disabled vessel, which statement is TRUEconcerning the towing line?

a. The towing line between the two vessels should be clear of the water.b. The towing line should be taut at all times between the vessels.c. There should be a catenary so the line dips into the water.d. None of the above

1807: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which statement is TRUE?

a. Evacuation should be from an area forward of the bridge.b. The vessel should be slowed to bare steerageway.c. If the hoist is at the stern, booms extending aft at the stern should be cradled with the toppinglifts hove taut.d. The litter should not be touched until it has been grounded.

1808: Which organization would conduct a survey of the insulation in a reefer compartment prior toloading cargo?

a. U.S. Customs Serviceb. OSHAc. American Bureau of Shippingd. National Cargo Bureau

1809: The greatest horizontal stress between the heads of the booms in the yard and stay rig occurs whenthe load is in such a position that the __________.

a. falls are at an equal angle to the horizontalb. stay fall is verticalc. stay fall is at a greater angle to the horizontal than the yard falld. yard fall is at a greater angle to the horizontal than the stay fall


a. 87%b. 84%c. 79%d. 65%

1811: You are towing a large barge on a hawser. Your main engine suddenly fails. What is the greatestdanger?

a. The tug and the tow will go aground.




b. The tow will endanger other traffic.c. The tow will overrun tug.d. The tow will block the channel.

1812: A survey of refrigerated cargo, to certify that proper methods of stowage were utilized, can beconducted by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Occupational Safety and Health Administrationc. U.S. Coast Guardd. National Cargo Bureau

1813: A snatch block would most likely be used as a __________.

a. boat fallb. fairleadc. riding pawld. topping lift


a. stern lineb. forward spring linec. waist breast lined. after spring line


a. steer the course which is your present headingb. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder commandc. bring the rudder amidshipsd. decrease the rudder angle

1816: Which picture shown represents a square knot? (DO30DG )

a. Wb. Rc. Pd. H

1817: Refrigeration machinery is often surveyed before loading reefer cargo. This survey is usuallyperformed by the __________.

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. American Bureau of Shippingc. National Cargo Bureaud. local port authority

1818: When comparing twin screw tug to singlescrew tugs, which statement about a twinscrew tug isFALSE?

a. If one engine fails, you do not lose control of the tow.





b. It is more maneuverable.c. It develops more bollard pull for the same horsepower.d. It is generally subject to more propeller damage from debris in the water.

1819: The stringer plate is represented by which letter? (D033DG )

a. Ab. Cc. Id. N

1820: If a drill required by regulations is not completed, the Master or person in charge must__________.

a. report this immediately to the Commandant of the Coast Guardb. log the reason for not completing the drillc. conduct two of the required drills at the next opportunityd. All of the above

1821: While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a short hawser inorder to slow the barge's speed?

a. The barge may capsize from the sharp turn.b. The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.c. Free surface effect of liquid inside the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads when turning tooquickly.d. Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and capsize the tug.

1822: What is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a hawser in order to slow thebarge's speed?

a. Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and capsize the tug.b. The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.c. Free surface effect of liquid inside the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads if the turn is tooquick.d. The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.

1823: Chafing gear __________.

a. reduces and prevents corrosion of standing riggingb. prevents corrosion of running riggingc. reduces and prevents wear caused by the rubbing of one object against anotherd. protects the body against extreme cold

1824: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 4.5 feet and a height of 3 feet?

a. 4.50 cubic ft.b. 7.12 cubic ft.c. 9.81 cubic ft.d. 15.90 cubic ft.

1826: The knot lettered X in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )





a. timber hitchb. becket bendc. clove hitchd. blackwall hitch


a. 100.53 Cu. Ftb. 131.39 Cu. Ftc. 172.72 Cu. Ftd. 197.39 Cu. Ft

1828: Your vessel is broken down and rolling in heavy seas. You can reduce the danger of capsizing by__________.

a. constantly shifting the rudderb. moving all passengers to one side of the boatc. rigging a sea anchord. moving all passengers to the stern

1829: The term "shift your rudder" means __________.

a. change from right rudder to left rudder an equal number of degreesb. double your rudder angle or go to full rudderc. bring your rudder amidshipsd. check the swing of the vessel

1830: Using the graph, if the dry bulb temperature is 76°, and the wet bulb temperature is 58°, what is therelative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

a. 35%b. 47%c. 61%d. 76%

1831: A "loose" tow may cause all of the following EXCEPT __________.

a. loss of maneuverabilityb. lines to partc. damage to the towing vessel and towd. a saving in the transit time

1832: The run of plating labeled A is known as the __________. (D033DG )

a. sheer strakeb. stringer platec. deck straked. deck longitudinal

1833: The standing part of a tackle is __________.

a. all the fall except the hauling part





b. the hook that engages the weight to be movedc. that part to which power is appliedd. that part of the falls made fast to one of the blocks

1835: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control ofShipping. The message will refer you to __________.

a. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)b. the Coast Pilotc. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)d. the Light List

1836: While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a hawser in order toslow the barge's speed?

a. The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.b. The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.c. Free surface affect of liquid inside the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads when turning tooquickly.d. Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and capsize the tug.

1838: You are docking a vessel. If possible, you should __________.

a. go in with the currentb. go in against the currentc. approach the dock at a 90° angle and swing tod. pass a mooring line to the dock with a heaving line and let the crew pull the vessel in


a. leewayb. variation in the areac. amount of helm carried for a steady coursed. deviation on that heading

1840: You are approaching a steamer that is broken down and are preparing to take her in tow. BEFOREpositioning your vessel to pass the towline, you must __________.

a. compare the rate of drift between the shipsb. install chafing gear on the towlinec. secure the bitter end of the towing hawser to prevent loss if the tow is slippedd. have traveling lizards rigged to guide the towline while it is paidout

1841: If a tow sinks in shallow water, you should __________.

a. release it immediatelyb. attempt to beach it before it goes underc. pay out cable until it's on the bottom and place a buoy on the upper endd. shorten cable to keep it off the bottom

1842: The knot shown lettered W is a __________. (DO30DG )




a. clove hitchb. square knotc. barrel hitchd. stopper knot

1843: The sheave diameter to be used with a 3inch manila rope is __________.

a. 3 inchesb. 6 inchesc. 9 inchesd. 12 inches

1844: A wooden float placed between a ship and a dock to prevent damage to both is called a__________.

a. camelb. dolphinc. rat guardd. wedge

1845: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a messageconcerning an initial enemy contact. Which precedence would you assign this message?

a. O (IMMEDIATE)b. P (PRIORITY)c. Z (FLASH)d. R (ROUTINE)

1846: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. Amessage designated IMMEDIATE will be delivered within __________.


1848: You are docking a vessel. Wind and current are most favorable when they are __________.

a. crossing your course in the same directionb. crossing your course in opposite directionsc. parallel to the pier from aheadd. setting you on the pier

1849: The knot lettered U is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. half hitchb. round knotc. becket bendd. plain whipping

1852: What is normally used to pass a mooring line to a dock?




a. Distance lineb. Gantlinec. Heaving lined. Tag line

1853: A breeches buoy is being rigged from the shore to a stranded vessel. The initial shot line passed tothe vessel is normally made fast to a __________.

a. hawser which is used to pass a tailblock and whip to the vesselb. hawser with breeches buoy and harness attachedc. hawser which should be made fast to the vessel below the intended location of the tailblockd. tailblock and whip which may be used to pass a hawser to the vessel

1854: The structural member indicated by the letter F is known as a(n) __________. (D033DG )

a. erectionb. pillarc. girderd. deck support

1855: Which problem is virtually impossible to detect during an inservice inspection of used anchorchain?

a. Cracksb. Elongationc. Loose studsd. Fatigue

1856: When passing a hawser to the dock you would first use what line?

a. Gantlineb. Heaving linec. Preventerd. Warp

1857: The knot lettered T in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. round turn and two half hitchesb. French bowlinec. carrick bendd. stopper hitch

1858: The easiest way to anchor a vessel in a current is to __________.

a. stem the current and make very slow headway when the anchor is droppedb. stem the current and be falling aft very slowly when the anchor is droppedc. stem the current and endeavor to make neither headway nor sternway when the anchor isdroppedd. stop all headway through the water and keep the current astern when the anchor is dropped

1859: You are attempting to take a dead ship in tow. All lines have been passed and secured. How shouldyou get underway?





a. Order minimum turns until the towing hawser is just clear of the water, then reduce speed to thatnecessary to keep the line clear of the water.b. If the towline is properly adjusted and weighted you can order slow or dead slow and the towlinewill act as a spring to absorb the initial shock.c. Order minimum turns until the towing hawser is taut and then continue at that speed until towingspeed is attained.d. Order minimum turns until the catenary almost breaks the water, then stop. Order moreturns as the hawser slackens but keep the catenary in the water.

1860: A towline should be fastened to __________.

a. the chocks at the bow of a towed vesselb. the most forward, centermost point of a towed vessel such as a sturdy bow railc. the mast of a towed sailboatd. a secure fitting near the bow of the towed vessel

1862: How much force would be required to lift a weight of 200 lbs. using a gun tackle rigged todisadvantage (do not consider friction)?


1863: If a mooring line should part while you are tying up at a dock, you should make a temporary eyeby tying a __________.

a. becket bendb. clove hitchc. bowlined. square knot

1864: Progressive flooding may be indicated by __________.

a. ballast control alarmsb. excessive draftc. excessive list or trimd. a continual worsening of list or trim

1868: When being towed by one tug, the towing bridle should be connected to towing __________.

a. bitts with figure eightsb. pad eyes with pelican hooksc. pad eyes with safety hooksd. All of the above

1869: You are using tackle number 10 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to liftthe weight? (DO29DG )

a. 57 lbs.b. 42 lbs.




c. 39 lbs.d. 34 lbs.

1870: The knot lettered S is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. bowlineb. blackwall hitchc. half hitchd. hook hitch

1871: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when you wish to send a messageconcerning your ships diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?

a. O (IMMEDIATE)b. Z (FLASH)c. R (ROUTINE)d. P (PRIORITY)

1872: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. Amessage designated FLASH will be delivered within __________.

a. 3 hours to start of business the following dayb. 1 to 6 hoursc. 30 minutes to 1 hourd. less than 10 minutes

1873: How much weight can you lift by applying 100 lbs. of force to a twofold purchase rigged todisadvantage (do not consider friction)?


1874: The label required for magnesium scrap is __________.

a. oxidizerb. yellowc. corrosived. None of the above

1875: A seam is indicated by which letter in illustration D033DG? (D033DG )

a. Eb. Hc. Ld. M

1878: When being towed, a fairlead is a __________.

a. fabricated shape used to change the direction of a flexible member of the tow hookupb. fabricated shape used to secure the tow hookup to the towed vessel





c. line connecting the fishplate to the bridle legsd. line connecting the tow bridle to the towed vessel

1879: What is the mechanical advantage of a threefold purchase when rove to disadvantage andneglecting friction?

a. 3b. 4c. 5d. 6

1880: You are using tackle number 11 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include10 percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to liftthe weight? (DO29DG )


1881: In time of war Naval Control of Shipping Authorities may give orders concerning the __________.

a. cargo to be loadedb. final destinationc. ship's routed. All of the above

1883: The most common method of securing a line to a cleat is a __________.

a. half hitch, then round turnsb. round turn, then figure eightsc. figure eight, then round turnsd. figure eight, then half hitches

1886: The knot lettered R is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. double becket bendb. bowlinec. fisherman's bendd. round turn and two half hitches

1887: A small light tackle with blocks of steel or wood that is used for miscellaneous small jobs is calleda __________.

a. snatch blockb. threefold purchasec. handybillyd. chockablock

1888: How many legs does the bridle for an ocean tow have?

a. One





b. Twoc. Threed. Four

1889: The helm command "Nothing to the left" means do NOT __________.

a. use left rudderb. steer left of the ordered coursec. steer right of the ordered coursed. leave any buoys on the port side

1893: A block and tackle is "rove to advantage". This means that the __________.

a. blocks have been overhauledb. hauling parts of two tackles are attachedc. hauling part leads through the movable blockd. hauling part leads through the standing block

1894: A load line is assigned by __________.

a. the U.S. Customsb. the U.S. Department of Energyc. the U.S. Army Corps of Engineersd. a recognized classification society approved by the U.S. Coast Guard

1895: The knot lettered Q as shown is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. square knotb. clove hitchc. bowlined. round knot

1896: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U,S, port. There is a Pilot on board and he has theconn. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed forhis local knowledge.b. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be onboard by law.c. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.d. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Masterrelinquishes the conn.



1898: Backup wires on a towed vessel provide __________.





a. a factor of safetyb. additional strengthc. a distribution of the towing loadd. All of the above

1901: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapidtransmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you assign thistransmission?

a. O (IMMEDIATE)b. Z (FLASH)c. P (PRIORITY)d. R (ROUTINE)

1902: The joint indicated by letter D is a __________. (D033DG )

a. seamb. buttc. spand. sheet line

1903: When securing a manila line to a bitt what is the minimum number of round turns you should takebefore figureeighting the line?

a. Noneb. 1c. 2d. 3

1905: You have a large, brokendown vessel in tow with a wire rope and anchor cable towline. Bothvessels have made provision for slipping the tow in an emergency; however, unless there are specialcircumstances __________.

a. the towing vessel should slip firstb. the vessel towed should slip firstc. they should slip simultaneouslyd. either vessel may slip first

1908: When towing astern, increased catenary will __________.

a. increase control of the towb. prevent the towing vessel from going in ironsc. make the towing vessel less maneuverabled. reduce shock stress on the towing hawser

1908: When towing astern, increased catenary will __________.

a. increase control of the towb. prevent the towing vessel from going in ironsc. make the towing vessel less maneuverabled. reduce shock stress on the towing hawser




1910: The knot lettered J is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. plain whippingb. bowlinec. marline hitchd. becket bend

1913: An example of a messenger is a __________.

a. fairleadb. heaving linec. stayd. warp

1914: You need to make a fixed loop at the end of a line in order to use the line as a mooring line. Youhave insufficient time to make a splice. Which knot should you use?

a. Clove Hitchb. Fisherman's Bendc. Bowlined. Roundturn and two half hitches

1915: A butt is indicated by which letter? (D033DG )

a. Jb. Fc. Ed. D

1916: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 68°, and the wet bulb temperature is 65°,what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? ( D008DG )

a. 66%b. 74%c. 82%d. 90%

1917: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flatended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5feet and a length of 14 feet?

a. 31.42b. 15.71c. 7.85d. 6.25

1918: Which statement is TRUE concerning hawser towing?

a. The catenary in a hawser should be sufficient so that the hawser just touches the bottom.b. The hawser is of sufficient length for towing when taut between tug and tow.c. Increasing speed usually increases the catenary in the hawser.d. Shortening the tow hawser generally decreases the maneuverability of the tug.






1919: The disadvantage of using three strand nylon line for towing is its __________.

a. inherent weaknessb. tendency to rot if left dampc. danger to crew if it partsd. strength and shock absorbing abilities


a. electronicb. celestialc. pilotingd. None of the above

1923: Disregarding friction, a twofold purchase when rove to disadvantage has a mechanical advantageof __________.

a. 2b. 3c. 4d. 5

1924: The knot lettered I as shown is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. square knotb. round knotc. bowline on a bightd. timber hitch

1925: Which material should NOT be used to secure cargo on deck for a voyage?

a. Steel chainb. Wire ropec. Steel strappingd. Fiber rope

1926: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flatended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5feet and a length of 12 feet?

a. 6.73 Tb. 7.85 Tc. 13.46 Td. 26.93 T

1928: Which towing method maintains the most control over the tow?

a. Tandem towingb. Honolulu towingc. Tandem tug towingd. Breasted tug towing

1929: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flatended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5




feet and a length of 10 feet?

a. 22.44 Tb. 11.22 Tc. 7.48 Td. 5.61 T

1930: The holding capabilities of an anchor are determined PRIMARILY by the __________.

a. design of the anchorb. weight of the anchorc. scope of the anchor chaind. size of the vessel

1931: You are using tackle number 12 to lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weightfor each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (DO29DG )


1933: When checking a mooring line, you should __________.

a. ensure the bight is not fouled between the ship and the dock by taking up slackb. pay out slack smartly and keep free for runningc. secure more turns to hold the line against any strain, then clear the aread. surge the line so that it maintains a strain without parting

1935: The knot lettered H in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. becket bendb. bowlinec. plain whippingd. crown knot

1936: A "gypsy" or "gypsyhead" is a __________.

a. punt used for painting over the sideb. small, reciprocating steam enginec. spoolshaped drum fitted on a winchd. swinging derrick

1938: Towing a structure using two tugs approximately side by side, each using one hawser, is referred toas a __________.

a. tandem towb. Honolulu towc. breasted tug towd. tandem tug tow

1939: You are on a vessel that has broken down and are preparing to be taken in tow. You will use your





anchor cable as part of the towline. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The anchor cable should be veered enough to allow the towline connection to be just forward ofyour bow.b. The anchor cable should be veered enough to allow the towline connection to be immediatelyastern of the towing vessel.c. The strain of the tow is taken by the riding pawl, chain stopper, and anchor windlassbrake.d. The anchor cable should be led out through a chock, if possible, to avoid a sharp nip at thehawsepipe lip.

1940: Nonflammable gases should have what kind of label?

a. Skull and crossbonesb. Whitec. Greend. Red

1941: The helm command "Left twenty" means __________.

a. change course twenty degrees to the leftb. put the rudder left twenty degreesc. put the rudder hard left for the first twenty degrees of swingd. put the rudder left twenty degrees and then ease back as the vessel starts swinging

1943: In order to pay out or slack a mooring line which is under strain, you should __________.

a. sluice the lineb. surge the linec. stopper the lined. slip the line

1944: The garboard strake is indicated by which letter? (D033DG )

a. Ab. Bc. Gd. H

1945: One of your crew members falls overboard from the starboard side. You should IMMEDIATELY__________.

a. apply left rudderb. throw the crew member a life preserverc. begin backing your enginesd. position your vessel to windward and begin recovery

1948: The Honolulu (Christmas tree) tow was devised to __________.

a. keep the catenary to a minimumb. allow easy removal of a center towc. reduce hawser length




d. increase the catenary

1949: Using a scope of 5, determine how many feet of cable you should put out to anchor in 5 fathoms ofwater.


1950: You are proceeding to a distress site and expect large numbers of people in the water. Whichstatement is TRUE?

a. You should stop to windward of the survivors in the water and only use the ship's boats torecover the survivors.b. If the survivors are in inflatable rafts you should approach from windward to create a lee for thesurvivors.c. An inflatable liferaft secured alongside can be an effective boarding station for transfer ofsurvivors from the boats.d. Survivors in the water should never be permitted alongside due to the possibility of injury fromthe vessel.

1950: You are proceeding to a distress site and expect large numbers of people in the water. Whichstatement is TRUE?

a. You should stop to windward of the survivors in the water and only use the ship's boats torecover the survivors.b. If the survivors are in inflatable rafts you should approach from windward to create a lee for thesurvivors.c. An inflatable liferaft secured alongside can be an effective boarding station for transfer ofsurvivors from the boats.d. Survivors in the water should never be permitted alongside due to the possibility of injury fromthe vessel.

1951: A case received for shipment is marked as shown. The portion of the symbol indicated by the letterA is _______ . (D043DG )

a. a stowage sequence markingb. the consignee's markingc. a stowage mark, showing the top of the cased. the symbol for toxic contents

1953: What is likely to occur when you are surging synthetic mooring lines on the gypsyhead duringmooring operations?

a. The lines may jam and then jump off the gypsyhead.b. If there is sudden strain on the line, the man tending the line may be pulled into the gypsyhead.c. The lines' surging may cause the vessel to surge.d. The heat generated may cause the lines to temporarily fuse to the gypsyhead.

1956: Which lien against a vessel would be settled FIRST?




a. Maintenance and cureb. Vessel mortgagec. Salvage liend. Ship repairer's lien

1957: The strake of shell plating indicated by letter H is known as the __________. (D033DG )

a. sheer strakeb. outboard keel platec. garboard straked. bilge strake

1958: When tandem tug towing, the more powerful of the two tugs should be __________.

a. the lead tugb. behind the lead tugc. towing at a right angle to the smaller tugd. towing at a faster speed than the smaller tug

1959: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

a. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximumof $50,000b. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000c. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed beforethe casualtyd. All of the above

1960: The knot lettered G in the illustration is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. round turn and two half hitchesb. fisherman's bendc. timber hitchd. barrel hitch

1961: A sufficient amount of chain must be veered when anchoring a vessel to ensure __________.

a. the vessel has enough room to swing while at anchorb. the anchor flukes bite into the ocean bottomc. there is a sufficient scope of chain to keep the anchor on the bottomd. there is more chain out than there is in the chain locker

1962: The maximum draft to which a vessel can legally be submerged is indicated by the __________.

a. load line markb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Muster List ("Station Bill")d. tonnage mark

1963: What should you do to a line to prevent fraying where it passes over the side of the vessel?

a. Worm that part of the line.





b. Splice that part of the line.c. Cover it with chafing gear.d. Install a cleat.

1965: A maritime lien may be placed against __________.

a. any assets that a ship's owner may haveb. a vessel, cargo, or freightc. objects that are fixed and immovable, such as wharvesd. the vessel only


a. bowb. bridgec. center of gravityd. centerline


a. 75%b. 81%c. 84%d. 88%

1969: If you shorten the scope of anchor cable, your anchor's holding power __________.

a. decreasesb. increasesc. remains the samed. has no relation to the scope

1970: The structural member indicated by the letter L is a __________. (D033DG )

a. web frameb. bilge keelc. side keeld. longitudinal

1972: Payment of penalty for a ship's delay after the expiration of lay days due to some fault of thecharterer or his agent is known as __________.

a. demurrageb. late feec. miscibilityd. volatility

1973: Which statement is TRUE about placing the eyes of two mooring lines on the same bollard?

a. Put one line at the low point and one at the high point of the bollard so they don't touch.





b. Take the eye of the second line up through the eye of the first line before putting thesecond line on the bollard.c. Never put two mooring lines on the same bollard.d. The mooring line forward should be put on the bollard first.


a. 1 to 6 hoursb. 30 minutes to 1 hourc. 3 hours to start of business the following dayd. 10 minutes if possible

1975: The knot lettered F in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. becket bendb. square knotc. fisherman's bendd. round turn and two half hitches

1976: Which letter indicates a longitudinal? (D033DG )

a. Cb. Ec. Ld. M

1977: On a crane, the boom indicator tells the operator what angle the boom angle is compared to the__________.

a. vertical positionb. horizontal positionc. boom stop angled. minimum radius angle

1978: When towing, the least amount of tension will be on each bridle leg when the two legs__________.

a. form a large angle with each otherb. form a small angle with each otherc. are of unequal lengthd. are joined by a fishplate

1979: What is a proper size block to use with a 3inch circumference Manila line?

a. At least a 12inch sheaveb. 9inch cheek, 6inch sheavec. 8inch cheek, any size sheaved. 6inch cheek, 4inch sheave

1980: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter C? (DO03DG )






a. Fresh water lineb. Tropical water linec. Summer water lined. Winter North Atlantic water line

1981: The boom stops on a pedestal crane prevent the boom from __________.

a. being raised too highb. swinging at seac. overloading when not in used. being lowered too low



1983: When a line is subject to wear where it passes through a mooring chock, it should be __________.

a. wormed, parceled, and servedb. wrapped with heavy tapec. wrapped with chafing geard. wrapped in leather

1984: Your load line certificate expires on 27 May 1988. The vessel is surveyed on that date and is foundsatisfactory. You are sailing foreign the same day. Which statement is TRUE?

a. A new certificate must be issued before you sail.b. The existing certificate is endorsed as valid for a five year period commencing 27 May 1988.c. The existing certificate is extended for a period of up to 150 days.d. The existing certificate is extended until the first foreign port of call where a new certificate willbe issued by the local surveyor.

1985: You are on a 165 foot (50.3 meters) long vessel with a draft of 9 feet (2.7 meters) and twin screws.Which statement about rescuing a survivor in the water with ship pickup is TRUE?

a. You should stop to windward of the man and drift down on him.b. You should stop with the man on your weather beam and twist the ship up to him.c. A pickup off the weather bow gives maximum maneuverability with the least possibility ofinjury to the man.d. Ship pick up should never be used with a shallow draft vessel.

1988: When towing, what is the main reason for using a chain bridle on a wire hawser?

a. It makes for an easy connection.b. It gives a spring effect to cushion the shock.c. It eliminates the necessity of a swivel.d. It does not chafe.




1989: If you were to pass a stopper on a wire rope, what should the stopper be made of?

a. Wireb. Manilac. Nylond. Chain

1990: Upon receipt of a distress message, a merchant vessel is bound to proceed to the scene of thedistress. Under which of the following cases would this NOT be true?

a. The vessel would arrive at the distress scene more than 36 hours after the receipt of the initialdistress message.b. There are vessels closer to the distress scene that are proceeding to assist.c. The Master of the vessel in distress has requisitioned another vessel, and that vessel hasaccepted the requisition.d. You are on a tank vessel and the distress involves a major fire on board the other vessel.


a. 79%b. 85%c. 91%d. 98%

1992: While the Pilot is embarked he or she __________.

a. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vesselb. is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational knowledgec. relieves the officer of the watchd. relieves the Master of his duties

1993: The usual method of arranging a line on deck so that it will run out easily without kinking orfouling is __________.

a. coiling the lineb. faking down the linec. flemishing the lined. racking the line

1994: The space indicated by the letter J is known as the __________. (D033DG )

a. double bottomb. flooding barrierc. floor spaced. bilge tank

1995: The single turn method of returning to a man overboard should be used ONLY if __________.

a. the man is reported missing rather than immediately seen as he falls overboardb. the vessel is very maneuverablec. the conning officer is inexperienced





d. a boat will be used to recover the man

1996: Which method should be used to secure a manila line to bitts?

a. A round turn on the bitt farthest from the strain and then figure eightsb. A round turn on the bitt closest to the strain and then figure eightsc. Figure eights and then a round turn at the top of both bittsd. Only figure eights are necessary on both bitts

1997: What is the name of tackle number 12? (DO29DG )

a. Threefold purchaseb. Davit tacklec. Deck tackled. Gin tackle

1998: When towing in an open seaway, it is important to use a towing line __________.

a. made only of wire rope, due to possible weather conditionsb. that will have the tow on a crest while your vessel is in a troughc. that will have the tow on a crest while your vessel is on a crestd. with little dip to gain maximum control of the tow

1999: When shoring a damaged bulkhead, effort should be taken to spread the pressure over the__________.

a. maximum possible areab. minimum possible areac. nearest watertight doord. nearest longitudinal girder

2000: The vessel has broken down and you are going to take her in tow. The wind is on her starboardbeam. Both vessels are making the same amount of leeway. Where should you position your vessel whenyou start running lines? (D025DG )

a. Ab. Bc. Cd. D

2001: You are using tackle number 9 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift theweight? (DO29DG )


2002: The structural member indicated by the letter K was fitted in segments between continuouslongitudinals. It is known as which type of floor? (D033DG )







a. Intercostalb. Openc. Lightenedd. Nonwatertight

2003: Chafing gear is used to __________.

a. anchor the boatb. pick up heavy loadsc. protect fiber rope from abrasiond. strengthen mooring lines

2005: A block that can be opened at the hook or shackle end to receive a bight of the line is a__________.

a. bight blockb. gin blockc. heel blockd. snatch block


a. double your rudder angle or go to full rudderb. change from right rudder to left rudder an equal number of degreesc. bring your rudder amidshipsd. check the swing of the vessel

2008: When towing another vessel, the length of the towing line should be __________.

a. as long as possibleb. as short as possible under the circumstances and not over two wave lengthsc. such that one vessel will be on a crest while the other is in a troughd. such that the vessels will be in step

2009: A cargo of canned foodstuffs is packed in cartons. Each carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 380pounds. What is the stowage factor of the cargo?

a. 9.5b. 62c. 212d. 237

2010: On the cargo manifest, the total weight of a box containing cargo is the __________.

a. tare weightb. net weightc. gross weightd. cargo weight

2011: The structural member indicated by the letter K is a __________. (D033DG )

a. longitudinal frame




b. stringerc. girderd. floor

2013: A mooring line that checks forward motion of a vessel at a pier is a __________.

a. bow lineb. forward bow linec. stern lined. stern breast line

2014: You are using tackle number 12, as shown, to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bentto the weight hook (w) of tackle number 2. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (D029DG )

a. 9b. 10c. 14d. 21

2015: During a period of "whiteout", you should expect which of the following?

a. Snowfall or blowing snowb. Lack of ability to estimate distancec. Harsh contrast between sunilluminated snow cover and the backgroundd. Hazy horizons with extensive mirage effects

2016: The revolving drum of a winch used to haul lines is called a __________.

a. bull gearb. gypsyheadc. spannerd. wildcat

2018: When towing astern, one way to reduce yawing of the tow is to __________.

a. trim the tow by the sternb. trim the tow by the headc. have the tow on an even keeld. list the tow on the side it is yawing

2019: A man was sighted as he fell overboard. After completing a Williamson turn, the man is notsighted. What type of search should be conducted?

a. Expanding circleb. Sector searchc. Parallel track patternd. Datumdrift search

2020: To facilitate passing the end of a large rope through a block, you could use a __________.

a. gantlineb. head line




c. reeving lined. sail line

2022: In determining the scope of cable to be used when anchoring, what would NOT be considered?

a. Depth of the waterb. Character of the holding groundc. maintenance cost for the chaind. Type of anchor cable

2023: A mooring line leading at nearly right angles to the keel is a __________.

a. spring lineb. bow linec. stern lined. breast line

2025: What is the chief hazard encountered when surging synthetic mooring lines on the gypsyheadduring operations?

a. If there is sudden strain, the man tending the line may be pulled into the gypsyhead.b. The lines may jam and then jump off the gypsyhead.c. The lines' surging may cause the vessel to surge.d. The heat generated may cause the lines to temporarily fuse to the gypsyhead.

2026: After a seaman is discharged, at the end of the voyage, the final payment of wages due must bemade, whichever is earliest, either within 24 hours after the cargo has been discharged, or __________.

a. within 4 days after the seaman's dischargeb. prior to the vessel's departure on the next voyagec. prior to loading any outbound cargod. prior to any change of Master

2027: Your vessel is issued a load line certificate dated 27 May 1992. What is NOT an acceptable datefor one of the surveys for endorsements?

a. 28Feb93b. 27Nov93c. 26Aug94d. 27May95

2028: When making up a long, large coastwise tow, which of the following procedures is INCORRECT?

a. A chain towing bridle is generally preferredb. Safety shackles should be used when connecting to the fishplatec. Rig tripping ropes (retrieving lines)d. Backup wires are left slack

2029: When anchored, increasing the scope of the anchor chain normally serves to __________.

a. prevent fouling of the anchorb. decrease swing of the vessel



c. prevent dragging of the anchord. reduce strain on the windlass

2030: Safety equipment on board vessels must be approved by the __________.

a. U.S. Coast Guardb. Safety Standards Bureauc. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)d. National Safety Council

2031: Multiyear ice is the hardest sea ice and should be avoided if possible. It is recognizable because ofwhat tone to its surface color?

a. Greenishb. Bluishc. Greyd. Greywhite

2033: A spring line leads __________.

a. fore and aft from the ship's sideb. to the dock at a right angle to the vesselc. through the bull nose or chock at the bowd. through the chock at the stern

2034: You are ordering a new block to use with a 3inch circumference manila line. Which represents aproper size block for this line?

a. 6inch cheek, 4inch sheaveb. 8inch cheek, any size sheavec. 9inch cheek, 6inch sheaved. At least a 12inch sheave

2035: A seaman signed on articles on 16 January 1987 and signed off on 2 March 1987. How should youenter this under the Time of Service column in the articles?

a. 1 Month 18 Daysb. 1 Month 16 Daysc. 2 Monthsd. 46 Days

2037: You are riding to a single anchor. The vessel is yawing excessively. Which action should be takento reduce the yawing?

a. Veer chain to the riding anchorb. Heave to a shorter scope of chain on the riding anchorc. Drop the second anchor at the extreme end of the yaw and veer the riding anchord. Drop the second anchor at the extreme end of the yaw, then adjust the cables until thescope is equal

2038: With a large ocean tow in heavy weather, you should NOT __________.



a. keep the stern of the tug well down in the waterb. adjust the towline so the tug is on the crest when the tow is in the troughc. keep the low point of the catenary in the waterd. use a long towing hawser

2039: There is a large shipment of case goods available to be loaded on your vessel. You are to load asmany tons as possible in a hold which has 32,300 cubic feet left unfilled by cargo. Each case measures 2feet high by 2feet wide by 4feet long and weighs 500 pounds. If you allow a broken stowage allowanceof 10% of the 32,300 feet, what is the nearest whole number of tons which may be loaded?


2040: The plating indicated by the letter N is known as the __________. (D033DG )

a. inner bottomb. floor ridersc. tanktop rider platingd. ceiling

2041: Which tackle arrangement has the LEAST mechanical advantage?

a. Single whipb. Gun tacklec. Luff tackled. Twofold purchase

2042: Which statement about the deck line is TRUE?

a. The top of the deck line is marked at the highest point of the freeboard deck, including camber,at the midships point.b. A vessel with wooden planks on a steel deck will have the deck line marked at theintersection of the upper line of the wood sheathing with the side shell.c. The deck edge is marked at the intersection of the freeboard deck with the side shell, at thelowest point of sheer, with the vessel at even trim.d. On a vessel with a rounded stringersheer plate, the deck line is marked where the stringer plateturns down from the plane of the deck line.

2043: A mooring line that prevents a vessel from moving sideways away from the dock is a __________.

a. bow lineb. breast linec. stern lined. spring line

2045: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman will find it helpful to know the __________.

a. deviation on that headingb. variation in the areac. leeway




d. amount of helm carried for a steady course

2046: The structural member indicated by the letter I is the __________. (D033DG )

a. garboard strakeb. center pillarc. keeld. girder

2047: Progressive flooding is controlled by securing watertight boundaries and __________.

a. transferring water ballastb. jettisoning cargoc. pumping out flooded compartmentsd. abandoning ship

2048: The MINIMUM acceptable size for a towing bridle would be that size in which the safe workingload (SWL) of each leg of the bridle is equal to __________.

a. onehalf the SWL of the main towing hawserb. threefourths the SWL of the main towing hawserc. that of the main towing hawserd. twice that of the main towing hawser


a. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.b. Record the bells and their times in the bell book.c. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary.d. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed.

2050: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

a. forward breast lineb. offshore spring linec. onshore bow lined. offshore bow line



2052: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) when it becomes necessary to send adistress message. Which precedence would you assign this message?

a. O (IMMEDIATE)b. P (PRIORITY)






c. R (ROUTINE)d. Z (FLASH)

2053: A mooring line leading 45° to the keel, used to check forward or astern movement of a vessel, iscalled a __________.

a. spring lineb. warp linec. bow lined. breast line

2054: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter B in the diagram? (D003DG )

a. Timber summer load lineb. Tropical fresh water load linec. Tropical load lined. Summer load line

2056: A seaman may not make an allotment to his __________.

a. minor childrenb. grandparentsc. brotherd. motherinlaw

2057: While assigned to a 106 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage fromSan Francisco to which port?

a. Mazatlan, Mexico (west coast)b. Vera Cruz, Mexico (east coast)c. New York, NYd. Vancouver, Canada (west coast)

2058: What is NOT suitable for use in making up the towing rig for a heavy, long ocean tow?

a. Chainb. Ringc. Solid thimbled. A fishplate

2059: You are handling a mooring line and are instructed to "Check the line". What should you do?

a. Ensure the bight is not fouled by taking up slack.b. Pay out the line smartly and keep it free for running.c. Secure the line by adding more turns.d. Surge the line so it maintains a strain without parting.

2060: In polar regions you should NOT expect to see __________.

a. mirage effectsb. sea smokec. extensive snowfall




d. false horizons

2061: A sheave is a __________.

a. grooved wheel in a blockb. line to hold a lifeboat next to the embarkation deckc. partial load of graind. seaman's knife

2062: The vessel shown has broken down and you are going to take her in tow. The wind is on herstarboard beam. She is making more leeway than you. Where should you position your vessel when youstart running lines? (DO25DG )

a. Ab. Bc. Cd. D

2063: A "spring line" is __________.

a. any wire rope used for mooringb. a firewarpc. a mooring line running diagonally to the keeld. a mooring line perpendicular to the keel

2064: While underway in thick fog you are on watch and hear the cry "man overboard". Which type ofmaneuver should you make?

a. figure eight turnb. Round turnc. Racetrack turnd. Williamson turn

2065: A continual worsening of the list or trim indicates __________.

a. negative GMb. progressive floodingc. structural failured. an immediate need to ballast

2067: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number 12? (DO29DG )

a. 3b. 5.5c. 6d. 7

2068: You intend to tow a barge with one tug and expect continuous high winds from the north. Toreduce the yaw of your tow, you should __________.

a. reduce the draft of the bargeb. shorten one leg of the bridle





c. place bulky deck loads as far aft as possibled. trim the barge down by the bow

2069: A "spring line" is a __________.

a. mooring line made of spring lay wire ropeb. mooring line running diagonally to the keelc. mooring line parallel to the keeld. wire rope used for securing an anchor buoy

2070: Which statement about the Williamson turn is FALSE?

a. It requires the highest degree of shiphandling skills to accomplish.b. It is the slowest of the methods used in turning the vessel.c. It is the best turn to use when the victim is not in sight due to reduced visibility.d. It returns the vessel to the original trackline on a reciprocal course.

2073: You are preparing to lubricate standing rigging on your vessel. When rigging a bosun's chair on astay with a shackle, __________.

a. connect the shackle to the bosun's chair with a hookb. never allow the shackle pin to ride on the stayc. run the gantline through the shackle and then make fast to the bosun's chaird. tie the bitter end of the gantline to the shackle before shackling it to the bosun's chair

2074: You are proceeding to a distress site. The survivors are in liferafts. What will make your ship morevisible to the survivors?

a. Steering a sinuous courseb. Steering a zigzag coursec. Turning on all available deck lights at nightd. Dumping debris over the side to make a trail to your vessel

2075: The knot lettered E is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. stopper hitchb. blackwall hitchc. timber and half hitchd. bowline on a bight


a. immediately jump in the water to assist the individualb. go to the bridge for the distress flaresc. run to the radio room to send an emergency messaged. call for help and keep the individual in sight

2077: While assigned to a 150 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage fromNew Orleans to which port?

a. Houston, Texasb. Veracruz, Mexico




c. Kingston, Jamaicad. Cristobal Colon, Panama

2078: While towing, bridle legs of unequal lengths may cause __________.

a. the bridle to foulb. the shorter leg to failc. chafing on the fairlead or bittsd. a bent swivel

2080: A Contract of Affreightment covering the movement of a particular cargo from one designated portto another at a specified rate for each ton of goods loaded is called a __________.

a. bareboat charter partyb. demise charter partyc. time charter partyd. voyage charter party

2081: A seaman is reported missing in the morning and was last seen after coming off the midwatch.Which type of turn would you use to return to the trackline steamed during the night?

a. Williamsonb. Racetrackc. 180° turnd. Anderson

2084: A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the signatures, is required to be posted. This document iscalled the __________.

a. Fo'c'sle Cardb. Articles Copyc. Voyage Agreementd. Shipping Articles

2085: What purpose does a bridge fitting serve when lashing containers?

a. Ties a container stack to the deckb. Ties a container to the container below itc. Restrains racking loadsd. Restrains the container against horizontal motion

2086: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 11? (DO29DG )

a. 7b. 6c. 5.5d. 5

2087: A vessel has a deadweight carrying capacity of 10,500 tons. Fuel, water, and stores require 1500tons. The cubic capacity is 500,000 cubic feet. Which cargo will put her full and down?

a. Slabs of zinc, SF 7.1




b. Rolls of barbed wire, SF 55.5c. Barrels of tallow, SF 66.8d. Bundles of rubber, SF 140.2

2088: You have been towing astern and have just let go the tow. Your deckhands are pulling in andfaking the towline by hand on the stern. The most dangerous action to take is to __________.

a. continue ahead at slow speedb. continue ahead at half speedc. stop your enginesd. back down on your engines

2089: In addition to the load lines indicated in illustration D003DG, some vessels have a Winter NorthAtlantic line. Which statement about this load line mark is TRUE?

a. It is carried on VLCC/ULCC type vessels and allows reduced freeboard considering their size.b. It is marked above line B in the diagram.c. It is applied to vessels on restricted trade routes between the United Kingdom, Iceland, andNorthern European countries.d. It applies only to vessels not exceeding 328 ft. navigating in the Winter North Atlanticzones.

2091: When operating in an area where sea ice and icebergs are present, which statement is TRUE?

a. Icebergs may travel in a direction many degrees different from the sea ice.b. Both icebergs and sea ice will move in approximately the same direction and at the same speed.c. Icebergs and sea ice will move in the same direction, but at different speeds due to the sail effectof the berg.d. Icebergs and sea ice will move in the same direction, but the iceberg will move slower becauseof its underwater bulk.

2092: You are signing on a crew. When they present their Merchant Mariner's Documents, you shouldsuspect a fraudulent document if it has a single endorsement that says __________.

a. see Certificate of Registryb. any unlicensed rating in the deck department including ABc. Steward's Department (F.H.)d. Bosun


a. 4b. 4.5c. 5d. 5.5

2094: A large basin cut into the shore, closed off by a caisson, and used for dry docking of ships isknown as a __________.

a. slipwayb. graving dockc. ground warp




d. caisson dock

2095: You are using a racetrack turn to recover a man overboard. The vessel is first steadied when howmany degrees away from the original heading?

a. 60° to 70°b. 90°c. 135°d. 180°


a. Threetwo purchaseb. Double luff tacklec. Gun tackled. Topping lift

2098: Snow has obliterated surface features and the sky is covered with uniform, altostratus clouds.There are no shadows and the horizon has disappeared. What is this condition called?

a. Ice blinkb. Whiteoutc. Water skyd. Aurora reflection

2100: The primary purpose of a load line is to establish required __________.

a. minimum freeboardb. GMc. transverse stabilityd. fresh water allowances

2102: A seaman deserts the vessel in a foreign port. What should the Master do with any of the deserter'spersonal effects remaining on board?

a. Sell them at auction and deposit the money in the ship's morale or welfare fund.b. Donate them to a local charity upon return to the United States.c. Transfer them to the appropriate district court of the U.S. at the end of the voyage.d. Inventory them, make an appropriate entry in the Official Logbook and dispose of them at sea.

2103: You are signing on the Purser. He should present a Merchant Mariner's document with whichendorsement?

a. See Certificate of Registryb. Steward's Departmentc. Purserd. Staff Officer

2104: You are proceeding to a distress site where the survivors are in liferafts. Which action will assist inmaking your vessel more visible to the survivors?

a. Steering a zigzag course with 5 to 10 minutes on each leg




b. Steering a sinuous coursec. Dumping debris over the side to make a trail to your vesseld. Making smoke in daylight

2106: A racetrack turn would be better than a Williamson turn in recovering a man overboard if__________.

a. the man has been missing for a period of timeb. the sea water is very cold and the man is visiblec. there is thick fogd. the wind was from astern on the original course

2107: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter A? (D003DG )

a. Winter North Atlantic load lineb. Fresh Water load linec. Deck lined. Plimsoll line

2108: You are the Master signing on a crew. In completing the articles, who should sign in the variousplaces indicated for the Shipping Commissioner's signature?

a. After sign on, the articles are presented at the nearest Marine Inspection/Safety Office forsignature.b. The space is left blank.c. A marine notary public must sign after sign on is complete.d. The Master.

2109: What is NOT an item that requires the vessel to be drydocked?

a. Inspection of tail shaft linerb. Repacking and grinding of skin valvesc. Verification of load line measurementsd. Belt gauging

2110: Your ship is carrying hazardous cargo. During a daily inspection, you notice that some of the cargohas shifted and several cases are broken. You should FIRST __________.

a. call out the deck gang to jettison the cargob. log the facts in the rough log and inform the Chief Mate laterc. make a determination of the seriousness of the breakage, and do what you think bestd. report the facts immediately to the Master, who will make a decision

2111: You are anchoring in 16 fathoms of water. On a small to medium size vessel, the __________.

a. anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipeb. anchor should be lowered to within 2 fathoms of the bottom before being droppedc. scope should always be at least ten times the depth of the waterd. scope should always be less than 5 times the depth of the water

2112: What is NOT surveyed at an annual load line survey?




a. The overall structure and layout of the vessel for alterations to the superstructureb. The bilge pumping systemc. Main deck hatch coversd. Portholes and deadlights in the side plating

2113: One major advantage of the round turn maneuver in a man overboard situation is that it__________.

a. is the fastest methodb. is easy for a singlescrew vessel to performc. requires the least shiphandling skills to performd. can be used in reduced visibility

2114: All handling and stowage of packaged hazardous materials on board a domestic vessel engaged inforeign trade shall be done under the supervision of __________.

a. a U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspectorb. an officer assigned to the vesselc. the American Bureau of Shippingd. the National Cargo Bureau

2116: What is the name of tackle number 10 in illustration DO29DG? (DO29DG )

a. Twotwo purchaseb. Deck purchasec. Twofold purchased. Double runner

2117: When a vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

a. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed beforethe casualtyb. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000c. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualtyd. All of the above

2119: You are coming to anchor in 8 fathoms of water. In this case, the __________.

a. anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipeb. anchor should be lowered to within 2 fathoms of the bottom before being droppedc. anchor should be lowered to the bottom then the ship backed and the remainder of the cableveeredd. scope should be less than 3 times the depth of the water

2120: Wale shores would be used when dry docking a vessel with __________.

a. tumble homeb. excessive deadrisec. excessive trimd. a list

2121: Which statement concerning the lashings of containers with solid bar or wire rope lashings is




TRUE?

a. Stack weights should be less when using a solid bar lashing as compared to a wire lashing.b. Stack heights may be increased when using a solid bar lashing.c. Stack heights should be reduced when using a solid bar lashing.d. Solid bars should be used for lashing the first tier only, with wire lashings on the higher tier(s).


a. Single purchaseb. Onetwo tacklec. Double whipd. Luff tackle

2123: Your vessel is required to have a slop chest. Which of the following articles is NOT required bylaw to be carried in the slop chest?

a. Foul weather clothingb. Candyc. Tobacco productsd. Blankets

2124: You are on watch aboard a vessel heading NW, with the wind from dead ahead, in heavy seas. Younotice a man fall overboard from the starboard bow. Which action would NOT be appropriate?

a. Hard right rudderb. Throw a lifebuoy to the man, if possiblec. Send a man aloftd. Get the port boat ready

2126: You have anchored in a mud and clay bottom. The anchor appears to be dragging in a storm. Whataction should you take?

a. Shorten the scope of the cable.b. Veer cable to the anchor.c. Drop the other anchor underfoot.d. Drop the second anchor, veer to a good scope, then weigh the first anchor.

2127: The maneuver which will return your vessel to a person who has fallen overboard in the shortesttime is __________.

a. a Williamson Turnb. engine(s) crash astern, no turnc. a single turn with hard rudderd. two 180° turns

2128: Several merchant ships are arriving at the scene of a distress incident. One of the them mustassume the duties of the Coordinator Surface Search (CSS). Which of the following statements is TRUE?

a. CSS duties are always assumed by passenger vessels, dry cargo vessels, or tankers in that orderof precedence.b. The CSS must be established by mutual agreement between the ships concerned.




c. A tank vessel should never be assigned CSS duties unless only tank vessels are present.d. The first vessel to arrive at the distress incident is designated as the CSS.

2129: The exact and complete identification of all cargo on board must be found on the __________.

a. Cargo Manifestb. Mate's Receiptc. Hatch Reportd. Loading List

2130: In a racetrack turn, to recover a man overboard, the vessel is steadied for the SECOND time after aturn of how many degrees from the original heading?

a. 60°b. 135°c. 180°d. 360°

2131: If you carry packaged hazardous cargoes on a break bulk vessel bound foreign, you must__________.

a. stow the hazardous cargoes on deck available for jettisoning if necessaryb. remove the hazardous cargo labels from a portable tank after the tank is emptiedc. have the shipping papers indicate the proper shipping name and the technical name ofn.o.s. cargoesd. log the receipt of hazardous cargoes in the Official Logbook

2132: Which statement concerning dualtonnage vessels is TRUE?

a. The dualtonnage mark is always marked above the load line marks.b. The tonnages referred to are the displacement tonnage and gross tonnage.c. A singledeck vessel may not be assigned dual tonnages.d. The dualtonnage mark must never be submerged beyond the freshwater allowance.

2133: The S.S. Hollowpoint has a charter party in which the charterer assumes no responsibility for theoperation of the vessel but pays stevedoring expenses. What is the name of the charter party?

a. Bareboatb. Dispatchc. Voyaged. Demise

2135: A load line certificate is valid for how many years?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 5

2136: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Whichstatement about the required pilot is TRUE?



a. The pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.b. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.c. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.d. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.

2137: The securing systems for containers were developed to prevent container movement during whichship motion?

a. Surgeb. Rollc. Swayd. Yaw

2139: You are proceeding to the area of reported distress. When you arrive at the reported position, thevessel in distress is not sighted. What type of search should be conducted?

a. Sector searchb. Expanding squarec. Track crawld. Parallel track search

2141: You are Master of a vessel that is sold in a foreign country after discharge of cargo. What is yourresponsibility to the crew in regards to return to the United States?

a. You must provide air transportation to the nearest port of entry in the United States.b. You must provide passage to the port of original engagement.c. There is no requirement for return to the United States provided the voyage has exceeded 4weeks duration.d. The crew can be employed on another United States vessel, but only if it is returning to the portof original engagement.

2143: Your vessel was damaged and initially assumed a significant list and trim; however, furtherincrease has been slow. Based on this data, what should you expect?

a. The slowing is only temporary and the vessel will probably suddenly capsize or plunge from lossof stability due to change in the waterplane area.b. The vessel can probably be saved if further flooding can be stopped.c. The vessel will continue to slowly list and/or trim due to the free surface effect and freecommunication effect.d. The vessel will suddenly flop to the same or greater angle of list on the other side and maycapsize.


a. jam the rudder against the stopsb. put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudderc. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidshipsd. put the rudder over to the right all the way

2145: The fo'c'sle card __________.

a. is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency stations



b. advises the crew of the conditions of employmentc. is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Documentd. designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage

2145: The fo'c'sle card __________.

a. is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency stationsb. advises the crew of the conditions of employmentc. is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Documentd. designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage

2146: You are on a singlescrew vessel with a righthanded propeller. The vessel is going full speedastern with full right rudder. The bow will swing __________.

a. quickly to port, then more slowly to portb. probably to portc. slowly to port, then quickly to starboardd. probably to starboard


a. Parbuckleb. Gun tacklec. Single purchased. Single luff tackle


a. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.b. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.c. Deck watches may be 6 and 6.d. Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.

2149: When anchoring in a clay bottom, what is one hazard that may cause the anchor to drag?

a. The flukes may dig in unevenly and capsize the anchor when under stress.b. The flukes may not dig in.c. The anchor may get shod with clay and not develop full holding power.d. The anchor will tend to dig in and come to rest near the vertical.

2150: The vessel shown has broken down and you are going to take her in tow. The wind is coming fromher starboard beam. You are making more leeway than she. Where should you position your vessel whenyou start running lines? (DO25DG )

a. Ab. Bc. Cd. D

2151: Many dangerous cargoes are stowed on deck because of the __________.





a. danger to crew and cargob. necessity of periodic inspectionc. possible need to jettisond. All of the above

2152: Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the side. Which statement concerning this symbolis TRUE? (DO22DG )

a. This represents the load line marks when engaged on a voyage upon the Great Lakes.b. The line directly under the triangle is at the same level as the summer load line.c. The symbol is the equivalent of a load line marking and is used by government vessels (USN,MSC, USCG) only.d. The applicable gross and net tonnage of the ship will change if this mark is submerged andthe load line mark is visible.

2153: The shipping papers for the products being carried in your tankship are NOT required to containthe __________.

a. exact quantity of the cargoesb. grades of the cargoesc. location of the delivery point(s)d. name of the consignee(s)

2154: A vessel has a charter party for one voyage to carry a full load of manganese from Durban, SouthAfrica, to Baltimore, Maryland, at a stipulated rate per ton. Which type of contract is involved?

a. Bareboat charter partyb. Voyage charter partyc. Demise charter partyd. Time charter party

2155: A case received for shipment has the markings shown. Each carton measures 13" X 15" X 23".What is the total cubic capacity the entire consignment will occupy if you assume 10% broken stowage?(D043DG )

a. 779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters)b. 857 cubic feet (24 cubic meters)c. 1047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters)d. 112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters)

2156: You are standing watch on entering port and the Master gives a rudder command which conflictswith a rudder command from the Pilot. You should ensure the helmsman __________.

a. obeys the Masterb. obeys the Pilotc. brings the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting positionsd. asks the Pilot if he has relinquished control

2157: You are in a fresh water port loading logs with gear rated at 5 tons, and suspect the weight of thelogs exceeds the SWL of the gear. The logs are floating in the water alongside the vessel and have 95%of their volume submerged. The average length of the logs is 15 feet and the average diameter is 4.4 feet.What is the nearest average weight of the logs, based on these average measurements?







a. O (IMMEDIATE)b. R (ROUTINE)c. P (PRIORITY)d. Z (FLASH)


a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

2161: A vessel loads 5000 tons of manganese ore. The railroad cars that brought the ore to the vesselwere previously loaded with iron ore so the ore is contaminated. The agent requests the Master to sign aClean Bill of Lading and in return the shipper will give him a Letter of Indemnity. What is the bestprocedure to follow?

a. Sign a Clean Bill of Lading and accept the Letter of Indemnity.b. Refuse to sign a Clean Bill of Lading.c. Sign the Clean Bill of Lading and have the agent countersign it.d. Sign a Clean Bill of lading under protest.

2162: A crew has signed on for a 3month voyage. Fourteen days into the voyage a seaman is improperlydischarged at the first port of call. How much pay is he entitled to receive?

a. 14 daysb. 1 month'sc. 14 days and one month's extrad. double wages (28 days)


a. Runnerb. Inverted whipc. Whipd. Single purchase

2164: What provides the majority of strength to an aluminumsided container?

a. Corner fittingsb. Framework, primarily the corner postsc. Framework and siding acting as a girderd. Aluminum side and end panels





2165: The original Bill of Lading, once signed by the Master, is NOT __________.

a. a receipt and proof that goods have been received on boardb. surrendered to the customs agency of the country where the cargo is dischargedc. used to transfer ownership of the cargo while the ship is enrouted. proof of title or ownership of the cargo

2166: A ballasted vessel sinks enroute to a dry dock. Under these circumstances, the vessel's owner canclaim __________.

a. actual total lossb. constructive total lossc. general averaged. particular average

2167: Which statement concerning sweat damage in containers is TRUE?

a. Sweat damage in containers is unusual due to the small enclosed volume of air.b. In general, containerized hygroscopic cargoes are the only ones subject to sweat damage.c. Containers should be ventilated, dehumidified, or the contents physically protected againstsweat damage.d. Sweat damage is not a problem except in insulated and refrigerated containers.


a. Triple purchaseb. Clew garnet tacklec. Boat fallsd. Threefold purchase


a. 3b. 1.5c. 1d. 0.5

2170: Your vessel is disabled and in imminent danger of grounding on a lee shore. The Master agrees tosalvage services using Lloyd's Standard Form of Salvage Agreement. Which is TRUE?

a. The salvage award will be decided by suit in Admiralty Court.b. The salvage service is on a "no cureno pay" basis.c. Underwriters will repudiate the agreement if it is unsuccessful, due to their increased liability.d. The salvor becomes the owner of the vessel until the salvage award, if any, is paid.

2171: The order of importance in addressing damage control is __________.

a. control flooding, control fire, repair structural damageb. restore vital services, control fire, control floodingc. control fire, restore vital services, control floodingd. control fire, control flooding, repair structural damage





2172: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale cubic of 52,000 cu. ft. You will load a cargo of cases,each weighing 380 lbs. and measuring 3 ft. x 2 ft. x 2 ft. The estimated broken stowage is 15%. Howmany tons of cases can be loaded?



a. 32 purchaseb. Double luff tacklec. Twofold purchased. Fourfold whip

2174: A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan to discharge cargo. While awaiting completion of thecargo operation, the vessel contracts with a local shipyard to have the hull chipped, scaled, and painted.How is the cost of this maintenance handled with the Collector of Customs?

a. A declaration is required and duty is involved on the total cost.b. No declaration is required since this is considered routine maintenance.c. A declaration is made and duty is charged on the materials only.d. A declaration is made, but duty is charged on the labor only.

2175: Which is a negotiated charter?

a. Fixtureb. Bill of Ladingc. Conference agreementd. All of the above



2177: Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a stack of containers with nonlockingfittings, lashings are required when the tier exceeds what height?

a. Lashings are always requiredb. One containerc. Two containersd. Three containers

2178: Segregation of cargoes refers to __________.

a. separating cargoes so that the inherent characteristics of one cannot damage the otherb. separating cargoes by destination





c. classifying cargoes according to their toxicityd. listing the cargoes in order of their flammability

2179: A design modification of an anchor chain which prevents kinking is the __________.

a. detachable linkb. stud linkc. Kenter linkd. connecting link

2180: The weight of the container and its contents is supported on deck by what part(s)?

a. Four lower corner castingsb. Bottom, side, and end railsc. Bottom flooring, side, and end railsd. Bottom flooring only

2181: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the __________.

a. course per magnetic steering compassb. gyro errorc. variationd. maximum rudder angle previously used


a. Double whipb. Luff tacklec. Twofold purchased. 22 tackle

2184: The lashings on a stack of containers with interlocking fittings restrain the forces that cause__________.

a. topplingb. rackingc. bucklingd. crushing




a. 0b. 0.5c. 1






d. 2

2187: You are using tackle number 10 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to theweight hook (w) of tackle number 5. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

a. 25b. 20c. 15d. 10


a. quarters allocationb. Muster List ("Station Bill")c. unlicensed shipping card from the uniond. copy of the shipping agreement

2189: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. Whilemaking a turn you take the ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results shown. Based on thisinformation, what is the transfer for a turn of 75°? (D034DG )

a. 340 yards (306 meters)b. 280 yards (252 meters)c. 230 yards (207 meters)d. 190 yards (171 meters)


a. 12 purchaseb. Gun tacklec. Single luff tackled. Double whip

2191: A wooden deck installed on top of the plating lettered N is known as __________. (D033DG )

a. spar deckingb. furringc. ceilingd. flooring

2192: The part of a windlass which physically engages the chain during hauling or paying out is the__________.

a. devil's clawb. bull gearc. wildcatd. cat head

2193: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based onthis data what is the tactical diameter of the turning circle? (D035DG )








a. 755 yardsb. 780 yardsc. 820 yardsd. 880 yards


a. 6b. 5.5c. 5d. 3

2195: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as listed. Based on this data what is thetransfer for a turn of 180°? (D035DG )


2196: You are using tackle number 10 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to theweight hook (w) of tackle number 4. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

a. 24b. 20c. 13d. 9


a. Crew listb. fo'c'sle cardc. Certificate of Inspectiond. Articles of Agreement

2198: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. Whilemaking a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on thisinformation, what is the transfer for a turn of 90°? (D034DG )



a. Whipb. Onefold purchasec. Single purchased. Gun tackle








2201: When referring to dry bulk cargoes, the term "flow state" __________.

a. designates the state of a commodity when the ship is heeled past the angle of reposeb. relates to the suitability of loading a cargo by flowing down inclined chutesc. refers to the saturation of a dry bulk product with water to the point where it acts as aliquidd. relates to the minimum granule size of a particular product where it will flow like a liquid at anangle of 30°

2202: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a messageconcerning an initial enemy contact. Which precedence will you assign this message?


2203: A Chinese stopper (two lines) will hold best when you __________.

a. fasten the bitter ends to the mooring line with half hitchesb. twist the ends together and hold them in the direction of the pullc. twist the ends together and hold them in the direction opposite to the pulld. twist the ends together and hold them at right angles to the mooring line

2204: While writing in the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. Whatis the proper way of correcting this error?

a. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.b. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.c. Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct entry, and initial it.d. Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on a clean page.

2205: On the fully containerized ship, approximately onethird or more of the cargo is on deck above therolling center. Top stowed containers are subject to __________.

a. accelerations greater than on conventional vesselsb. accelerations less than on conventional vesselsc. accelerations the same as on conventional vesselsd. no accelerations



2207: After an explosion, repair of emergency machinery and services should be accomplished__________.




a. after control of fire, flooding, and structural repairsb. immediately, before the emergency is under controlc. after control of fire, but before control of floodingd. after stability is restored

2208: Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a stack of containers with twist locks,lashings are required when the tier exceeds what height?

a. Lashings are always requiredb. One containerc. Two containersd. Three containers

2209: Certain cargoes must be segregated because of their __________.

a. inherent characteristicsb. weightc. destinationd. danger to humans


a. 2b. 4c. 5d. 5.5

2212: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based onthis data what is the advance for a turn of 30°? (D035DG )


2213: You are using tackle number 6 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weighthook (w) of tackle number 8. Disregarding friction, what is the mechanical advantage of this rig?(DO29DG )

a. 11b. 16c. 18d. 24

2214: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. Whilemaking a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on thisinformation, what is the advance for a turn of 90°? (D034DG )

a. 820 yardsb. 870 yardsc. 930 yards







d. 975 yards



2215: Given a dry bulb temperature of 78°F and wet bulb temperature of 66.5°F, the dew point is__________.

a. 47.0°Fb. 51.5°Fc. 59.0°Fd. 70.0°F


a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

2217: The knot lettered P is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. rolling hitchb. clove hitchc. round turn and two half hitchesd. marline hitch

2218: If reefer spaces are not properly cleaned prior to loading cargo, it will most likely cause__________.

a. mold to develop on commoditiesb. malfunction of the refrigeration equipmentc. contamination of the insulation in the spaced. All of the above



2220: The load chart of a crane enables the operator to combine the load radius with boom length todetermine the __________.







a. maximum counter weight requiredb. minimum horsepower requiredc. hoist rope strengthd. allowable load

2221: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weighthook (w) of tackle number 8. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

a. 20b. 15c. 10d. 5

2222: The lower seam of the strake indicated by the letter B is sometimes riveted. This is done to__________. (D033DG )

a. increase the strength in a highly stressed areab. provide the flexibility inherent in a riveted seamc. serve as a crack arrestor and prevent hull girder failured. reduce construction costs


a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

2224: When improperly tied, which knot shown is called a granny or thief's knot? (D030DG )

a. Fb. Mc. Rd. W

2225: Which knot should be used to secure a line to a spar when the pull is perpendicular to the spar?(DO30DG )

a. Eb. Fc. Nd. P

2226: The knot lettered O is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. timber hitchb. barrel hitchc. carrick bendd. blackwall hitch

2227: You are using tackle number 4 in illustration DO29DG to lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10percent of the weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the










weight? (DO29DG )


2228: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed. Based on this data what is thetransfer for a turn of 60°? (D035DG )


2229: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weighthook of tackle number 9. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

a. 20b. 9c. 5d. 4

2230: What is the name of tackle number 1? (D029DG )

a. Whipb. Onefold purchasec. Gun tackled. Runner


a. 0.5b. 1c. 2d. 3

2232: The MAIN use of the knot lettered M is to __________. (DO30DG )

a. marry two hawsersb. form a temporary eye in the end of a linec. secure a heaving line to a hawserd. provide a seat for a man to work over the side

2233: The knot lettered N as shown is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. timber hitchb. rolling bowlinec. stopperd. heaving line hitch










2234: Keeping certain cargoes separated because of their inherent characteristics is known as__________.

a. overstowageb. segregationc. spot loadingd. cargo typing



2236: Another name for the garboard strake is the __________.

a. A strakeb. Z strakec. side keel plated. stringer plate

2237: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb temperature is 76° and the wet bulbtemperature is 59°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

a. 34%b. 47%c. 76%d. 79%

2238: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 12 feet after a sector of 60° has been removed?

a. 18.85 square feetb. 75.40 square feetc. 94.25 square feetd. 376.99 square feet




a. 0.5b. 1c. 1.5







d. 2

2241: The letter M indicates a(n) __________. (D033DG )

a. web frameb. intercostalc. stringerd. cant frame


a. 115.45 sq. ftb. 230.91 sq. ftc. 461.81 sq. ftd. 923.63 sq. ft

2243: You are using tackle number 4, as shown, to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent tothe weight hook of tackle number 11. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (DO29DG )

a. 4b. 6c. 10d. 24

2244: If you are loading fruit in reefer spaces and you notice that the fruit is beginning to mold, youshould __________.

a. carry the cargo at a cooler temperature than originally plannedb. write up exceptions on the cargoc. refuse to carry the cargod. discharge CO2 into the compartment after loading

2245: To determine the number of certificated lifeboatmen required on a vessel, you should check the__________.

a. Load Line Certificateb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Safety of Life at Sea Certificated. operations manual

2246: Cargoes that might leak from containers are known as __________.

a. dirty cargoesb. caustic cargoesc. wet cargoesd. bulk cargoes

2247: The knot lettered M in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. stopperb. lashingc. becket bend






d. carrick bend

2248: A "wet cargo" refers to __________.

a. a cargo that will be damaged if it gets wetb. bulk liquidsc. cargoes that will cause condensationd. liquids in containers

2249: Which knot should be used to secure a line to a spar when the pull is parallel to the spar?(DO30DG )

a. Gb. Fc. Pd. Q

2250: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based on this data what is thetransfer for a turn of 90°? (D035DG )


2251: The letter I indicates the keel. Which of the following plates is NOT part of the keel? (D033DG )

a. Center vertical keelb. Rider platec. Longitudinal girderd. Flat plate keel



2254: You are using tackle number 4 to lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weighthook (w) of tackle number 10. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? (D029DG )

a. 4b. 5c. 9d. 20

2255: You are using tackle number 2 to lift a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weightfor each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? (D029DG )

a. 50 lbs.








b. 55 lbs.c. 60 lbs.d. 110 lbs.

2256: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. Whilemaking a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results as shown. Based on thisinformation, what is the transfer for a turn of 180°? (D034DG )


2257: "Cribbing" is __________.

a. wooden blocks or dunnage placed between a deck load and the deckb. the chains and shackles used to secure a deck cargoc. a crate in which a deck cargo is packagedd. cardboard separation pieces placed between deck loads to prevent chafing

2258: The knot lettered L in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. square knotb. double blackwall hitchc. fisherman's bendd. timber hitch

2259: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based on this data what is theadvance for a turn of 90°? (D035DG )


2260: Cargo that gives off fumes that may contaminate other cargo is known as a(n) __________.

a. delicate cargob. dirty cargoc. toxic cargod. odorous cargo

2261: The machinery associated with heaving in and running out anchor chain is the __________.

a. winchb. windlassc. draw worksd. dynamic pay out system

2262: Which statement about the carriage of solid hazardous materials in bulk is TRUE?






a. A special permit issued by the Coast Guard is required before the cargo is loaded.b. The loading of the cargo must be conducted under the direction and observation of aperson employed or assigned for that purpose.c. A certificate issued by ABS will be accepted as evidence that the vessel complies with allapplicable loading regulations.d. The shipping papers must indicate the primary hazardous characteristic or property of thematerial.



2264: When you "end for end" a wire rope, you __________.

a. cut off the free end and bitter end of the ropeb. splice two wire ropes togetherc. remove the wire rope from the drum and reverse it so that the free end becomes the bitterendd. remove the wire rope from the drum and turn it over, so the wire bends in the opposite direction

2265: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel. Whilemaking a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the results shown. Based on thisinformation, what is the transfer for a turn of 45°? (D034DG )


2266: Your vessel has been damaged and is partially flooded. The first step to be taken in attempting tosave the vessel is to __________.

a. establish flooding boundaries and prevent further spread of flood waterb. plug the hole(s) in the outer shellc. pump out the water inside the vesseld. calculate the free surface effect and lost buoyancy to determine the vessel's stability

2267: The knot lettered K in illustration DO30DG is a __________. (DO30DG )

a. sailmaker's whippingb. carrick bendc. barrel hitchd. stopper


a. check the swing of the vessel






b. double your rudder angle or go to full rudderc. bring your rudder amidshipsd. change from right rudder to left rudder, or vice versa, an equal number of degrees


a. 10 minutes if possibleb. 1 to 6 hoursc. 30 minutes to 1 hourd. 3 hours to start of business the following day

2271: You are signing on a crew. You can determine the minimum number and qualifications of the crewthat you are required to carry by consulting which document?

a. Crew listb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Articles of Agreementd. fo'c'sle card

2272: Which knot is secure only when there is a strain on the line? (D030DG )

a. Hb. Ic. Ld. P




a. 3 hours to start of business the following dayb. 30 minutes to 1 hourc. 1 to 6 hoursd. 10 minutes if possible

2275: When inspecting wire rope before a hoisting operation, one must look for __________.

a. fishhooksb. kinksc. worn spotsd. All of the above

2276: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking radar ranges andbearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based on this data what is theadvance for a turn of 60°? (D035DG )






2278: You will load and carry a bulk cargo of sulfur at ambient temperature. Which statement is true?

a. Wooden covers must be laid over the bilge wells to prevent the sulfur from entering the bilges.b. Bulk sulfur may be carried without a special permit providing the vessel complies with allapplicable regulations.c. The major characteristic of this cargo is that it forms sulfuric acid upon contact with water.d. Other hazardous material may not be stowed in the same hold as the sulfur but may be carriedon deck above the hold.

2279: In plugging submerged holes; rags, wedges, and other materials should be used in conjunction withplugs to __________.

a. reduce the water pressure on the hullb. reduce the possibility of stress fracturesc. prevent progressive floodingd. reduce the water leaking around the plugs



2281: Your vessel has run hard aground in an area subject to heavy wave action. Backing full asternfailed to free her. Which action should be taken next?

a. Continue backing to scour out the bottom.b. Wait for high tide and then try backing.c. Flood empty tanks to increase bottom pressure and prevent inshore creep.d. Shift weight aft to reduce the forward draft.

2282: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb temperature is 77° and the wet bulbtemperature is 69°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

a. 67%b. 70%c. 77%d. 81%


a. 2.39 sq. ftb. 3.02 sq. ftc. 9.55 sq. ft





d. 12.57 sq. ft

2284: In determining the scope of anchor line to pay out when anchoring a small boat, one must considerthe __________.

a. charted depth of water onlyb. depth of water, including tidal differencesc. type of line being used for the anchor roped. type of anchor being used

2285: While writing in the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. Whatis the proper way of correcting this error?

a. Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on a clean page.b. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.c. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.d. Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct entry, and initial it.

2286: Cargo that is highly susceptible to damage by tainting from odorous cargo is called __________.

a. clean cargob. delicate cargoc. dry cargod. immune cargo


a. 30 minutes to 1 hourb. 1 to 6 hoursc. 3 hours to start of business the following dayd. 10 minutes if possible

2288: What will cause wire rope to fail?

a. Operating the winch too fastb. Using a sheave 9 times the wire's diameterc. Kinkingd. All of the above

2289: A seaman you have just discharged has a Continuous Discharge Book. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The record of entry in the continuous discharge book shall agree with the entry made inthe Ship's Articles.b. If the vessel was on coastwise articles, the record of discharge will be made in the OfficialLogbook.c. An entry should be made in the book and a Certificate of Discharge issued to the seaman.d. A Certificate of Discharge form should be attached to the book.

2290: The sprocket teeth on a wildcat are known as the __________.

a. pawls



b. devil's clawsc. whelpsd. pockets


a. Master must first request the Pilot to take corrective actionb. Master should agree to sign a release of liability formc. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present coursed. vessel must be in extremis

2292: The biggest problem encountered when towing bridle legs are too short is __________.

a. retrievalb. adjusting tensionc. excessive straind. hookup to main towline

2293: As defined in the regulations governing marine casualties a "marine employer" may be the__________.

a. ownerb. agentc. Masterd. All of the above

2299: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of isophorone,ethylenediamine, and creosote. Which of the following is TRUE?

a. All of these cargoes are compatible.b. Isophorone is incompatible with ethylenediamine but may be stowed adjacent to creosote.c. All of these cargoes are incompatible.d. Ethylenediamine is compatible with isophorone but both are incompatible with creosote.

2300: In the stowage of deck cargo, "cribbing" is __________.

a. placed on deck to support the cargob. separation pieces used to keep cylinders upright and steadyc. shims for stowing baled cargod. nets placed across the hatch opening to keep the cargo from falling in the hatch

2301: In towing, chocks are used to __________.

a. protect the towline from chafingb. secure the end of the towline on the tugc. stop off the towline while retrieving itd. absorb shock loading on the towline

2302: What is NOT required to be approved or certified by the U.S. Coast Guard before being used oninspected vessels?

a. Lifesaving equipment that is in excess of the regulatory minimum



b. Ship's stores that are Class A poisons or Class A explosivesc. Steel plate used in hull constructiond. EPIRBs

2303: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warningof a hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

a. P (PRIORITY)b. Z (FLASH)c. R (ROUTINE)d. O (IMMEDIATE)

2305: Which will cause a wire rope to fail?

a. Using a medium graphite grease as a lubricantb. Operating a winch too slowc. Using a sheave with an undersized throatd. A sheave diameter of 24 times the wire's diameter

2310: How do you determine the weight of the vessel that is supported by the ground when a vessel hasrun aground?

a. This requires extensive calculation and is usually performed only by a naval architect not by aship's officer.b. Determine the point where aground and the draft at that point, then calculate it using thegrounding formula.c. Use the hydrostatic tables and enter with the mean draft before grounding and the meandraft after grounding.d. Use the inclining experiment formula and substitute the change of trim for the angle of list.


a. 10 minutes if possibleb. 1 to 6 hoursc. 30 minutes to 1 hourd. 3 hours to start of business the following day

2315: Which splice is used to connect two separate lines together?

a. Back spliceb. Chain splicec. Eye spliced. Long splice

2316: A lookout can leave his/her station __________.

a. at any timeb. at the end of the watchc. 15 minutes before the end of the watchd. only when properly relieved



2321: Your vessel has run aground and is touching bottom for the first onequarter of its length. What isthe LEAST desirable method from the standpoint of stability to decrease the bottom pressure?

a. Discharge forward deck cargo.b. Pump out the forepeak tank.c. Shift deck cargo aft.d. Flood an after doublebottom tank.

2322: Fittings used for towing must be __________.

a. Coast Guard approvedb. stamped with maximum working loadsc. securely fastenedd. positioned exactly at the bow of the towed vessel

2325: Which line cannot be spliced?

a. Braided line with a hollow coreb. Doublebraided linec. Braided line with a solid cored. Any line can be spliced

2335: When two lines are spliced together, __________.

a. the size of the lines at the splice decreasesb. they are stronger than if knotted togetherc. the overall strength of each line is increasedd. the bitter ends will resist rotting

2336: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest time to a person who has fallenoverboard is __________.

a. engine(s) crash astern, no turnb. two 180°Turnsc. a Williamson Turnd. a single turn with hard rudder

2341: The grooved wheel inside a block is called a __________.

a. cheekb. gypsyc. sheaved. drum

2342: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat ended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 3feet and a length of 8 feet?

a. 1.62b. 1.98c. 3.23d. 6.46



2343: When securing a hook to the end of a wire rope you should use __________.

a. a bowline knotb. a long splicec. an overhand knot with a wire rope clipd. wire rope clips with a thimble eye

2344: An example of an anchor which has a stock is a __________.

a. Bruce anchorb. Dunn anchorc. Hook anchord. Danforth anchor

2345: A splice that can be used in running rigging, where the line will pass through blocks, is a__________.

a. short spliceb. long splicec. back spliced. spindle splice

2346: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 11 feet?

a. 506.75 cubic ft.b. 696.78 cubic ft.c. 5,575.28 cubic ft.d. 44,593.82 cubic ft.

2347: What is an advantage of having wire rope with a fiber core over that of a wire rope of the samesize with a wire core?

a. Fiber core rope offers greater strength.b. Fiber core rope offers greater flexibility.c. Fiber core rope can be used at higher operating temperatures.d. Fiber core rope is the only type authorized for cargo runners.

2348: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of allyl alcohol, benzene,and propanolamine. Which of the following is true?

a. All of these cargoes are mutually compatible.b. Benzene may not be carried in a tank adjacent to either of the other two cargoes.c. Allyl alcohol is incompatible with propanolamine but both are compatible with benzene.d. Propanolamine is compatible with allyl alcohol but must be segregated from benzene.


a. 11,491.87 cubic ft.b. 1,436.76 cubic ft.c. 963.72 cubic ft.d. 205.21 cubic ft.



2350: A temporary wire eye splice made with three wire rope clamps will hold approximately whatpercentage of the total rope strength?

a. 20%b. 50%c. 80%d. 99%

2351: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 12 feet after a sector of 86° has been removed?

a. 108.57 square ft.b. 86.08 square ft.c. 28.65 square ft.d. 27.14 square ft.

2352: The recessed areas on a wildcat are called __________.

a. pawlsb. socketsc. pocketsd. devil's claws

2353: Which mooring line prevents sideways motion of a vessel moored to a pier?

a. A line led forward from the bowb. A line led aft from the bowc. A line led in the same direction as the keeld. A line led at a right angle to the keel



2355: The metal, teardropshaped object sometimes used within an eyesplice is a __________.

a. grommetb. reinforcementc. splice formd. thimble


a. jam the rudder against the stopsb. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidshipsc. put the rudder over to the right all the wayd. put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder

2360: Splices made in nylon should __________.



a. be long splices onlyb. have extra tucks takenc. be short splices onlyd. be around a thimble

2361: The BEST information on the nature and extent of damage to the vessel is obtained from__________.

a. alarms and monitoring devicesb. the engineroom watchc. personnel at the scene of the damaged. the bridge watch

2365: A sixstrand composite rope made up of alternate fiber and wire strands around a fiber core iscalled __________.

a. spring layb. lang layc. cable layd. alternate lay

2366: To "shore up" the main deck for the stowage of deck cargo means to __________.

a. weld pad eyes on deck in proper position to secure the cargob. strengthen the main deck by placing pillars underneath it in the tweendecksc. distribute the weight of the cargo by placing foreandaft planks on the main deckd. package the cargo in wooden crates so it will not damage the deck


a. 4,188.00 cubic ft.b. 523.60 cubic ft.c. 129.62 cubic ft.d. 65.44 cubic ft.

2375: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of ethanolamine, methylacrylate, and glycerine. Which statement is true?

a. All of these cargoes are mutually incompatible.b. Glycerine may be stowed adjacent to methyl acrylate but must be segregated from ethanolamine.c. Methyl acrylate and ethanolamine are compatible but both must be segregated from glycerine.d. Glycerine is compatible with both of the other cargoes.

2376: A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location would be most suitable for ondeckstowage of automobiles?

a. On top of #1 hatchb. Beside the hatches, forward of the midships housec. On top of the hatch immediately forward of the midships housed. On top of the hatch immediately aft of the midships house

2377: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. What



should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

a. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.b. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and nofurther action is necessary.c. Wait one week and submit form CG2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety orInspection Office.d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submitform CG2692.


a. 113.08 cubic ft.b. 96.57 cubic ft.c. 37.69 cubic ft.d. 28.23 cubic ft.

2385: You are on a multipleproduct chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of butyric acid, propyleneoxide, and octyl alcohol. Which statement is true?

a. Butyric acid is incompatible with octyl alcohol but not propylene oxide.b. Propylene oxide may not be stowed in a tank adjacent to butyric acid.c. All of these cargoes are compatible.d. Octyl alcohol is incompatible with both butyric acid and propylene oxide.

2386: A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location would be most suitable for main deckstowage of vehicles?

a. On top of #1 hatchb. Beside the hatches, forward of the midships housec. On top of the aftermost hatch on the vesseld. On top of the hatch immediately aft of the midships house






a. 36.94 square ft.b. 156.99 square ft.c. 226.98 square ft.



d. 627.47 square ft.

2390: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 20.4 lb. steel measuring 4 feet by 6 feet.

a. 204.0 lbs.b. 489.6 lbs.c. 734.4 lbs.d. 979.2 lbs.

2391: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 40.8 lbs. steel measuring 3 feet by 5 feet.

a. 326.4 lbsb. 453.6 lbsc. 612.0 lbsd. 1224.0 lbs

2392: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 12.75 lbs. steel measuring 5 feet by 8 feet.


2393: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 25.5 lbs. steel measuring 4.5 feet by 6.7 feet.


2394: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 3.5 feet and a height of 4.0 feet.










2398: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flatended cylindrical tank with a diameter of 4.5feet and a length of 8 feet?

a. 1.82b. 3.64c. 7.27d. 14.54

2399: You are standing wheel watch on entering port and the Master gives you a rudder command whichconflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

a. Obey the Pilot.b. Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting positions.c. Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.d. Obey the Master.


a. bowb. outermost part of the ship while making the circlec. center of gravityd. tipping center

2450: Which statement is FALSE concerning precautions during fueling operations?

a. All engines, motors, fans, etc. should be shut down when fueling.b. All windows, doors, hatches, etc. should be closed.c. A fire extinguisher should be kept nearby.d. Fuel tanks should be topped off with no room for expansion.

2451: A safety shackle is identified by its __________.

a. shapeb. pinc. certification stampd. color code

2452: Which is an advantage of using watertight longitudinal divisions in double bottom tanks?

a. Cuts down free surface effectb. Increases the rolling periodc. Decreases weight because extra stiffeners are unneededd. Lowers the center of buoyancy without decreasing GM

2453: On a ship's crane, the load chart relates the allowable load to the combination of the boom lengthand __________.



a. winch speedb. boom strengthc. load radiusd. cable strength

2454: You are going astern (singlescrew, righthanded propeller) with the anchor down at a scope oftwice the depth of the water. As the anchor dredges, you should expect the __________.

a. stern to walk to the same side as the anchor being usedb. vessel to back in a straight linec. stern to walk to port but at a reduced rated. stern to walk to port at a faster rate than normal

2455: The boom indicator on a crane will indicate the __________.

a. length of the boomb. angle of the boomc. lifting capacity of the boomd. direction of the boom

2456: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?

a. Lacingsb. Laysc. Strandsd. Twines

2458: A carling is used aboard ship __________.

a. as a connecting strap between the butted ends of platingb. to stiffen areas under points of great stress between beamsc. to prevent the anchor from fouling when the brake is releasedd. to provide an extra heavy fitting in a heavy lift cargo rig

2459: Tripping defects in anchors frequently occur in __________.

a. deep waterb. shallow waterc. stiff soilsd. soft soils

2460: You are operating a twinscrew vessel and lose your port engine. You continue to operate on yourstarboard engine only. Which action would you take to move your vessel ahead in a straight line?

a. Compensate with right rudder.b. Compensate with left rudder.c. Surge the starboard engine.d. Rudder amidships no compensation is necessary on a twinscrew vessel.

2461: In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. What isthe proper way of correcting this error?



a. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.b. Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct entry, and initial it.c. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.d. Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on a clean page.


a. Twinesb. Fibersc. Laysd. Lacings

2463: The crane manufacturer's load chart should be posted at or near the __________.

a. crane pedestalb. wire rope lockerc. main deckd. crane control console


a. Yarnsb. Twinesc. Lacingsd. Lays

2466: The pillar shape that gives the greatest strength for the least weight is the __________.

a. octagonal pillarb. "H" Beam pillarc. "I" Beam pillard. circular type pillar

2469: While cranking out a quadrantal davit, slippage of the quadrant due to excessive wear or failure ofthe teeth in the quadrant will cause the __________.

a. davit arm to pivot on the traveling nut and the head to fall outboardb. traveling nut to lock up in place on the worm gearc. limit switch to engage and hold the traveling nut in positiond. winch brake to lock in position and prevent lowering the boat

2470: Which type of bottom provides most anchors with the best holding ability?

a. Clay and rocksb. Soft mudc. Sandy mudd. Soft sand

2471: To determine the number of able seamen required on an inspected vessel, you should check the__________.

a. Load Line Certificate



b. operations manualc. Safety of Life at Sea Certificated. Certificate of Inspection

2472: A "liner" in riveted construction of a vessel is a(n) __________.

a. small plate which fills the aperture between riveted strakes and the vessel framingb. backing plate which is used to level the strakes while riveting, and then removedc. internal frame to which the side shell is rivetedd. seam that is welded after riveting is completed

2474: Generally speaking, the more destructive storms occurring on the Great Lakes usually come fromthe __________.

a. northeast or eastb. southwest or westc. northwest or northd. southeast or south

2475: The use of liners in riveted construction is eliminated by using __________.

a. lapped constructionb. strapped constructionc. joggled constructiond. belted construction

2476: At the outbreak of war your ship is caught in an enemy port. Which statement is FALSE?

a. You should attempt to contact U.S. Consular officials.b. You should attempt to clear for sea before your ship is interned.c. You should resist boarding by local officials.d. You should try to send a Ship Hostile Action Report to the NGA (formerly NIMA).

2478: A "contraguide" is a type of __________.

a. bow thrusterb. cargo gearc. steering engined. rudder

2479: Which type of weld testing can be used to detect internal flaws?

a. Magnetic particleb. Dye penetrantc. Ultrasonicd. Chemical reaction

2480: A Danforth lightweight anchor does NOT hold well in which type of bottom?

a. Mudb. Grassc. Sand



d. Clay



2484: The type of joint formed when an edge of one plate is laid over the edge of the plate to which it isriveted is a __________.

a. grip jointb. strap jointc. thread jointd. lap joint

2486: Which weld fault can only be detected by a method that examines the internal structure of a weld?

a. Undercutb. Lack of reinforcementc. Overlapd. Lack of penetration

2488: A vessel is constructed with a steel hull and an aluminum superstructure. Which statement isTRUE?

a. The aluminum will provide greater resistance to the spread of fire by conduction.b. The aluminum structure is usually attached to a steel coaming by a method that insulatesthe two metals.c. If the superstructure is stressed, an aluminum structure requires additional expansion joints toprevent fracture.d. The steel at the area of the aluminumtosteel connection must be closely checked for galvaniccorrosion.

2489: A post on a dock or wharf used to secure mooring lines or hawsers is called a __________.

a. bittb. bollardc. cleatd. capstan

2490: The best method of protecting that portion of a fiber anchor line nearest the anchor from chafingon the bottom is by __________.

a. using a small scope ratiob. replacing that portion with a short length of chainc. using a hockle to keep that portion of the anchor line off the bottomd. using a synthetic line

2491: Before being certified by the American Bureau of Shipping, anchor chain must undergo



__________.

a. USCG inspectionb. a breaking testc. xray inspectiond. spectroanalysis

2492: When a tug makes up to a large vessel, the spring line should lead from the forwardmost part of thetug so that __________.

a. friction on the spring line is minimizedb. the length of the spring line is minimizedc. the head line and spring line can be worked simultaneouslyd. the tug can pivot freely

2493: Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in bulk. The keel was laid in 1980.Which statement concerning the carriage of this cargo is TRUE?

a. A flammable gas detection system must be installed in each cargo pump room.b. Tanks may not be located "on deck".c. Carriage of this cargo is authorized by issuance of an IMO Certificate.d. Aluminum and copper alloys are prohibited from being in valve parts in contact with thecargo.

2494: The major components which determine the length of a catenary in a deployed anchor cable arewater depth, cable weight, and __________.

a. cable tensionb. water temperaturec. bottom conditionsd. water density

2494: The major components which determine the length of a catenary in a deployed anchor cable arewater depth, cable weight, and __________.

a. cable tensionb. water temperaturec. bottom conditionsd. water density

2496: Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest is FALSE?

a. The manifest must be made up by the carrier, agents, and any person designated for this purpose.b. Shipments of hazardous and nonhazardous cargoes may be listed on the manifest if theyare destined for the same consignee.c. The manifest must be kept in a designated holder on or near the bridge.d. The hazard class of each cargo must be indicated.

2499: Single hull vessels operating exclusively on the Great Lakes must be dry docked at intervals not toexceed __________.

a. 12 months



b. 24 monthsc. 48 monthsd. 60 months

2500: Which part of an anchor actually digs into the bottom?

a. Stockb. Flukec. Shankd. Crown

2502: A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast by three long. The towboat is faced up to the last bargeof the center string. The outer two strings of barges are the __________.

a. port and starboard stringsb. outer stringsc. drag stringsd. side strings

2504: A seaman may have all or part of his wages deposited by allotment to a bank or savings institution.Which of the following is NOT a requirement for this type of allotment?

a. The account must be either a checking or savings account.b. The institution must be insured by the FSLIC or FDIC.c. The account must be opened by the seaman and maintained in the seaman's name.d. All of the above are requirements.

2506: A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast and three long. The towboat is faced up to the centerstring which is known as the __________.

a. main stringb. push stringc. power stringd. face string

2508: What is required to launch a boat stowed in a crescent davit?

a. Hoist the boat clear of the cradle.b. Release the outboard part of the cradle.c. Rig the tricing lines.d. Crank the crescent out.

2509: What is the purpose of cant frames in steel vessels?

a. To support the overhang of the sternb. To provide strength to shell plating at the sternc. To add strength to the deck beams which support the weather decksd. To support the plating of a cylindrical tank

2510: Mooring lines should be turned endforend occasionally. This is because __________.

a. a line is weakened by constantly pulling on it in one direction



b. normal wear on the line is thus distributed to different areasc. it prevents the line from kinking or unlayingd. it prevents permanent misalignment of the line's internal strands

2512: Ultrasonic testing is used to determine the thickness of a vessel's shell plating and to __________.

a. provide tail shaft clearancesb. test welds for subsurface defectsc. check the wear of the rudder carrier bearingd. test the links of the anchor cables while being ranged

2516: Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest, carried on a ship, is TRUE?

a. The manifest must be made up by the Master or other designated ship's officer.b. Shipments of hazardous and nonhazardous cargo may be listed on the manifest if they aredestined for the same consignee.c. The manifest must be kept in a designated holder on or near the bridge.d. The type of label(s) required for each cargo must be indicated.

2519: If a passenger vessel navigating the Great Lakes is required to carry 8 ring life buoys, how many ofthese buoys must have water lights attached?

a. 8b. 6c. 4d. 2

2520: When a line is spirally coiled about its end and lying flat on deck, it is said to be __________.

a. coiledb. fakedc. flemishedd. seized

2521: The period of roll is the time difference between __________.

a. zero inclination to full inclination on one sideb. full inclination on one side to full inclination on the other sidec. full inclination on one side to the next full inclination on the same sided. zero inclination to the next zero inclination

2524: Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the classification of a cargo is NOTcorrect?

a. Class 8b. Division 3.1c. Division 2.3d. All of the above are incorrect

2528: Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the classification of a cargo is correct?

a. Class 8



b. Class 3 flammable liquidc. Division 2.2 nonflammable gasd. All of the above are correct

2529: Which condition would NOT entitle a vessel to carry goods on deck?

a. The shipper agrees to deck stowageb. The cargo will damage other cargoes by tainting or contaminationc. Deck stowage is required by law or regulationd. Deck stowage is customary in the trade (i.e. timber cargoes)

2530: Your vessel has gone aground in waters where the tide is falling. The BEST action you can take isto __________.

a. set out a kedge anchorb. shift the vessel's load aft and repeatedly surge the engine(s) asternc. shift the vessel's load forward and wait until the next high tided. slowly bring the engine(s) to full speed astern

2532: For a given weight of cargo, the stress on the heel block of a cargo boom __________.

a. increases as the cargo closes the head while hoistingb. increases if the cargo runner is doubled upc. decreases as the boom is topped to a greater angled. is determined by the thrust stresses on the boom

2533: You should attach a towline to a trailer eye bolt using a(n)______________.

a. eye spliceb. bowlinec. towing hitchd. square knot

2534: Great Lakes vessels, using liferafts, must have sufficient liferaft capacity on each side of the vesselto accommodate at least __________.

a. 50% of the persons on boardb. 100% of the persons on boardc. 100% of the persons normally assigned to those spacesd. 150% of the crew

2536: Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the __________.

a. payment of any fines imposed by the courtb. payment of back taxes to the IRSc. support of a spoused. All of the above

2539: The distance between rivets in a row is known as the __________.

a. armb. pitch



c. gaged. rivet distance

2540: In small craft terminology, all of the anchor gear between a boat and her anchor is called the__________.

a. stockb. chockc. scoped. rode

2542: When loading containers into the cell guides in the hold of a container ship, which statement isTRUE?

a. No further securing is usually required.b. Containers must have vertical lashings if they do not have twist lock securing.c. All containers must have vertical and horizontal lashings.d. The container must be locked into the cell guide.

2546: The dangerous cargo manifest does NOT indicate __________.

a. the stowage location of hazardous material aboard the vesselb. a description of the packaging (drums, boxes, etc.)c. UN identification numbersd. the net weight of each hazardous cargo





2548: What is the accepted standard for wire rope falls used in connection with the lifeboat gear?

a. Six by seven galvanized wire ropeb. Six by twentyfour improved plow steel wire ropec. Six by thirtyseven preformed fibercore wire roped. Six by nineteen regularlay filler wire rope

2549: An example of a modern anchor which has a stock is a(n) __________.

a. articulated anchor



b. Flipper Delta anchorc. Baldt anchord. Danforth anchor

2550: When a small craft's anchor fouls in a rocky bottom, the first attempt to clear it should be made by__________.

a. hauling vertically on the lineb. making the line fast to the bitt and bringing the vessel further forwardc. reversing the angle and direction of pull, with moderate scoped. increasing the scope and running slowly in a wide circle with the anchor line taut

2551: What welding pattern is NOT used to permanently attach a stiffener to a plate?

a. Chain intermittentb. Tackc. Continuousd. Staggered intermittent

2552: When using a Mediterranean Moor, the vessel is moored with her __________.

a. bow to the pierb. anchors crossedc. anchor chains forward, side to the pierd. stern to the pier

2553: The key to rescuing a man overboard is __________.

a. good equipmentb. a dedicated crewc. wellconducted drillsd. good communication

2554: The welds used to attach stiffeners to a plate are known as __________.

a. butt weldsb. seam weldsc. fillet weldsd. plate welds

2556: The type of joint formed when a third small plate is riveted over two plates butted together iscalled a __________.

a. butted jointb. lap jointc. strap jointd. stringer joint

2557: Which Naval Control of Shipping publication should be aboard your vessel?

a. ATP2 Vol. II Allied Control of Shipping Manualb. NWPII Underway Replenishment Guide



c. Warship Recognition Cardsd. ATP1 Allied Tactical Signals

2558: A sling is a device used in __________.

a. hoisting cargo aboard a vesselb. hoisting personnel aboard a vesselc. securing a small boat to a large vesseld. hoisting the anchor

2559: A vessel in Great Lakes service shall carry anchors in accordance with standards established by the__________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. Canadian Coast Guardc. U.S. Coast Guardd. underwriter of the vessel



2562: As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of you, the strands run from the lower left tothe upper right. Which type of line is this?

a. Righthand laidb. Cablelaidc. Sennetlaidd. Waterlaid

2564: The major components which determine the length of catenary in a deployed anchor cable arewater depth, cable tension, and __________.

a. environmental forcesb. bottom conditionsc. cable weightd. water density

2566: The welds used to join shell plates in flush construction are known as __________.

a. butt weldsb. seam weldsc. fillet weldsd. continuous welds


a. variation




b. gyro errorc. course per magnetic steering compassd. maximum rudder angle previously used

2568: You are proceeding along the right bank of a narrow channel aboard a righthanded singlescrewvessel. The vessel starts to sheer due to bank suction/cushion effect. You should __________.

a. stop engines and put the rudder left fullb. back full with rudder amidshipsc. decrease speed and put the rudder right fulld. increase speed and put the rudder right full

2569: When discharging an oil cargo, the first consideration is to __________.

a. get the bow upb. discharge from the wings firstc. discharge from the centerline tanks firstd. discharge from amidships first

2570: When a line is laid down in loose, looping figureeights, it is said to be __________.

a. fakedb. flemishedc. coiledd. chined

2572: A tug would NOT assist a ship to steer if the tug is made up to the large vessel __________.

a. by a tow line ahead of the vesselb. forward on either bow of the vesselc. approximately amidships of the vesseld. on the vessel's quarter

2574: You are proceeding down a channel and lose the engine(s). You must use the anchors to stop theship. Which statement is true?

a. Pay out all of the cable before setting up on the brake to insure the anchors dig in and hold.b. For a mud, mud and clay, or sandy bottom pay out a scope of 5 to 7 times the depth beforesetting up on the brake.c. Use one or both anchors with a scope of twice the depth before setting the brake.d. Drop the anchor to short stay and hold that scope.

2578: According to regulations when, if ever, may cargo hatches on Great Lakes vessels, with more than6 feet of freeboard, be left uncovered or open while the vessel is being navigated?

a. If a Mate deems it necessary for ship's maintenanceb. At the discretion of the Master, for reasonable purposesc. On the authority of the Bosund. The hatch may never be uncovered

2579: Where are the test certificates, for wire rope used as cargo runners, and loose gear certificatesusually maintained?



a. With the Cargo Gear Register on the shipb. In the Official Logc. At the Coast Guard Marine Safety Office with the vessel's inspection recordsd. At the central records center of the agency testing the cargo gear

2580: You want to double the strength of a mooring line by using two lines. To accomplish this, thesecond line must __________.

a. be 1 1/2 times the diameter of the firstb. be married to the firstc. not cross the firstd. be of the same length


a. It pulls the stern toward the bank.b. It heels the vessel toward the bank.c. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.d. It pulls the bow toward the bank.

2582: What is usually NOT required in preparing a hold for reception of a bulk grain cargo?

a. Remove residue of previous cargo.b. Remove loose rust and scale.c. Steam clean areas obstructed by structural members.d. Spray or fumigate any insect colonies.

2588: Rivets are usually made of __________.

a. wroughtironb. aluminumc. hightensile steeld. mild steel

2589: The angle at which the anchor flukes penetrate the soil is the __________.

a. burial angleb. penetration anglec. fluke angled. holding angle

2590: Which method of adjusting mooring lines is MOST useful for leaving a boat free to rise and fallwith the tide?

a. Crossing the spring linesb. Slacking all forward running lines while keeping all after running lines tautc. Doubling up on spring or breast linesd. Slacking bow and stern lines

2591: A tow astern is veering from side to side on its towline. The best way of controlling the action is to__________.



a. trim the tow by the bowb. trim the tow by the sternc. list the tow to windwardd. adjust the length of the towing bridle

2592: The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside faces of the cargo battens, the lowerside of the deck beams, and the top of the tank top ceiling is known as the __________.

a. gross tonnageb. deadweight spacec. bale cubicd. stowage area

2593: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your vessel's operators saying that yourvessel has been consigned to voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. Further information is contained in__________.

a. the Light Listb. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)d. the Coast Pilot

2594: Which is NOT an advantage of the flush method of welded shell plating?

a. Reduces weightb. Reduces frictional resistancec. Keeps practically 100% of tensile strength at the jointsd. Reduces plate stress

2595: Yawing can be described as __________.

a. jumping on the towline as the tow pitchesb. jumping on the towline as the tow slams into wavesc. veering from side to side on the end of the towlined. corkscrew motion of the tow due to wave action


a. immediately jump into the water to assist the individualb. call for help and keep the individual in sightc. run to the radio room to send an emergency messaged. go to the bridge for the distress flares

2597: On a small boat, if someone fell overboard and you did not know over which side the person fell,you should __________.

a. immediately reverse the enginesb. stop the propellers from turning and throw a ring buoy over the sidec. increase speed to full to get the vessel away from the persond. first put the rudder hard over in either direction

2598: Where, due to the arrangement of the vessel, lifejackets may become inaccessible, additional



lifejackets shall be carried __________.

a. for the people on bridge watchb. for the forward lifeboatsc. as determined by the OCMId. for 50% of the crew of the vessel, not including those assigned to engineering duties

2599: When several salvors are onscene at the same time to assist a vessel that has not been abandoned,which principal governs the decision as to which one's services will be accepted?

a. The Master of the ship needing assistance has the absolute right to decide.b. The first salvor onscene has the prior claim providing he has adequate facilities to assist thevessel needing assistance.c. The salvors must agree to a division of any salvage among themselves with the major shareallotted to those doing the most work.d. The first salvor onscene has the absolute right to provide assistance; however, he is liable if theship is lost due to his lack of experience, equipment, etc.

2599: When several salvors are onscene at the same time to assist a vessel that has not been abandoned,which principal governs the decision as to which one's services will be accepted?

a. The Master of the ship needing assistance has the absolute right to decide.b. The first salvor onscene has the prior claim providing he has adequate facilities to assist thevessel needing assistance.c. The salvors must agree to a division of any salvage among themselves with the major shareallotted to those doing the most work.d. The first salvor onscene has the absolute right to provide assistance; however, he is liable if theship is lost due to his lack of experience, equipment, etc.

2600: A smooth, tapered pin, usually of wood, used to open up the strands of a rope for splicing is calleda(n) __________.

a. battenb. bench hookc. awld. fid

2601: To determine the number of inflatable liferafts required on a vessel, you should check the__________.

a. Load Line Certificateb. SOLAS Certificatec. Stability Letterd. Certificate of Inspection

2602: As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of you, the strands run from the lower right tothe upper left. Which type of line is this?

a. Plainlaidb. Shroudlaidc. Lefthand laidd. Waterlaid




a. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.b. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or thebuoy.c. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.d. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs costing $19,000.

2604: The joint formed when two steel plates are placed endtoend is called a __________.

a. bevelb. seamc. buttd. bond

2606: You are approaching the pilot station with the wind fine on the starboard bow and making about 3knots. You can help to calm the seas by taking what action just before the pilot boat comes along on theport side?

a. Backing fullb. Stopping the enginesc. Giving right full rudderd. A short burst of ahead full with left full rudder

2607: Which statement is TRUE concerning lifeboat installations on Great Lakes vessels?

a. All davit installations shall have 3 lifelines fitted to a davit span.b. All vessels over 3,000 gross tons must be fitted with gravity davits.c. All lifelines shall be able to reach the water at the vessel's lightest draft with a 20° list.d. All of the above

2608: Most very large ocean going vessels, such as bulk carriers and large tankers, tend to squat__________.

a. by the bowb. by the sternc. at the end nearest the bottomd. evenly fore and aft

2609: Which tanker discharge pattern would be the safest and most efficient?

a. Empty the forward tanks and start working aft, emptying each tank in sequenceb. Start discharging with most of the discharge coming from forward, but include some frommidships and after tanksc. Start pumping from forward, midships, and aft with the discharge distributed equally among thetanksd. Start pumping from midships and then work forward and aft simultaneously as the midshipstank is emptied

2612: When using the anchor to steady the bow while approaching a dock you must be aware of the factthat __________.



a. the vessel will tend to take a large sheer towards the side where the anchor is downb. steering control is ineffective in trying to turn to the side opposite to that of the anchor beingusedc. the anchor cable must never lead under the hulld. using an offshore anchor decreases the chances of the anchor holding

2616: You are in charge of a towing vessel that operates exclusively on inland waters. You regularly towbarges that provide services (cargo lighters, fuel barges, etc.) to foreign flag vessels in port. What will beaccepted as proper credentials for you and your crew?

a. No credentials are required since you operate on inland waters onlyb. Social Security cardc. State driver's license with photo IDd. Merchant Mariner's Document

2617: The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people affected by an accident if he or she cando so without __________.

a. undue delayb. serious danger to his or her own vesselc. creating a panic on either vesseld. further damaging the other vessel

2618: Due to the nature of a vessel's construction for a particular trade, it does not fully comply with theprovisions of SOLAS. Where will this be indicated?

a. On the Exemption Certificateb. On the reverse of the particular SOLAS certificate affectedc. On the face of the Certificate of Inspectiond. Nowhere; the vessel must comply to engage in international trade.

2619: On the Great Lakes, the term "controlling depth" means the __________.

a. designed dredging depth of a channel constructed by the Corps. of Engineersb. minimum amount of tail water available behind a damc. distance in units of the chart (feet, meters or fathoms) from the reference datum to the bottomd. least depth within the limits of the channel which restricts the navigation

2622: You must shore up the collision bulkhead due to solid flooding forward. The bulkheadapproximates an inverted triangle. The center of pressure of the shores on the bulkhead should be located__________.

a. evenly over the surface of the bulkheadb. approximately twothirds of the way up the bulkheadc. approximately halfway up the bulkheadd. at the bottom of the bulkhead

2624: The certificate of loading required by each vessel carrying grain in bulk is issued by the__________.

a. owner or charterer of the vesselb. American Bureau of Shipping



c. shipper of the cargod. National Cargo Bureau

2626: The "grip" of a joint represents the __________.

a. thickness of the connected membersb. diameter of the headc. entire length of the rivetd. diameter of the shank

2629: Each open lifeboat carried on a vessel on an international voyage must have __________.

a. handpropelling gearb. a davit span with at least 2 lifelinesc. a mast and a saild. a motor

2632: The horizontal flat surfaces where the upper stock joins the rudder are the __________.

a. rudder keysb. rudder palmsc. lifting flangesd. shoes of the rudder

2636: When riveted joints occur at the ends of plating they are called __________.

a. trailersb. terminalsc. seamsd. butts

2639: A wooden plug fitted tightly in the vent of a damaged tank may prevent the tank from__________.

a. filling completelyb. developing free surfacec. developing free surface momentd. collapsing

2642: Which line is twostranded, lefthanded small stuff?

a. Houselineb. Marlinec. Ratlined. Lagline

2644: The boat is stowed on the davit rather than on a cradle with which type of davit?

a. Crescentb. Sheathscrew boomc. Quadrantald. Radial



2646: Which statement is true concerning repairs on the hull of a vessel which is to be riveted andwelded?

a. Riveting must be completed before welding begins.b. Riveting and welding should be done alternately.c. Welding must be completed before the riveting begins.d. It does not matter in what order the operations are done.

2648: The smallest size of flaw that can be detected on a radiograph examination of a weld will beindicated by the __________.

a. film speedb. penetrometerc. exposure readingd. time of exposure

2649: Which type of weld testing can be used to detect internal flaws?

a. Radiographicb. Magnetic particlec. Dye penetrantd. Chemical reaction

2652: You are using the anchor to steady the bow while maneuvering. You have the proper scope ofanchor cable when the __________.

a. bow is held in position with the engines coming slowly aheadb. anchor is just touching the bottomc. scope is not more than 5 times the depth of the waterd. cable enters the water at an angle between 60° and 85° from the horizontal

2656: What is an example of the term "Restraint of Rulers, Princes, or Peoples" in a marine insurancepolicy?

a. A prohibition from loading a cargo from a country when the cargo may be a carrier ofinfectious diseases.b. Arrest of a vessel by legal authorities to satisfy claims through exercise of a maritime lien.c. Damage caused by riot of the population of a port.d. Losses caused by fines from polluting the harbor after malfunction of a piping system.

2658: A Kip is equal to __________.

a. 1000 lbs.b. 1000 kgs.c. 2000 lbs.d. 2240 lbs.

2659: The shearing stresses on a ship's structure are usually greatest at __________.

a. the bowb. the sternc. midships



d. the ship's quarterlength points

2662: What will NOT increase friction of a liquid flowing in a pipe and cause a loss of suction head?

a. Bends in the pipingb. Slowing the pumping ratec. Pipeline valvesd. Backing rings for pipe welds

2664: You must shore up a bulkhead due to solid flooding forward. The bulkhead approximates arectangle. The center of pressure of the shores on the bulkhead should be located __________.

a. evenly over the surface of the bulkheadb. approximately onethird of the way up the bulkheadc. approximately halfway up the bulkheadd. at the bottom of the bulkhead

2664: You must shore up a bulkhead due to solid flooding forward. The bulkhead approximates arectangle. The center of pressure of the shores on the bulkhead should be located __________.

a. evenly over the surface of the bulkheadb. approximately onethird of the way up the bulkheadc. approximately halfway up the bulkheadd. at the bottom of the bulkhead

2666: On the Great Lakes, shortterm fluctuations in water levels may be a result of any of the followingEXCEPT __________.

a. strong windsb. sudden changes in barometric pressurec. seichesd. below normal rain fall

2672: The term "scantlings" refers to the __________.

a. draft of a vesselb. measurements of structural membersc. requirements for ship's geard. placement of a vessel's load line

2674: You operate a harbor craft on inland waters exclusively. If you regularly service or contact foreignflag vessels in the course of business, which statement is TRUE?

a. Your vessel must be inspected.b. Your crew must have identification credentials.c. A customs official must be on board when contacting a foreign flag vessel.d. All contacts with a foreign flag vessel must be reported to the U.S. Coast Guard.

2676: Who cannot commit the crime of barratry?

a. Masterb. Ship's officer(s)



c. Ship's unlicensed crewmember(s)d. Ship owner

2679: Great Lakes cargo vessels, having a liferaft stowed more than 100 meters from the bow or stern,must have at least how many liferafts?


2684: Which statement about bilge keels is CORRECT?

a. They are critical strength members and require careful design consideration.b. They increase resistance to rolling.c. They attach to a low stress area.d. They provide support when the vessel is dry docked.

2688: What would have the greatest affect on a vessel's longitudinal strength?

a. Collision damage to the bow, forward of the collision bulkheadb. Grounding damage to the bilge strake, just aft of midshipsc. Extensive corrosion to the centerline deck platingd. Damage to the side shell, midway between the bilge and the stringer plate

2689: After riveting is completed, the joints on the shell of a vessel are generally made watertight by__________.

a. fayingb. caulkingc. felt or canvas packingd. red lead

2690: When must the Master of a vessel log the position of load line marks in relation to the surface ofthe water in the Official Logbook?

a. Once a dayb. At the change of every watchc. Only when in fresh or brackish waterd. Prior to getting underway

2692: Your vessel is on a voyage from Ogdensburg, NY, to Chicago, IL, via the Great Lakes. The date isOctober 3 of the current year. If your vessel is subject to the load line requirements, to which of hermarks should she be loaded? (D031DG )

a. Fresh water Winterb. Salt water Intermediatec. Fresh water Intermediated. Salt water Winter





a. gyro errorb. course per magnetic steering compassc. variationd. maximum rudder angle previously used

2696: You are on a powerdriven vessel proceeding down a channel, with the current, on a river on theGreat Lakes System. If you meet another powerdriven vessel who is upbound, your responsibilitiesinclude __________.

a. backing down to get out of the way of the other vesselb. waiting for the other vessel to signal her intentions, and then answering promptlyc. proposing a safe way to passd. All of the above

2699: The thickness of a 30.6 pound plate is __________.

a. 3/8"b. 1/2"c. 3/4"d. 1"

2702: How long is the standard container used to measure equivalent units?

a. 10 feet (3 meters)b. 20 feet (6 meters)c. 35 feet (11 meters)d. 40 feet (12 meters)

2704: The legs of a tow bridle are joined together with a __________.

a. bridle plateb. shacklec. fishplated. trilink

2706: Which type of davit is not considered to be a mechanical davit?

a. Sheathscrew boomb. Radialc. Crescentd. Quadrantal


a. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.b. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.c. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but no damage to the vessel.d. A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on thepier.

2708: Which statement is TRUE with respect to the load line markings shown. (D031DG )




a. A vessel displaying these marks may load in the salt waters of the St. Lawrence River.b. Vessels engaged solely on Great Lakes voyages are not required to show these marks.c. U.S. flag vessels less than 100 feet in length and less than 200 gross tons are not required toshow these marks.d. U.S. flag vessels of 100 gross tons and upward must show these marks.

2709: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should indicate that she is ready to cast off thetowline by __________.

a. displaying code letter "Y" (Yankee)b. sounding five short blasts on his whistlec. displaying code numeral "5"d. sounding one prolonged blast on his whistle


a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1and 2 wing tanks.b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having a common header vent.c. Diisopropylamine must be separated from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams,voids, empty tanks, etc.)d. A tank of carbon disulfide may be used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank ofdiisopropylamine.

2712: Which two Great Lakes are considered hydraulically as one?

a. Lakes Superior Huronb. Lakes Michigan Huronc. Lakes Erie St. Claird. Lakes Erie Ontario

2714: The major components which determine the length of catenary in a deployed anchor cable arecable tension, cable weight, and __________.

a. water densityb. bottom conditionsc. environmental forcesd. water depth

2716: A channel is stated as having a controlling depth of 38 feet. Which statement is TRUE?

a. At least 80% of the channel is cleared to the charted depth.b. At least 50% of the channel is cleared to the charted depth.c. 100% of the channel width is clear to 38 feet.d. The sides of the channel conform to at least 50% of the controlling depth.

2718: On Great Lakes vessels, midsummer load lines apply __________.

a. April 16 through April 30 and September 16 through September 30b. May 1 through September 15c. July 16 through August 30



d. June 16 through September 16

2719: Which publication would give detailed information on the commercial vessel traffic reportingsystem for connecting waters from Lake Erie to Lake Huron?

a. United States Coast Pilot Great Lakes #6b. U.S. Coast Guard Light List Vol. VIIc. Code of Federal Regulations Title 33d. The appropriate Great Lakes Navigation Chart

2722: "Limber" is a term associated with __________.

a. emergency gearb. drainagec. deck cargo storaged. securing gear

2726: The lifeboats on your vessel are stowed on cradles on deck and are handled by sheathscrew boomdavits. Which of the following statements about launching a boat is TRUE?

a. The boat should be hoisted a few inches clear of the cradle before cranking out the davits.b. The inboard gripes should be cast off before the outboard gripes.c. The outboard section of the cradle must be released.d. The tricing pendants will automatically bring the boat alongside at the embarkation deck.

2729: The load line markings shown are inscribed on the vessel's __________. (D031DG )

a. port sideb. starboard sidec. port and starboard sidesd. stern

2732: Flanking rudders effect a vessel's heading because of the __________.

a. effect of the propeller flow on the ruddersb. water flow due to the vessel's movement through the waterc. tunnel affect of the water flow past opposing ruddersd. discharge current being channeled to impinge on the vessel's deadwood

2734: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability book todetermine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)


2735: Periodic surveys to renew the load line assignment must be made at intervals NOT exceeding__________.

a. 18 monthsb. two years





c. three yearsd. five years

2735: Periodic surveys to renew the load line assignment must be made at intervals NOT exceeding__________.

a. 18 monthsb. two yearsc. three yearsd. five years

2736: Distances on the Great Lakes System are generally expressed in __________.

a. miles above the entrance to the St. Lawrence Seaway (MASLW)b. miles above the head of the passes (AHP)c. nautical milesd. statute miles

2738: Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Michigan via the Straits of Mackinac and isproceeding south to Chicago. Which statement is TRUE with respect to the aids to navigation you willencounter along this route?

a. Aids to navigation are serviced jointly by the U.S. and Canadian Coast Guard.b. Red buoys should be passed down your starboard side.c. Green buoys mark the location of wrecks or obstructions which must be passed by keeping thebuoy on the right hand.d. All solid colored buoys are numbered, the red buoys bearing odd numbers and green buoysbearing even numbers.

2742: The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside of the side shell, the underside of thedeck, and the tank top is known as the __________.

a. gross tonnageb. deadweight spacec. measurement spaced. grain cubic

2744: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of thecode letter "I" (India) to signify that "___________________".

a. I am altering my course to starboardb. I am altering my course to portc. I am operating astern propulsiond. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water

2745: While standing lookout at night, a dim light on the horizon will be seen quickest by looking__________.

a. a little above the horizonb. directly towards the lightc. a little below the horizond. quickly above then quickly below the horizon



2746: Which of the Great Lakes experiences the least amount of water level fluctuation between seasonalhigh and low water marks?

a. Lake Huronb. Lake Eriec. Lake Superiord. Lake Michigan

2748: The Lake Carriers Association and the Canadian Shipowners Association prescribe separationroutes for upbound and downbound vessels on the Great Lakes. The recommended courses for theseroutes are shown on the Great Lakes Charts in the form of __________.

a. red or magenta figures over a segmented course line trackb. red figures over a solid course line trackc. black figures over a segmented course line trackd. green figures over a solid course line track

2752: Which is a correct reply to a Pilot's request, "How's your head"?

a. "Passing 040°"b. "Steady"c. "Checked"d. "Eased to 15° rudder"

2754: Which statement is TRUE concerning vessels over 1600 gross tons certificated for service solelyon the Great Lakes?

a. They must have magnetic compasses.b. They must have gyro compasses.c. They must carry a deepsea hand lead.d. All of the above statements are TRUE.

2759: Which of the Great Lakes is most affected by shortterm Lake level fluctuations?

a. Lake Superiorb. Lake Michiganc. Lake Hurond. Lake Erie

2760: When the wave period and the apparent rolling period are the same __________.

a. synchronous rolling occursb. roll period decreasesc. roll period increasesd. roll amplitude is dampened

2761: A short ton is a unit of weight consisting of __________.

a. 1,000 poundsb. 2,000 poundsc. 2,205 poundsd. 2,240 pounds



2762: Which vessel is exempt from the load line and marking requirements for vessels operating on theGreat Lakes System?

a. A 300 GT tank barge operating exclusively on Lake Michiganb. A 200 GT passenger vessel operating between Duluth, MN and Munising, MIc. A 79foot, 150 GT pleasure craft operating on the St. Lawrence Riverd. A 500 GT dry cargo river barge operated continuously between Calumet Hbr Chicago, ILand Burns Hbr, IN

2763: When a merchant vessel is under the Naval Control of Shipping Organization in wartime, navalauthorities may give orders pertaining to __________.

a. minimum manning standardsb. regulations about darkening shipc. the stowage of explosivesd. the types of cargoes permitted on board

2768: Which of the Great Lakes lies entirely within the United States?

a. Lake Ontariob. Lake St. Clairc. Lake Michigand. Lake Superior

2769: You will be advised of any hazardous areas due to the fallout of a nuclear explosive by a messagewith the code word __________.

a. MERWARNb. NUCLEARc. FALLOUTd. FALLWARN

2772: The Coordinator Surface Search (CSS) in a SAR situation should display by night __________.

a. deck lights forward and aftb. a white light over two red lightsc. a red light, white light, and blue light in a vertical lined. a distinctive signal promulgated by the CSS

2774: There are basically three categories of water level fluctuations on the Great Lakes. What is NOTincluded as one of these?

a. Long range fluctuationsb. Controlled outflow fluctuationsc. Seasonal fluctuationsd. Short period fluctuations

2776: How are aids to navigation on the Great Lakes arranged geographically?

a. In a westerly and northerly direction, except on Lake St. Clairb. In an easterly and southerly direction, except on Lake Eriec. In a westerly and northerly direction, except on Lake Michigan



d. In an easterly and southerly direction, except on the New York State Barge Canal

2778: Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Erie by way of the Welland Canal and is proceedingin a southwesterly direction. Which statement about the aids to navigation you can expect to encounteralong the route is TRUE?

a. The characteristics of buoys and other aids are as if "returning from seaward" whenproceeding in this direction.b. All aids are maintained by the U.S. Coast Guard, 9th Coast Guard District, Cleveland, Ohio.c. All red evennumbered buoys should be kept on your port side when proceeding in thisdirection.d. Lighted aids, fog signals, and radio beacons maintained by Canada are not included in the GreatLakes Light List.

2782: What is a wet cargo?

a. A liquid cargo carried in the deep tanksb. A canned or bottled liquid such as beerc. A cargo that contains hygroscopic moistured. A cargo particularly susceptible to damage by moisture

2783: The effect of ocean current is usually more evident on a tug and tow than on a tug navigatingindependently because the __________.

a. speed of the tug and tow is lessb. towline catches the currentc. current causes yawingd. current will offset the tow

2784: Which of the Great Lakes generally has the shortest navigation season?

a. Lake Erieb. Lake Huronc. Lake Michigand. Lake Superior

2785: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapidtransmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you assign thismessage?

a. P (PRIORITY)b. R (ROUTINE)c. O (IMMEDIATE)d. Z (FLASH)

2789: Your vessel is approaching the International Bridge on the St. Marys River. If the gage on thebridge, read from top to bottom, indicates 124 ft. and the IGLD (1955) is 600 ft., determine the actualvertical clearances between the existing water level and the lowest point of the bridge over the channel.

a. 124 feetb. 476 feetc. 724 feet



d. 840 feet

2791: What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate?



a. variation in the areab. amount of helm carried for a steady coursec. leewayd. deviation on that heading

2794: The Great Lakes Edition of the Notice to Mariners is published __________.

a. weekly by the 9th Coast Guard Districtb. monthly by the Army Corps of Engineersc. monthly by the Naval Oceanographic officed. biweekly by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard

2795: The YorkAntwerp Rules relate to the __________.

a. minimum required number of officers and crewb. settlement of general average claimsc. ship owner's responsibilities to provide a wellfound vessel in a charter partyd. navigation regulations that apply in the English Channel

2798: The primary purpose of the stud is to prevent the anchor chain from __________.

a. kinkingb. distortingc. elongatingd. breaking

2799: Who publishes the "Canadian List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals"?

a. The U.S. Coast Guardb. The Canadian Coast Guardc. The U.S. Hydrographic Serviced. The Canadian Hydrographic Service

2802: The single line located directly above the diamond is the __________. (D031DG )

a. load lineb. water linec. freeboard lined. deck line

2804: Which publication is NOT carried on board U.S. merchant vessels operating under Naval Control




of Shipping?

a. Allied Control of Shipping Manual Guide to Mastersb. Communications Supplementc. Tactical Control and Routing of Merchant Vesselsd. All of the above are carried on board


a. jam the rudder against the stopsb. put the rudder over to the right all the wayc. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidshipsd. put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder

2808: Under the forces of its own weight, the suspended length of line will fall into a shape known as a__________.

a. polygonb. holding arcc. catenary curved. parabolic curve

2809: The fitting at the end of a cargo line in a tank that allows suction to be taken close to the bottom ofa tank is a __________.

a. suction endb. strainerc. bellmouthd. vacuum valve

2810: Which document lists all the lifesaving equipment required for a vessel?

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. American Bureau of Shipping Classification Certificatec. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea Certificated. Certificate of Registry

2812: If a tug equipped with flanking rudders is to be turned in a confined circle, when going astern, thestern will move to port the quickest if __________.

a. the rudder is hard to port and the flanking rudders are hard to portb. the rudder is amidships and the flanking rudders are hard to portc. the rudder is hard to port and the flanking rudders are hard to starboardd. all rudders are hard to starboard

2813: Which Naval Control of Shipping publication should be aboard your vessel?

a. ATP2, Volume II "Allied Control of Shipping Manual Guide to Masters"b. ATP1, Volume II "Allied Tactical Signals"c. NWP14, "Amphibious Operations"d. PUB 102, "International Code of Signals"



2814: Your vessel is crossing a river on the Great Lakes System. A powerdriven vessel is ascending theriver, crossing your course from port to starboard. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The vessel ascending the river has the right of way.b. Your vessel has the right of way, but you are directed not to impede the other vessel.c. The other vessel must hold as necessary to allow you to pass.d. You are required to propose the manner of passage.

2816: Which statement is TRUE concerning lighting requirements for Great Lakes vessels?

a. The showing of a forward masthead light is optional for vessels under 150 meters.b. An allround white light may be carried in lieu of the second masthead light and sternlight.c. Sidelights for vessels over 50 meters are required to have only a twomile range of visibility.d. Great Lakes vessels are exempted from the requirement to show yellow towing lights.

2817: The command "meet her" means the helmsman should __________.

a. decrease the rudder angleb. steer more carefullyc. use rudder to slow the vessel's swingd. note the course and steady on that heading

2819: On which of the Great Lakes would shore ice be the most pronounced?

a. Lake Michiganb. Lake Superiorc. Lake Hurond. Lake Erie

2822: Which statement about stopping a vessel is TRUE?

a. A lightly laden vessel requires as much stopping distance as a fully laden vessel when thecurrent is from astern.b. A vessel is dead in the water when the back wash from astern operation reaches the bow.c. A tunnel bow thruster can be used in an emergency to reduce the stopping distance.d. When a vessel is dead in the water any speed displayed by Doppler log reflects the current.

2824: While being assisted by an icebreaker on Lake Superior, you receive a single letter code instructingyou to slow your vessel. Which signal could you use to signify that you are complying with the request?

a. Three blasts of the whistleb. The code flag "A" (Alpha) displayed from a halyardc. Four blasts of the whistle, namely 1 short 2 long and 1 shortd. The code flag "L" (Lima) displayed from a halyard

2826: An icebreaker may use the code letter "K" to remind ships of their obligation to listen continuouslyon their radio. This signal may be made by any of the following EXCEPT __________.

a. sound signalb. light signalc. visual signal



d. radiotelephone

2832: You are transiting the Straits of Mackinac by way of an improved channel. You have informationwhich indicates that the channel's Federal project depth is 28 ft. Which of the following statements is truewith regards to this channel?

a. The least depth within the limits of the channel is 28 ft.b. The design dredging depth of the channel is 28 ft.c. The channel has 28 ft. in the center but lesser depths may exist in the remainder of the channel.d. The maximum depth which may be expected within the limits of the channel is 28 ft.

2836: Which of the Great Lakes is generally the last to reach its seasonal low and seasonal high watermarks?

a. Lake Superiorb. Lake Michiganc. Lake Hurond. Lake Ontario

2838: A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker, while escorting ships in ice, may sound four short and one longblasts on the whistle to indicate that the icebreaker __________.

a. has become beset in fast iceb. is increasing speed; watch for broken icec. has its engines full asternd. is increasing the distance between vessels

2839: Adequate horsepower is of great importance when a ship is navigating independently in ice.Adequate horsepower is generally considered to exist when the horsepower to length ratio is at least__________.

a. 4 to 1 or betterb. 5 to 1 or betterc. 6 to 1 or betterd. 8 to 1 or better

2842: By definition, a "spar deck" is the __________.

a. lower most continuous deck not broken by water tight bulkheadsb. after most weather deck above the main strength deckc. upper or weather deck above the main strength deckd. deck of light construction below the main or strength deck

2844: Naval authorities would NOT give orders about which of the following, when the vessel is undercontrol of the Naval Control of Shipping Organization?

a. Visual communication at seab. Rescue operationsc. Diversionsd. Schedules for loading cargo

2848: Nautical charts published by the Canadian Hydrographic service which are referenced in the



United States Coast Pilot are identified by __________.

a. the abbreviation "can" preceding the chart numberb. the letter "C" in parentheses following the chart numberc. an asterisk preceding the chart numberd. a footnote number

2852: On a small passenger vessel the collision bulkhead is __________.

a. amidships forward of the engine roomb. just forward of the steering compartmentc. in the engine roomd. A distance of 5% to 15% of the waterline length abaft the stem measured at the loadwaterline

2854: The term "Great Lakes", as defined by the Inland Rules of the Road, does NOT include__________.

a. portions of the Chicago Riverb. portions of the Calumet Riverc. the St. Lawrence River to Trois Rivieresd. Saginaw Bay

2855: A 150meter vessel is proceeding down the course of a narrow channel in the Great Lakes System.A 60meter vessel is starting to cross the channel. Which statement is TRUE?

a. If the smaller vessel is engaged in fishing, he shall not impede the passage of the othervessel.b. The crossing vessel has the right of way.c. The vessel in the channel must slow to her steerageway.d. The larger vessel is considered to be a vessel restricted in her ability to maneuver.

2858: Which characteristic is a disadvantage of a controllable pitch propeller as compared to a fixedpitch propeller?

a. Slightly higher fuel consumptionb. Lack of directional control when backingc. Inefficient at high shaft RPMd. Some unusual handling characteristics

2859: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of thecode letter "M" (Mike) to signify that "________________".

a. I am altering my course to starboardb. I am altering my course to portc. I am operating astern propulsiond. my vessel is stopped and making no way through the water

2860: How are riveted lap joints made watertight?

a. The faying surfaces are coated with white lead (or similar product) before the rivets are set.b. A sealing weld bead of 1/8" or less pitch is run along the plate edge.



c. The plate edge is split close to an adjacent plate and mechanically forced into contact withthe adjacent plate.d. A properly riveted joint will be watertight; any leakage is stopped by setting up on the rivets.

2861: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot istaking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?

a. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.b. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the pilot.c. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.d. Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.

2862: What is used to prevent accidental flooding of a double bottom or peak tanks in the event of a piperupture due to collision?

a. Separate lines are provided for filling and pumping these tanks.b. Pipe lines must run vertically from the tank to a point above the margin line before turning foreor aft towards the pump.c. All tanks must be served by the fewest possible number of pipes to reduce the possibility ofrupture.d. Suction lines are fitted with a nonreturn valve

2868: Which vessel, if navigating independently in ice, is more likely to become beset due to inadequatehorsepower?

a. A 254 ft. "Whaleback" tanker with 1800 H.P.b. A 309 ft. cement carrier with 2000 H.P.c. A 385 ft. shallow draft tanker with 2400 H.P.d. A 630 ft. bulk ore carrier with 3500 H.P.

2869: When more than one vessel is being assisted by an icebreaker, distances between vessels should beconstant. Which signal should be given by a vessel which is ahead of another and whose speed suddenlybegins to drop?

a. Four short blast on the whistleb. A flag hoist consisting of the code figure "4"c. A flag hoist consisting of the code figure "5"d. A flag hoist consisting of the code letters "FE" (FoxtrotEcho)

2870: A singlescrew vessel going ahead tends to turn more rapidly to port because of propeller__________.

a. discharge currentb. suction currentc. sidewise forced. thrust

2872: The Sheer Plan __________.

a. shows a longitudinal side elevationb. is an endwise view of the ship's molded formc. is usually drawn for the port side only



d. has the forebody to the right of centerline and afterbody to the left of centerline

2876: A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker may use all of the following distinctive lights when escorting shipsin ice EXCEPT __________.

a. a single amber rotating lightb. a single red rotating lightc. red aircraft warning lightsd. a single blue rotating light

2879: The vertical reference for all water levels and bench marks on the Great Lakes St. LawrenceRiver System is known as __________.

a. Mean Sea Level Datumb. International Great Lakes Datumc. Great Lakes Low Water Datumd. North Central Reference Datum

2882: What does the line labeled "MS" denote on the Great Lakes load line model shown? (D031DG )

a. Mean sea levelb. Midseasonc. Maximum submergenced. Midsummer

2883: While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the helmsman a rudder command whichconflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman __________.

a. brings the rudder to a point midway between the two conflicting positionsb. obeys the Pilotc. asks you for instructionsd. obeys the Master

2886: How should you signal the crane operator to lower?

a. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in smallhorizontal circles.c. Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the boom.d. Extend arm with thumb pointing downward, and flex fingers in and out.

2888: The Coordinator Surface Search in a SAR situation should display by day __________.

a. the code flags FRb. a black ball over a black diamond shapec. code flag Quebec over a black balld. two black diamond shapes in a vertical line

2888: The Coordinator Surface Search in a SAR situation should display by day __________.

a. the code flags FRb. a black ball over a black diamond shape




c. code flag Quebec over a black balld. two black diamond shapes in a vertical line

2889: What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be documented?

a. 5 net tonsb. 100 gross tonsc. 26 feet lengthd. 65 feet length

2890: A vessel cannot comply with all of the SOLAS requirements due to its construction. Where willthis be indicated?

a. Nowhere; the vessel must comply to engage in international trade.b. On the reverse of the SOLAS certificatec. On the Exemption Certificated. On the Certificate of Inspection

2892: What is LEAST likely to be used to strip a cargo tank?

a. Centrifugal pumpb. Eductorc. Rotary pumpd. Reciprocating pump

2894: The term "Great Lakes", as defined by the Inland Rules of the Road, includes part of the__________.

a. Calumet Riverb. Chicago Riverc. St. Lawrence Riverd. All of the above

2896: You are proceeding against the current on a river in the Great Lakes System. You are meeting adownbound vessel. Both vessels are powerdriven. The other vessel sounds one short blast. You must__________.

a. change course to portb. hold course and speedc. sound three short blastsd. sound one short blast

2897: Form 2692 (Notice of Marine Casualty), when required, must be filed to the U.S. Coast Guardwithin how many days?

a. 1 dayb. 3 daysc. 5 daysd. 7 days

2898: What is the period of validity of the SOLAS required Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate?




2900: Which statement about Naval Control of Shipping in wartime is TRUE?

a. It is mandatory in wartime.b. It is mandatory in hazardous areas and voluntary in other areas.c. It is mandatory only for vessels sailing in convoy.d. It is mandatory for vessels bound foreign and voluntary for vessels in the coastwise trade.

2902: Which basic category of water level fluctuations on the Great Lakes is the most regular?

a. Seasonal fluctuationsb. Outflow fluctuationsc. Shortterm fluctuationsd. Longterm fluctuations

2906: You are planning to anchor in an area where several anchors have been lost due to fouling. As aprecaution, you should __________.

a. anchor using both anchorsb. anchor with scope of 8 or more to 1c. use a stern anchord. fit a crown strap and work wire to the anchor

2908: How should you signal the crane operator to use the whip line?

a. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the loadmovement is desired.b. First tap your elbow with one hand, and then proceed to use regular signals.c. First tap the top of your head with your fist, and then proceed to use regular signals.d. Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other hand motionless in front of the handgiving the motion signal.

2909: A mechanical davit is designed to automatically __________.

a. position the boat at the embarkation stationb. lift the boat off the inboard chocksc. energize the winch for the fallsd. set the brake on the winch

2910: Your vessel is a singlescrew ship with a righthand propeller. There is no current. The easiest wayto make a landing is __________.

a. port side tob. starboard side toc. dropping anchor and swinging the ship in to the pierd. either port or starboard side to, with no difference in degree of difficulty

2911: The wooden plug inserted in the vent of a damaged tank should be removed if you are going to



__________.

a. pump from the damaged tankb. fight a firec. abandon shipd. use the crossover system

2912: When tank cleaning with a portable machine, the weight of the machine is suspended from__________.

a. solid iron bars clamped to the Butterworth openingb. the supply hosec. the suspension line, usually manila or natural fiber lined. a wire rope suspension line

2914: Your vessel has been ordered to proceed to the United Grain Growers Wharf at Thunder Bay, LakeSuperior, for the purpose of taking on a load of wheat. Which publication(s) would you consult for suchinformation as the length of the wharf, the depth of the water alongside, and the loading capacity at thefacility?

a. The Navigational Chart and Light List Vol. VIIb. The International Guide to Canadian Ports and Facilitiesc. The Lake Carriers Association Facilities Directoryd. The United States Coast Pilot #6

2918: What is the period of validity of a DeRat certificate?

a. Specific voyageb. 6 monthsc. 1 yeard. 2 years

2919: Which statement about general average is TRUE?

a. Damage to a ship must have been incurred while the ship and/or its machinery was being usedfor its intended purpose.b. Property must have been sacrificed or an expenditure of money incurred.c. The loss or damage to deck cargo due to heavy weather constitutes general average.d. Of the ship, the freight, and the cargo interests, only one need be involved.

2920: You are on a large vessel fitted with a righthanded controllablepitch propeller. When makinglarge speed changes while decreasing pitch, which statement is TRUE?

a. You will probably have full directional control throughout the speed change.b. You may lose rudder control until the ship's speed has dropped to correspond to propellerspeed.c. The stern will immediately slew to starboard due to unbalanced forces acting on the propeller.d. The stern will immediately slew to port due to unbalanced forces acting on the propeller.

2921: The process of lowering a boom to a horizontal position and onto its deck support is called__________.



a. spotting a boomb. collaring a boomc. cradling a boomd. toppling a boom

2922: A long pole with a hook at one end, used to reach for lines, is known as a __________.

a. pike poleb. jack staffc. line rodd. hooker

2924: You are on a large vessel fitted with a righthanded controllablepitch propeller set at maximumforward pitch. Which statement about reversing is TRUE?

a. When the pitch is reversed, the stern will slew to port even with headway.b. The vessel will respond to the rudder until sternway is developed, then the stern will slew tostarboard.c. There will probably be a loss of steering control.d. The vessel will have full rudder control throughout the speed change from ahead to astern.

2926: Many sheathscrew davits have markings to indicate the maximum angle to which they should becranked out. If the angle is exceeded, the davit __________.

a. may jam against the stopsb. will not automatically position the boat at the embarkation stationc. screw may come out of the sheathd. will chafe against the falls and may cause their failure

2926: Many sheathscrew davits have markings to indicate the maximum angle to which they should becranked out. If the angle is exceeded, the davit __________.

a. may jam against the stopsb. will not automatically position the boat at the embarkation stationc. screw may come out of the sheathd. will chafe against the falls and may cause their failure

2928: How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom and lower the load?

a. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.b. Place both fists in front of your body with thumbs pointing toward each other.c. Clasp hands in front of your body.d. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as theload movement is desired.

2929: A vessel is loaded to her summer marks for a voyage from Montreal, Canada to Duluth, MN viathe Great Lakes System. The voyage has been estimated to take nine (9) days. If the vessel departsMontreal on September 28th, which of the following statements is TRUE?

a. The vessel must be at her summer marks when she arrives at Duluth.b. The vessel is in violation of the load line requirements.c. The vessel's intermediate load line marks may not be submerged after September 30.



d. The vessel must be at her winter marks by the evening of the third day.

2930: A large vessel is equipped with a controllable pitch propeller. Which statement is TRUE?

a. When dead in the water, it is often difficult to find the neutral position and slight headwayor sternway may result.b. When going directly from full ahead to full astern, there is complete steering control.c. When the vessel has headway and the propeller is in neutral, there is no effect on rudder control.d. When maneuvering in port, full ahead or astern power can usually be obtained without changingshaft RPM.


a. 3 hours to start of business the following dayb. 10 minutes if possiblec. 1 to 6 hoursd. 30 minutes to 1 hour

2932: Which type of rudder may lose its effectiveness at angles of 10 or more degrees?

a. Contraguideb. Balanced spadec. Unbalancedd. Flat plate

2933: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier. Which line will be the most useful when maneuveringthe vessel alongside the pier?

a. Stern breast lineb. Bow spring linec. Bow breast lined. Inshore head line


a. R (ROUTINE)b. P (PRIORITY)c. O (IMMEDIATE)d. Z (FLASH)

2936: Storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin from the west and northwest at a peak in October are theproducts of pressure systems known as __________.

a. Northwestersb. Alberta lowsc. Fata morganad. Polar highs

2938: Which statement concerning storm surges on the Great Lakes is FALSE?



a. They are common along the deeper areas of the lakes.b. They cause rapid differences in levels between one end of the lake and the other.c. The greatest water level difference occurs when the wind is blowing along the axis of the lake.d. If the wind subsides rapidly, a seiche effect will most likely occur.

2939: A vessel operating on the Great Lakes, and whose position is south of an approaching eastwardmoving storm center, would NOT experience __________.

a. a falling barometerb. lowering clouds and drizzlec. a southwest to west windd. rain or snow

2940: A vessel reduces speed without backing. The rate that her speed through the water decreasesdepends primarily on the __________.

a. vessel's horsepowerb. sea statec. number of propellersd. vessel's displacement

2942: How should you signal the crane operator to move slowly?

a. Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other hand motionless in front of thehand giving the motion signal.b. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the loadmovement is desired.c. First tap your elbow with one hand and then proceed to use regular signals.d. First tap the top of your head with your fist and then proceed to use regular signals.

2944: Your ship is navigating independently in heavy ice when it becomes beset. Which statement isFALSE?

a. The vessel will most likely require an icebreaker to free her.b. The vessel may be able to free herself by pumping ballast from side to side.c. The propeller is more susceptible to ice damage when turning slowly than when stopped.d. It is advisable to clear the rudder area of ice by using ahead turns before backing down.

2946: Which singleletter signal, when used by icebreakers on the Great Lakes, may be made by usingthe ship's whistle?

a. Eb. Ic. Md. None

2948: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of thecode letter "S" (Sierra) to signify that "________________".

a. I am altering my course to starboardb. I am altering my course to portc. I am operating astern propulsion



d. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water

2949: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should indicate that he is ready to cast off thetowline (if one is used) by __________.

a. displaying code letter "Y" (Yankee)b. sounding five short blasts of his whistlec. displaying code numeral "5"d. sounding one prolonged blast of his whistle

2950: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "advance" means the distance __________.

a. gained at right angles to the original courseb. gained in the direction of the original coursec. moved sidewise from the original course when the rudder is first put overd. around the circumference of the turning circle

2951: The helm command "meet her" means __________.

a. decrease the rudder angleb. note the course and steady on that headingc. steer more carefullyd. use rudder to check the swing

2952: Spontaneous heating of coal rapidly accelerates at the approximate minimum temperature of__________.

a. 88°Fb. 100°Fc. 111°Fd. 119°F

2954: An intermediate spring is __________.

a. fitted in each leg of the towing bridleb. generally located between the "fishplate" and the main towing hawserc. secured at the "H" bittsd. usually made of manila hawser

2954: An intermediate spring is __________.

a. fitted in each leg of the towing bridleb. generally located between the "fishplate" and the main towing hawserc. secured at the "H" bittsd. usually made of manila hawser


a. Z (FLASH)b. P (PRIORITY)c. R (ROUTINE)



d. O (IMMEDIATE)

2957: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the assistance of tugboats. Which line will be themost useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

a. Bow breast lineb. Inshore head linec. Stern breast lined. Bow spring line

2958: The bow thruster generally is ineffective at __________.

a. over 3 knots headwayb. at any speed asternc. at any speed aheadd. over 1 knot sternway

2959: A metal ring on the bottom of a block, to which the standing part of a tackle is spliced, is known asa(n) __________.

a. becketb. loopc. swiveld. eye

2960: When cutting wire rope, seizings are put on each side of the cut. The seizings prevent the wirefrom unlaying and also __________.

a. maintain the original balance of the tension in the wires and strandsb. prevent moisture from entering between the wires at the cut endc. forces lubricant from the core to protect the raw, cut endd. All of the above

2964: "Seiche" is defined as a(n) __________.

a. unusually strong storm system which approaches the Great Lakes System generally from theNortheastb. lake current which is predominant during the spring and fall navigation season on the GreatLakesc. oscillation caused by the diminishing of forces which cause lake level fluctuationsd. higher than normal high water or lower than normal low water

2968: On the Great Lakes, winter storms compound the ice threat by bringing a variety of wind, wave,and weather problems on an average of every __________.

a. two daysb. three daysc. four daysd. five days

2969: Fog can form in any season on the Great Lakes, but it is most likely to occur over open waters in__________.



a. summer and early autumnb. autumn and early winterc. winter and early springd. spring and early summer

2970: What material may be substituted for zinc when making a poured metal socket ending to a wirerope?

a. Leadb. Babbittc. Solderd. Nothing

2976: Which statement is TRUE with respect to shiphandling procedures in ice?

a. Never go "full astern" at any time while in ice.b. Go astern in ice with extreme care always with rudder amidships.c. Enter ice at medium speeds to reduce impact.d. The presence of a snow cover on the ice assists a vessel's progress through an ice field.



2978: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual signal consisting of thecode letter "E" (Echo) to signify that "________________".

a. I am altering my course to starboardb. I am altering my course to portc. I am operating astern propulsiond. My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water

2979: Which statement about shipping coal is TRUE?

a. Anthracite will generate more methane than bituminous coal.b. Coal should not be shipped while wet.c. Coal should be surface ventilated to remove methane gas.d. The methane gas generated by coal will react with moisture on the ship's structure and acceleratecorrosion.

2980: What is a step in attaching a poured metal socket to a wire rope?

a. Etch the wire with acid.b. Install a wire seizing on the wire that will be inside the socket.c. Ensure the fiber core is well lubricated.d. Pour molten babbitt metal into the socket.

2981: When the anchor is brought to and holding, the horizontal component of anchor cable tensions



should equal the __________.

a. displacement tonnageb. weight forcesc. buoyancy forcesd. environmental forces

2982: How should you signal the crane operator to stop?

a. Place both fists in front of your body with the thumbs pointing outward.b. With both arms extended out and palms down, move arms back and forth.c. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.d. Clasp hands in front of your body.

2986: Sulfuric acid is a __________.

a. clear syrupy liquid with no odorb. colorlesstobrown liquid with a choking odor when hotc. colorless liquid with a pleasant fruity odord. whitish liquid with a faint, pleasant odor

2988: You are mooring to a buoy. You should approach the buoy with the current from __________.

a. aheadb. broad on the bowc. abeamd. astern

2990: When cutting regularlay wire rope, what is the minimum number of seizings to be placed on eachside of the cut?

a. Oneb. Two, and three on rope diameters over 1 inchc. Three, and more on larger diameter wire ropesd. Four

2994: Nearly half of all storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin during the period from October throughMay come from __________.

a. highs which originate in the east and east central USAb. lows which originate in north central and western Canadac. highs which originate in north eastern and eastern Canadad. lows which originate in the central and western USA

2996: Advection fog, a common occurrence on the Great Lakes, forms when __________.

a. air comes in contact with a rapidly cooling land surfaceb. frigid arctic air moves across the lakes and becomes saturatedc. relatively warm air flows over cooler waterd. cool air contacts warm river currents

3000: The pipe used to connect two separate piping systems on a tank vessel is known as a __________.



a. crossoverb. transferc. connectiond. junction

3004: What is NOT a basic shiphandling rule for navigating in ice concentrations on the Great Lakes?

a. Keep moving even very slowly, but keep moving.b. Work with the ice movement, not against.c. Transit ice along pressure ridges when possible.d. Excessive speed means ice damage.

3008: A list signal of one white light indicates that the vessel is __________.

a. on an even keelb. listing about 1° to the side the light is displayed onc. listing over 5°With the light displayed on the high sided. listing, and the chutes should be directed to the side where the light is displayed

3009: While loading cargo, a white trimming light on the starboard side comes on. This indicates that__________.

a. the vessel has a list of about 1` to starboardb. the chutes should be directed to the starboard sidec. the chutes in No. 1 hold should be directed to the starboard sided. a severe list to starboard has developed and all loading should cease

3010: The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold directly to a cargo tank and serves only onetank is known as a __________.

a. cargo fillb. filler linec. tank dropd. branch line

3012: Which statement about the ventilation of bulk coal is TRUE?

a. Coal should not be ventilated; all oxygen should be excluded from the cargo.b. Coal should be throughventilated to remove methane and reduce the heat of spontaneouscombustion.c. Coal should be ventilated only if temperatures in the center of the cargo exceed 125°F.d. Coal should be surface ventilated only.

3013: Which will NOT reduce yawing of a tow?

a. Increasing the length of the towing hawserb. Trimming the tow by the bowc. Trimming the tow by the sternd. Drogues put over the stern

3014: You are lifting a 3 ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 60° tothe horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine the



minimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom.

a. 1 1/8 inchb. 1 1/2 inchc. 1 3/4 inchd. 2 inch

3014: You are lifting a 3 ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 60° tothe horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine theminimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom.

a. 1 1/8 inchb. 1 1/2 inchc. 1 3/4 inchd. 2 inch

3016: To obtain better steering control when you are towing alongside, your vessel should be positionedwith its __________.

a. bow extending forward of the towb. stern amidships of the towc. stern extending aft of the towd. bow even with the bow of the tow


a. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs costing $19,000.b. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.c. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or thebuoy.d. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.

3018: When turning a vessel in shallow water, which statement is TRUE?

a. The rate of turn is increased.b. The rate of turn is decreased.c. The turning diameter increases.d. The turning diameter remains the same.

3020: The main underdeck pipeline on a tankship is connected to individual tanks by __________.

a. tank dropsb. line dropsc. crossoversd. branch lines

3022: You are in the process of adding a barge to your tow. A line run from your power capstan andaround timber heads on your tow is made fast on the new barge so that it can be pulled into position. Thisline is called a __________.

a. scissors wireb. capstan line



c. spring lined. fore and aft line

3024: How should you signal the crane operator to dog everything?

a. Place both fists in front of your body with thumbs pointing toward each other.b. Clasp hands in front of your body.c. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.d. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers in and out.

3026: Which type of fog is the most dense and widely spread of those that occur on the Great Lakes?

a. Steam fogb. Advection fogc. Radiation fogd. Lake effect fog

3028: The term "inland waters", as defined in the Rules of the Road, includes __________.

a. the Great Lakes in their entiretyb. the Mississippi River Systemc. U.S. waters out to three miles offshored. the St. Lawrence River to Anticosti Island

3030: The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold to underdeck pipelines is known as a__________.

a. cargo fillb. line dropc. transferd. branch line


a. vessel must be in extremisb. Master must request the Pilot to take corrective actionc. Master should release the Pilot from all liabilityd. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present course

3032: Ice is often strong enough to halt navigation through the St. Lawrence Seaway by mid__________.

a. Octoberb. Novemberc. Decemberd. January

3036: Which statement about ships operating in ice is FALSE?

a. Light and partly loaded ships should be ballasted as deeply as possible.b. In brashfilled channels, operating with a shallow draft forward is most effective.c. Traditionally, operating ships light in the ice has been effective in the spring.



d. Good searchlights should be available in the event of night navigation with or withouticebreaker escort.

3039: What is NOT a problem when carrying coal?

a. The requirement for throughventilationb. The corrosion some types of coal will cause to the shipc. Spontaneous heatingd. Generation of methane gas

3042: A Great Lakes vessel bound for Anticosti Island is exempt from the IMO Grain Regulations if thevessel meets all of the following standards EXCEPT __________.

a. the metacentric height corrected for free surface must meet regulatory minimums throughout thevoyageb. slack surfaces should be in a moundc. the longitudinal strength of the vessel must not be imperiledd. the Master must ascertain the expected weather conditions enroute

3044: When you have a tow alongside, your stern should extend aft of the tow in order to __________.

a. avoid obscuring your stern lightb. provide a better lead for your linesc. obtain better steering controld. let the barge deflect floating objects from your propeller

3046: What is an explosion hazard when exposed to flame?

a. Formic acidb. Nitrous oxidec. Tallowd. Toluene


a. about onequarter of the vessel's length from the sternb. at the bowc. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowd. aft of the propellers

3048: The proximity of pack ice may be indicated by __________.

a. changes in seawater salinityb. glare on clouds on the horizonc. changes in air temperatured. icebergs

3050: Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as compared to a gate valve?

a. Precise control over cargo flowb. Quick operationc. No resistance to cargo flow when open



d. Less maintenance required

3052: How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom?

a. With arm extended and fingers closed, point thumb downward.b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontalcircles.c. Extend arm with the palm down, and hold this position rigidly.d. With hands clasped in front of your body.

3054: The phenomenon known as a "seiche" is most likely to occur on Lake Erie __________.

a. during the passage of a rapidly moving warm frontb. when strong winds from the Northeast suddenly diminishc. during the months of May through Augustd. when the Moon and Sun are in alignment

3056: Advection fog holds longest over which portions of the lakes?

a. Northwestb. Southeastc. Northeastd. Southwest

3056: Advection fog holds longest over which portions of the lakes?

a. Northwestb. Southeastc. Northeastd. Southwest

3058: Which type of ice is the most difficult to combat and presents the greatest hazard to shipping onthe Great Lakes during the winter months?

a. Icebergsb. Fast icec. Slow iced. Pack slush ice

3059: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker would display a flag hoist consisting of the codenumeral "4" when the vessel __________.

a. speed begins to dropb. stopsc. receives ice damaged. becomes icebound

3060: Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as compared to a gate valve?

a. Precise adjustment of cargo flowb. Faster rate of cargo flowc. Easier operation



d. Less chance of leaks


a. 3 hours to start of business the following dayb. 1 to 6 hoursc. 10 minutes if possibled. 30 minutes to 1 hour



3062: How should you signal the crane operator to swing?

a. With both arms extended out and palms down, move arms back and forth.b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontalcircles.c. Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the boom.d. Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs pointing outward.

3064: What is the meaning of a flag hoist consisting of the code letters "WM" (Whiskey Mike) whendisplayed by an icebreaker?

a. "I am going ahead; follow me."b. "You should stop your vessel instantly."c. "Icebreaker support is now commencing."d. "Icebreaker support is finished."

3066: A list man would expect to see any of the following light signals EXCEPT __________.

a. two red lightsb. one green lightc. one white lightd. one amber light


a. face wireb. cross wirec. scissor wired. breast wire

3068: While loading a cargo of grain, your vessel develops a list to starboard. This will be corrected by__________.

a. the compensating tanks on the high side



b. the list man changing the discharge location of the chutesc. allowing the grain to level itself as the hold fills to the spar deck leveld. trimming the final loading cone by hand

3069: Atmospheres laden with coal dust or grain dust caused by loading these cargoes __________.

a. require loading operations to be shut down until the atmosphere clearsb. are toxic to human lifec. are subject to spontaneous combustiond. may be explosive in some concentrations

3070: What is an advantage of a gate valve over a butterfly valve?

a. Less frequent maintenanceb. Faster operationc. Cheaperd. More compact

3072: A Great Lakes bulk ore vessel would use an "Iron Deckhand" to assist in __________.

a. unloading bulk cargob. steering the vesselc. making the vessel fast to a dockd. removing hatch covers

3073: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot on board and he has theconn. Which statement is TRUE?

a. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Masterrelinquishes the conn.b. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be onboard by law.c. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed forhis local knowledge.d. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.

3074: In securing a towing cable, consideration must be given to letting go in an emergency. Thepossible whip of towlines when released can be overcome by __________.

a. increasing the shaft RPM prior to releaseb. using a pelican hook for quick releasec. using preventersd. using a short chain for the lead through the stern chock

3074: In securing a towing cable, consideration must be given to letting go in an emergency. Thepossible whip of towlines when released can be overcome by __________.

a. increasing the shaft RPM prior to releaseb. using a pelican hook for quick releasec. using preventersd. using a short chain for the lead through the stern chock





3076: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter K is the __________. (D038DG )

a. crownb. ringc. shankd. bending shot

3076: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter K is the __________. (D038DG )

a. crownb. ringc. shankd. bending shot

3077: The flash point of vinyl chloride is __________.

a. 108°F (78°C)b. 20°F (29°C)c. 32°F (0°C)d. 97°F (36°C)

3078: Another name for coal naphtha that would appear on a dangerous cargo manifest is __________.

a. benzeneb. tarc. middle oild. toluene

3079: What is a solid at ambient temperature?

a. Anilineb. Formic acidc. Methyl chlorided. Napthalene

3080: Which method should be used to warm up the pump turbines prior to discharge?

a. Lock the turbine rotor and slowly bleed in steam until operating temperature is reachedb. Run the pump at high speed with the discharge valves closedc. Run the turbine at slow speed with the pump disconnectedd. Shut the discharge valve and run the pump at slow speed

3081: A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign Articles when __________.





a. intoxicatedb. deductions are made from wagesc. injuredd. the vessel is overloaded

3082: Which statement is FALSE with regards to the Great Lakes Light List?

a. The Light List does not contain information on any of the navigational aids maintained byCanada.b. Volume VII does not include information on Class III private aids to navigation.c. The Light List does not include Coast Guard mooring buoys, special purpose buoys, or buoysmarking fish net areas.d. The Light List should be corrected each week from the appropriate Notice to Mariners.


a. fo'c'sle cardb. Crew listc. Articles of Agreementd. Certificate of Inspection

3085: Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) publications should be __________.

a. in the Master's custodyb. safely stowedc. turned over to the relieving Masterd. All of the above

3086: Which statement concerning the navigation of a vessel in ice is FALSE?

a. Anchoring in the presence of ice is not recommended except in an emergency.b. Towing a vessel through an ice field is not recommended except in an emergency.c. The "Free and Proceed" system of escorting a beset vessel cuts down on the number of freeingoperations.d. When anchoring in ice, it is advisable to increase the scope of the chain over what isnormally used for nonicing conditions.

3088: A "check" line is __________.

a. a safety line attached to a man working over the sideb. used to measure water depthc. used to slow the headway of a barged. used to measure the overhead height of a bridge

3089: How does an icebreaker normally free a ship which has become beset while navigatingindependently?

a. By backing down the track and cutting out ice on either bowb. By approaching from the stern and crossing ahead at an angle of 20° to 30° to the besetship's coursec. By overtaking the beset ship, running ahead and then backing down the track to the beset vessel



d. By approaching the vessel from astern and towing the beset vessel stern first

3091: Towlines should be inspected for chafing where the towline __________.

a. passes over the stern of the towing vesselb. passes through chocksc. is attached to the disabled vesseld. All of the above

3092: Item A is the __________. (D024DG )

a. lashingb. drag wirec. scissor wired. tandem wire

3094: Your vessel is underway and approaching an overhead obstruction on Lake Superior. Given thefollowing information, determine the clearance between your vessel and the obstruction. Highest point onvessel: 74 ft. Lowest point of obstruction: 126 (LWD) Monthly lake level: +2 (LWD) International GreatLakes Datum: 600.0 (182.88 meters)


3095: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man overboard starboard side". Youshould instinctively __________.

a. give full left rudderb. put the rudder amidshipsc. give full right rudderd. throw a life ring to mark the spot

3096: When loading a cargo of taconite, proper sequencing of loading by hatch number is necessary to__________.

a. provide the proper trimb. prevent negative stability from developingc. prevent excessive longitudinal stressesd. control list

3098: A weight of 1,000 short tons is equivalent to __________.

a. 1,500 footpoundsb. 2,240 long tonsc. 2,000 poundsd. 2,000 kips


a. quarter line




b. back linec. peg lined. jockey line

3100: A holder of a license as Master of towing vessels may work each 24 hours for a period not toexceed __________.

a. 6 hoursb. 12 hoursc. 18 hoursd. 24 hours

3102: When hip towing, a line led from the stern of the towboat forward to the barge provides the towingpull when __________.

a. going aheadb. dead in the waterc. in a following currentd. backing

3103: A case received for shipment has the markings shown. Each carton measures 13" X 15" X 23".What is the total cubic capacity the entire consignment will occupy? (Ignore broken stowage.) (D043DG)

a. 779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters)b. 992 cubic feet (28 cubic meters)c. 1,047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters)d. 112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters)

3104: When maneuvering a heavy barge up a wide channel with a tug, the tow may be most closelycontrolled by making up to the barge __________.

a. with a short tow asternb. nearly bow to bow, at a small anglec. amidships, parallel to the barged. nearly stern to stern, at a small angle to the barge

3105: On a sea going towing vessel of 150 GT, there are six (6) seamen in the deck crew. How manycertificated able seamen are required if the voyage is over 600 miles?

a. 4b. 3c. 2d. 1

3108: How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom?

a. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up and flex the fingers in and out.b. Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs pointing upward.c. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.d. Extend arm with fingers closed and point thumb upward.




3109: When hip towing, a line led from the bow of the towing vessel aft to the vessel being towed wouldbe a __________.

a. backing lineb. towing linec. stern lined. breast line

3110: The number or name of a tank barge shall be __________.

a. displayed in at least 4 different positions on the bargeb. carved on a wooden board and attached to the barge's hullc. displayed as close to the navigation lights as possibled. displayed at the highest point of the barge's hull such that it can be seen from either side


a. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed.b. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary.c. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.d. Record the bells and their times in the bell book.

3112: A tug is to assist in docking an oceangoing vessel on a hawser. The greatest danger to the tug is__________.

a. from the ship's propeller when making up aftb. from being overrun if making up forwardc. hull damage while alongside passing a hawserd. getting in a tripping position

3114: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge to another barge when going ahead?(D024DG )

a. Ib. Hc. Ed. B

3116: You are lifting a 5ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 20° tothe horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine theminimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom?

a. 1 3/8 inchb. 1 1/2 inchc. 1 3/4 inchd. 1 7/8 inch

3120: You are operating a 150 GT towing vessel. What is NOT required on the vessel?

a. Certificate of Documentationb. FCC station license




c. Your Coast Guard licensed. Certificate of Inspection

3122: When a tug is "in irons", she __________.

a. is made fast to the dock with engines securedb. is in dry dockc. may be in danger of being overrun by her towd. should pay out more towline

3124: You attach a line to a stationary barge lying off your starboard beam in order to maneuver it intoposition to make up tow. The line used to do this is a __________.

a. jockey lineb. fore and aft linec. check lined. swing line

3126: Your tankship is carrying a cargo of styrene. Which of the following is NOT a requirement forcarriage of this cargo?

a. P/V valves with galvanized parts must be replaced.b. Authorization to carry styrene must be endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection.c. You must have a "Certificate of Inhibition" provided by the shipper.d. The cargo tank heating coils must be blanked off.

3130: What is NOT required on an uninspected towing vessel?

a. Certificate of Documentationb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Operators Merchant Marine licensed. FCC Station License

3132: What may prevent a tug from tripping or capsizing when towing a large vessel?

a. Surge linesb. Norman Pinsc. Under ridersd. Safety shackles

3134: When using two tugs to assist in mooring a large, deeply laden ship, the most powerful tug isusually placed __________.

a. forward to control the bowb. amidships to move the entire vessel evenlyc. aft to assist the ship's rudder and propellerd. anywhere, since the maneuverability of the tug governs the placement not the power

3138: When pushing ahead, wires leading from the quarters of the after outboard barges to the bow of atowboat __________.

a. prevent the towboat from sliding when the rudder is moved



b. prevent the barges from spreading out when backing downc. hold the towboat securely to the bargesd. prevent the sidewise movement of the face barges

3140: If the Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has expired, which certificate may beissued to allow its movement to a repair facility?

a. Change of employmentb. Permit to proceedc. Application for inspectiond. Temporary Certificate of Inspection

3140: If the Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has expired, which certificate may beissued to allow its movement to a repair facility?

a. Change of employmentb. Permit to proceedc. Application for inspectiond. Temporary Certificate of Inspection

3141: What is NOT a securing system used on a containership?

a. Lashing systemb. Stacking systemc. Locking systemd. Buttress system

3142: Why are stern towing bitts placed well forward of the rudder when hawser towing?

a. To keep the hawser from fouling the rudderb. To keep the towing bitts as far away as possible from the tugs pivoting pointc. To allow the stern to swing more freely when using rudderd. To have as much of the towing hawser in use as possible

3143: You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwisetowing from the Gulf of Mexico to the New York area, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Whichstatement is FALSE?

a. The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.b. Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.d. All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.

3144: A tow consists of 8 barges: 6 jumbo barges made up 3 abreast and 2 long, with 2 standard bargesabreast as lead barges. How long is this tow?


3145: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. What



should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

a. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.b. Wait one week and submit form CG2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety orInspection Office.c. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submitform CG2692.d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and nofurther action is necessary.

3146: How should you signal the crane operator to use the main hoist?

a. Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other hand motionless in front of the handgiving the motion signal.b. Extend arm with the thumb pointing up and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the loadmovement is desired.c. First tap your elbow with one hand, and then proceed to use regular signals.d. First tap the top of your head with your fist, and then proceed to use regular signals.

3148: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter H is the __________. (D038DG )

a. flukeb. shankc. tripping palmd. crown

3150: You are moving a gas free tank barge to dry dock for repairs. The barge must have onboard a valid__________.

a. Gas Free Certificateb. Certificate of Inspectionc. Permit to Proceed and Hot Work Permitd. All of the above

3152: The danger of a towing vessel tripping is increased the closer the towline is secured to__________.

a. the sternb. amidshipsc. the bowd. the quarter

3162: When maneuvering from pull towing to breasted (alongside) towing, a twinscrew vessel is morelikely than a singlescrew vessel of equal horsepower to __________.

a. trip or capsizeb. foul the towlinec. go into ironsd. part the towing strap

3164: How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom and raise the load?




a. Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the boom.b. Extend arm with thumb pointing downward and flex fingers in and out.c. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.d. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontalcircles.

3165: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT __________.

a. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible jobb. use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on coursec. use as little rudder as possible to keep the vessel on coursed. advise his relief of the course being steered


a. He must always take the seaman.b. He is required to accept the seaman only if the seaman is medically unfit.c. He may refuse the seaman if the seaman has a contagious disease.d. He may refuse to take the seaman if he is being held by shore authorities.


a. No able seamen are required.b. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.c. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.d. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.

3168: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge to another when backing down?(D024DG )

a. Ib. Hc. Cd. B

3170: A license for apprentice mate (steersman) of uninspected towing vessels shall be renewed withinwhat time period before or after the expiration date?

a. 30 daysb. 90 daysc. 6 monthsd. 12 months

3171: A high cube container would most likely be used to stow __________.

a. dense bulk cargoesb. household appliancesc. fragile cargoesd. heavy industrial machinery




3172: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his hands clasped in front of his body. This is thesignal to __________.

a. dog everythingb. stopc. standbyd. prepare for signal



3176: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter G is the __________. (D038DG )

a. flukeb. shankc. tripping palmd. crown

3180: A license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for Master of Towing Vessels is valid for __________.

a. 2 years and must be renewedb. 3 years and must be renewedc. 5 years and must be renewedd. life and need not be renewed

3192: How should you signal the crane operator to hoist?

a. With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.b. With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontalcircles.c. Extend arm with fingers closed and thumb pointing upward.d. Place both fists in front of body with the thumbs pointing upward.

3200: A license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for apprentice mate (steersman) of Uninspected TowingVessels is valid for __________.

a. 2 years and must be renewedb. 3 years and must be renewedc. 5 years and must be renewedd. None of the above

3201: You are on watch entering port, and the Master gives the helmsman a rudder command whichconflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman __________.

a. obeys the Pilotb. asks you for instructionsc. obeys the Master




d. brings the rudder to a point midway between the two conflicting positions

3204: What term indicates the immersed body of the vessel forward of the parallel midbody?

a. Runb. Flarec. Entranced. Sheer

3206: The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm extended, thumb pointing downwards,flexing fingers in and out. This is the signal to __________.

a. lower the boom and raise the loadb. lower the load and raise the boomc. raise the boom and lower the loadd. raise the load and lower the boom



3210: A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the person in charge of which towingvessel?

a. 99 GRT towing vessel operating on Chesapeake Bayb. 199 GRT towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaskac. 500 GRT towboat operating on the Western Riversd. 349 GRT towing vessel operating between Florida and Puerto Rico

3211: With the buttress securing system, containers of different heights must be stowed __________.

a. on the bottom tier on deckb. in the holdc. next to the buttress towerd. on the top tier

3218: The term "bollard pull" refers to a towing vessel's __________.

a. propulsion horsepower availableb. pulling ability at cruise powerc. towing winch capabilityd. pulling ability under static conditions


a. 3 hours to start of business the following dayb. 10 minutes if possible




c. 30 minutes to 1 hourd. 1 to 6 hours

3220: If you are guilty of failure to properly perform your duties as Master of Uninspected TowingVessels, which of the following actions may NOT be taken?

a. Issuance of a letter of warningb. Suspension of your licensec. Revocation of your licensed. A fine placed against your license

3230: After a collision or accident involving an uninspected vessel, regulations require that the operatorassist persons affected, but only if the operator can do so without __________.

a. further damaging the other vesselb. undue delayc. serious danger to his or her own vesseld. creating a panic on either vessel

3232: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended with the palm down and holdsthis position rigidly. This is the signal to __________.

a. hoistb. swingc. stopd. lower

3234: Rolling is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?

a. Longitudinalb. Transversec. Verticald. Centerline

3239: Which term indicates the rise in height of the bottom plating from the plane of the base line?

a. Deadriseb. Camberc. Molded heightd. Sheer

3240: You are the operator of a towing vessel which becomes involved in a collision. By law you mustassist __________.

a. if your vessel is at faultb. if you can do so without excessive delayc. if you can do so without serious danger to your vesseld. regardless of the circumstances

3242: What term indicates the line drawn at the top of the flat plate keel?

a. Base line



b. Molded linec. Designer's waterlined. Keel line

3244: The shank is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

a. Kb. Jc. Hd. F

3248: The rope which is the lightest is __________.

a. manilab. nylonc. polypropylened. dacron

3250: You are operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. Whatshould you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

a. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.b. Wait one week and submit form GG2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety orInspection Office.c. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and nofurther action is necessary.d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submitform CG2692.

3252: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended and is pointing his finger in thedirection to move the boom. This is the signal to __________.

a. extendb. lowerc. hoistd. swing

3260: When underway with a tow, you must notify the Coast Guard of which casualty?

a. Damage to property amounting to $1,500b. Loss of bridgetobridge radio capabilityc. An injury requiring first aidd. Loss of main propulsion

3262: Fracture damage to the end links of the anchor cable, or to the Jews' harp may be eliminated by__________.

a. using a small diameter connecting shackleb. ensuring the swivel is well lubricated and free to turnc. installing the connecting shackle with the bow towards the anchord. securing a piece of wood to the Jews' harp




3269: What provides little or no indication that a vessel is dragging anchor?

a. Changing range to an object abeamb. Drift lead with the line tending forwardc. The cable alternates between slack and heavy tensiond. Changing bearing to a fixed distant object abeam

3270: A vessel is tide rode when it is __________.

a. carrying extra rudder to compensate for the currentb. necessary to adjust the course steered to allow for the currentc. at anchor and stemming the currentd. being forced off of a pier by the hydraulic effect of the current

3275: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in which casualtysituation?

a. Damage to property amounting to $12,500b. Loss of bridgetobridge radio capabilityc. An injury requiring first aid treatmentd. Accidental stranding or grounding

3280: What is NOT accepted as the required shipping papers on a manned and loaded tank barge?

a. Bill of Ladingb. Manifestc. Shipping documentd. Logbook entry

3282: What term indicates the immersed body of the vessel aft of the parallel midbody?

a. Runb. Sternc. Counterd. Flow

3286: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended, with the thumb pointing up, andis flexing his fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired. This is the signal to__________.

a. lower the boom and raise the loadb. raise the boom and lower the loadc. lower the boom and lower the loadd. raise the boom and raise the load

3288: The angular movement of a vessel about a horizontal line drawn from its bow to its stern is__________.

a. pitchingb. rollingc. heavingd. swaying



3290: What will be accepted as the shipping papers for an unmanned tank barge but will not be acceptedif the tank barge is manned?

a. Bill of Ladingb. Logbook entryc. Manifestd. Shipping document

3291: The riding pawl is __________.

a. a safety interlock in a cargo winch that prevents the runner from overspeedingb. a stopper that prevents the anchor cable from running free if the cable jumps the wildcatc. the device that locks the deck lashings of the Peck and Hale systemd. the lug that rides on the eccentric rib and engages the locking ring on the windlass


a. unlicensed shipping card from the unionb. quarters allocationc. copy of the shipping agreementd. Muster List ("Station Bill")

3293: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapidtransmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you assign thismessage?

a. R (ROUTINE)b. P (PRIORITY)c. O (IMMEDIATE)d. Z (FLASH)


a. Bow breast lineb. Stern breast linec. Bow spring lined. Inshore head line

3300: You are heading into the sea during rough weather. Having too much weight forward can causeyour small boat to __________.

a. broachb. plunge into the wavec. rise rapidly over the waved. list

3308: What term indicates a curvature of the decks in a longitudinal direction?

a. Deadriseb. Camberc. Sheer



d. Flare

3309: Catenary as applied to tow lines denotes the __________.

a. dip of the lineb. stretch of the linec. strain on the lined. length of the line

3320: Which type of bottom is best suited for holding an anchor of a small boat?

a. Mud and clayb. Rockyc. Sandyd. Gravel

3321: By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable cause) to give aid in the case ofcollision is __________.

a. one year imprisonment or $500b. two years imprisonment or $500c. two years imprisonment or $1000d. two years imprisonment or $2000

3322: The fluke is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

a. Fb. Gc. Hd. I


a. P (PRIORITY)b. O (IMMEDIATE)c. R (ROUTINE)d. Z (FLASH)

3324: What descriptive term indicates that the dimension is measured from the inner face of the shell ordeck plating?

a. Moldedb. Registerc. Tonnaged. Effective

3325: Flammable liquids should have what kind of label?

a. Skull and crossbonesb. Yellowc. Red




d. White

3326: The signal man assisting the crane operator uses one hand to give any motion signal and places theother hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion signal. This is the signal to __________.

a. move slowlyb. increase speedc. proceed with cautiond. stop

3327: The upward slope of a vessels bottom from the keel to the bilge is called __________.

a. camberb. sheerc. raked. rise of bottom

3328: The vertical motion of a floating vessel is known as __________.

a. surgeb. swayc. heaved. yaw

3330: When towing astern, chafing gear should NOT be used on a hawser which is __________.

a. attached to an "H" bittb. attached to an automatic towing enginec. held amidships by a gob roped. connected to a swivel

3338: What is used to prevent wear on towlines that bear on hard surfaces?

a. Chafing gearb. Chocksc. Greased. Boots

3339: Pitching is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?


3340: It is NOT advisable to use nylon for alongside towing because it __________.

a. stretches too muchb. is too difficult to make fastc. parts too readilyd. is too susceptible to mildew



3342: Which term refers to a transverse curvature of the deck?

a. Deadriseb. Camberc. Freeboardd. Flare

3346: When connecting the tow bridle to a tug, the end of the bridle is passed with a __________.

a. heaving lineb. shot linec. high lined. messenger line

3347: The opening in the deck beneath the anchor windlass that leads to the chain locker is the__________.

a. hawsepipeb. fallpipec. droppiped. spill pipe

3350: It is not advisable to use nylon for alongside towing because it __________.

a. stretches too muchb. is too expensive for everyday towing usagec. binds on the cleatsd. parts too readily

3352: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended, his fingers closed, and his thumbpointing downward. This is the signal to __________.

a. hoist the loadb. raise the boomc. lower the boomd. lower the load

3360: On a light tow, what could you substitute for a fishplate?

a. heartshaped shackleb. pelican hookc. swiveld. ring

3370: In astern towing, a tow span, also called the "tow bar" or "towing arch", is used to __________.

a. insure that the hawser leads directly aft as it passes over the stern of the towing vesselb. increase the stability of the towing vessel by raising the hawser off the deckc. reduce chafing of the towing hawserd. prevent fouling of the hawser on deck gear located on the stern of the towing vessel

3372: The lead of a tow bridle is usually redirected with a __________.



a. bollardb. chockc. pad eyed. devil's claw

3374: Angular motion about the longitudinal axis of a vessel is known as __________.

a. pitchb. surgec. swayd. roll

3378: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter F is the __________. (D038DG )

a. shankb. barc. stockd. shot

3381: A halfheight container is used __________.

a. to carry cargoes of low densityb. when stowage space is limitedc. to carry cargoes such as steel products or drumsd. to double the stowage capacity of the vessel

3382: The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps his elbow with one hand and then proceeds touse regular signals. This is the signal to __________.

a. use the main hoistb. proceed slowlyc. increase speedd. use the whip line

3390: When towing, a tow hook is used to __________.

a. provide quick release of the hawserb. pull a tow alongsidec. attach a hawser to a tow which has no bitts or pad eyesd. join two hawsers for lengthening a tow

3392: What term indicates the midships portion of a vessel that has a constant cross section?

a. Half lengthb. Amidshipsc. Middle bodyd. Molded length

3394: The crown of the anchor shown is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

a. Kb. J





c. Hd. G

3395: The holding power of an anchor at a given scope of cable increases when the __________.

a. amount of chain lying along the bottom increasesb. length of the catenary is reducedc. mooring line tension is increasedd. amount of chain lying along the bottom decreases

3396: A tow that veers to the side on the end of the towline is said to __________.

a. yawb. surgec. swayd. swing

3400: In a tow made up astern, the fishplate __________.

a. connects the hawser to the bridleb. connects the bridle to the towc. keeps the hawser amidships on the tugd. is the capping piece on the "H" bitt

3404: The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps the top of his head with his fist and thenproceeds to use regular signals. This is the signal to __________.

a. use the whip lineb. use the main hoistc. use the auxiliary lined. proceed slowly

3410: When "checking down" a barge using a check line you should use __________.

a. one round turn and at least two figureeights around the timber headsb. at least three figureeights around the timber headsc. a clove hitch around one timber headd. at least three round turns around one timber head


a. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible jobb. use as little rudder as possible to maintain coursec. use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on coursed. advise his relief of the course being steered

3414: You are lifting a 3ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle 20° tothe horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine theminimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom.

a. 1 3/8 inchb. 1 1/2 inch



c. 1 5/8 inchd. 1 3/4 inch

3420: A face line is used to __________.

a. prevent barge movement in a lockb. secure two barges endtoendc. secure barges to the towboatd. secure barges sidebyside

3430: What is NOT considered "jewelry"?

a. Steamboat ratchetsb. Manila linesc. Buttonsd. Shackles

3431: A high cube container is designed specifically to __________.

a. carry low density cargoesb. protect fragile cargoesc. stow cargoes with concentrated weights such as machineryd. carry cargoes of very low stowage factors

3432: A vessel is wind rode when it is __________.

a. at anchor and heading into the windb. backing into the windc. carrying lee rudderd. necessary to apply a leeway correction to the course

3434: The Scharnow turn should be used in a man overboard situation only when __________.

a. the man can be kept in sight from the bridge while maneuveringb. the turn is started immediately when the man goes overc. there has been sufficient time elapsed since the man went over to complete the maneuverd. the vessel has twin screws to assist in making the turn

3436: The signal man assisting the crane operator has one hand occupied and one fist in front of his chestwith the thumb pointing outward and is tapping his chest with the heel of his fist. This is the signal to__________.

a. extend the boomb. lower the boomc. retract the boomd. hoist the boom

3438: One advantage of chain over wire rope for a tow bridle is that chain __________.

a. is better suited for inland towingb. resists damage from chafingc. handles more easily



d. equalizes towing forces better

3439: Horizontal fore or aft motion of a vessel is known as __________.

a. pitchb. surgec. swayd. roll

3440: The circular steel structure installed around the propeller of a towboat is the __________.

a. nozzleb. shroudc. strutd. hood

3442: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter J is the __________. (D038DG )

a. crownb. shankc. billd. tip

3446: The best way to determine if a load is within maximum lift limits is to use __________.

a. a boom angle indicatorb. a load weight indicatorc. material invoices for shipping weightsd. prior experience with similar lifts

3447: The best method to secure a tow line to a cleat is to __________.

a. take a turn around the cleat, then figureeights, and a halfhitchb. make figureeights, followed by a halfhitch, then a figureeight knotc. take a turn, a half turn, and a figureeightd. take several turns around the cleat only

3448: When inspecting ground tackle, fractures are most frequently found in the __________.

a. anchor shankb. end linksc. swiveld. fluke

3449: What term indicates an inward curvature of the ship's hull above the waterline?

a. Camberb. Tumble homec. Deadrised. Flare

3450: Kort nozzles are installed around the propellers of some vessels to __________.




a. increase the thrust of the propellerb. protect the propeller from striking sawyersc. prevent the propeller from striking barges towed on the hipd. prevent the propeller from touching bottom in low water

3451: After inventorying the Naval Control of Shipping publications you find there is no copy of ATP2,Volume II "Allied Control of Shipping Manual Bridge Supplement". You should ask for a replacementfrom the __________.

a. Maritime Administrationb. Coast Guardc. Chief of Naval Operationsd. local Operational Control Authority

3452: A drift lead indicates that the vessel is dragging anchor when the line is __________.

a. taut and leading forwardb. slackc. leading out perpendicular to the centerlined. leading under the hull

3454: For any given pedestal crane, when the boom is lengthened, the lifting capacity is __________.

a. unchangedb. increasedc. eliminatedd. decreased

3456: The vertical movement of a vessel in the water is called __________.

a. pitchb. swayc. heaved. roll

3459: The pea is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

a. Jb. Hc. Gd. F

3460: You would NOT secure a line to a __________.

a. kevelb. stand pipec. buttond. timber head

3462: Under U.S. law, what is the penalty for assaulting the Master?

a. Fine of not more than $1000




b. Fine of not more than $500 and/or imprisonment for not more than 1 yearc. Imprisonment for not more than 2 yearsd. Revocation of the Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if applicable)

3463: Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3 watches when the trip exceeds__________.

a. 1000 milesb. 800 milesc. 700 milesd. 600 miles

3464: The ultimate or maximum strength of a wire rope is referred to as the __________.

a. operating strengthb. working loadc. breaking strengthd. lifting load

3465: Which type of anchor is illustrated? (D038DG )

a. Stocklessb. Danforthc. Oldfashionedd. Kedge

3466: What is a spill pipe?

a. A drainage pipe that carries rain or spray from an upper deck to a lower deckb. A pipe under the anchor windlass leading to the chain lockerc. A chute, usually over the stern, to lead dumped garbage clear of the hulld. An opening in the deck leading outside the hull

3470: The section of each end of a barge which is heavily reinforced to take the pressure of pushing iscalled the __________.

a. headlogb. towheadc. collision bulkheadd. bullnose

3472: You are the Master of a 500 gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vesselaccidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

a. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possibleb. Coast Guard only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $(SA)25,000c. Coast Guard only if the grounding results in a loss of lifed. Coast Guard only if the grounding results in injury to personnel

3476: The strongest method of forming an eye in wire rope is using __________.

a. three wire rope clamps




b. an eye splice with four or five tucksc. a thimble fastened with four or five tucksd. a wire rope socket attached with zinc

3480: When barge headlogs do not meet or are not even with one another, the void or opening betweenthem is called a __________.

a. notchb. holec. spacingd. gap

3484: You are on watch and see a man fall overboard. Which man overboard turn should NOT be usedin this situation?

a. Scharnowb. Single turnc. Racetrackd. Williamson

3486: When a twoleg sling is used to lift a load, a sling 40 feet long is better than one of 30 feet becausethe __________.

a. tension in the sling legs is lessb. load can be lifted higherc. sling will be easier to attachd. sling will be easier to remove

3487: The opening in the deck that leads the anchor cable outside the hull is the __________.

a. hawsepipeb. fall pipec. droppiped. spill pipe

3488: Angular motion about the vertical axis of a vessel is called __________.

a. yawb. surgec. swayd. roll

3489: You are lifting a 5ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom set at an angle of 60° tothe horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working load and determine theminimum size shackle that should be used to secure the head block to the boom?

a. 1 inchb. 1 3/8 inchc. 1 1/2 inchd. 1 7/8 inch

3490: A device used to tighten up remaining slack in wire rope when you are making up to a tow in



inland waters is a __________.

a. tripping lineb. tripping bracketc. norman pind. steamboat ratchet

3491: You are the licensed Master of a towing vessel operating between New York and Tampa, Florida.If you carry four (4) deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?

a. 4b. 3c. 2d. 1

3491: You are the licensed Master of a towing vessel operating between New York and Tampa, Florida.If you carry four (4) deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?

a. 4b. 3c. 2d. 1

3492: The Master of a passenger vessel which is not required to maintain an Official Logbook must keepa record of the number of passengers received and delivered from day to day. This record must beavailable for a period of __________.



a. Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.b. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.c. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.d. Deck watches may be 6 and 6.

3494: Nylon rope is often used in the makeup of a towline because it __________.

a. floatsb. stretchesc. handles easilyd. resists rot

3500: Small hull leaks can be temporarily repaired by __________.

a. parcelingb. parbucklingc. caulking



d. seizing

3501: What must be accurately determined to assess the potential for progressive flooding after a vesselhas been damaged?

a. The integrity of the water tight boundariesb. The capacity of the water sprinkler systemsc. The operation of the machinery space bilge level alarmsd. All of the above

3502: The point that is halfway between the forward and after perpendicular and is a reference point forvessel construction is the __________.

a. half lengthb. midbodyc. center lined. amidships

3504: Metal plates that cover the top of the hawsepipe are called __________.

a. footingsb. plugsc. buckler platesd. stop waters

3508: A situation has occurred in which your vessel must be towed. When the towing vessel passes thetowing line to you, you should secure the line __________.

a. to the base of the foremastb. to the forwardmost bittsc. to the forward part of the deckhoused. at the stern

3511: The wheel on the windlass with indentations for the anchor chain is the __________.

a. grabberb. wildcatc. locking ringd. pawl

3514: Which type of anchor is depicted? (D038DG )

a. Stockb. Danforthc. Patentd. Oldfashioned

3516: The signal man has both arms extended out, palms down, and is moving his arms back and forth.This is the signal for __________.

a. keep liftingb. swing right




c. swing leftd. emergency stop

3518: A tug's horsepower available at the shaft is __________.

a. indicated horsepowerb. brake horsepowerc. dynamic horsepowerd. net horsepower

3519: Strengthening damaged bulkheads by using wood or steel is called __________.

a. bracingb. batteningc. blockingd. shoring

3520: A situation has occurred where it becomes necessary for you to be towed. What action should betaken to prevent your vessel from yawing?

a. Shift weight to the bowb. Shift weight to the center of the boatc. Shift weight to the sternd. Throw excess weight overboard

3521: Once a towline is connected between the towing vessel and the disabled vessel, the towing vesselshould __________.

a. not exceed bare steerageway during the transitb. take a strain as soon as you can to control the towc. come up to speed very slowly and maintain a "safe speed"d. come up to speed quickly, then cut back power considerably to ease the strain

3530: Which is NOT a duty of a lookout?

a. Refuse to talk to others, except as required by duty.b. Remain standing during your watch.c. Report every sighting.d. Supervise any deck work going on in the area.

3540: While on duty as a lookout, which other duty may you perform?

a. Sweep down the fo'c'sleb. Paint any area near your stationc. Overhaul a block, as long as it is at your lookout stationd. None of the above


a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1and 2 wing tanks.



b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having a common header vent.c. Carbon disulfide must be separated from pyridine by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, emptytanks, etc.).d. A tank of pyridine may be used to separate a tank of carbon disulfide from a tank ofdiisopropylamine.

3542: The Certificate of Inspection on a passenger vessel of over 100 gross tons must be posted__________.

a. in the Master's officeb. on the bridgec. in a conspicuous place where observation by the passengers is likelyd. in the passengers' dining room or, where there is no dining room, in the lounge area

3544: Wire rope should be renewed when the __________.

a. outer wires are rustedb. outer wires are worn to half their original diameterc. inner core appears dryd. certification period expires

3550: When can a lookout leave his duty station?

a. 15 minutes before the end of the watchb. At the end of the watchc. When properly relievedd. At any time

3556: The choice of length of tow bridle legs is governed by the __________.

a. expected towing forcesb. capability of retrieving gearc. freeboard of the unit being towedd. need to reduce yaw

3560: What should lookouts report?

a. Discolored waterb. Shoalsc. Floating objectsd. All of the above

3561: A holder of a license as Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels may work each 24 hours for aperiod not to exceed __________.

a. 24 hoursb. 18 hoursc. 12 hoursd. 6 hours

3562: The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm extended with his fingers closed and thumbpointing upward. This is the signal to __________.



a. raise the boomb. raise the hookc. raise the boom and hookd. check the boom stop

3564: The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called the __________.

a. fluke angleb. tripping anglec. penetration angled. holding angle

3565: The safety stopper that prevents the anchor cable from running free if the cable jumps the wildcatis the __________.

a. riding pawlb. devil's clawc. buckler plated. spill pipe

3570: As lookout, you spot an object 45° off your port bow. You should report the object as__________.

a. broad on the port bowb. 3 points on the port bowc. 3 points forward of the port beamd. on the port beam

3576: Heave is motion along the __________.

a. longitudinal axisb. transverse axisc. vertical axisd. centerline axis

3580: You are standing the wheelwatch on entering port and the Master gives you a rudder commandwhich conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

a. Obey the Master.b. Obey the Pilot.c. Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting orders.d. Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.

3582: What term indicates the length measured along the summer load line from the intersection of thatload line with the foreside of the stem and the intersection of that load line with the after side of therudder post?

a. Length overallb. Register lengthc. Length between perpendicularsd. Length on the waterline



3583: Indicated horsepower refers to a towing vessel's power which is __________.

a. theoretically availableb. measured on a test bedc. developed at the shaftd. measured by dynamometer

3584: The tripping palm is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

a. Fb. Gc. Hd. J

3586: The last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________.

a. whiteb. international orangec. yellowd. red

3586: The last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________.


3587: Following a serious marine incident, a device to test an individuals breath can be used by__________.

a. any individual trained to conduct such testsb. the marine employerc. qualified medical personnel onlyd. any USCG licensed deck officer

3588: Conventional anchors are least likely to hold in a bottom consisting of __________.

a. soft clayb. hard mudc. sandd. rock

3589: A vessel has been surveyed in a foreign port and found unseaworthy as a result of neglect. Aseaman on this vessel is entitled to discharge and __________.

a. transportation to the port of engagementb. one month's pay onlyc. one month's pay or transportation to the nearest U.S. port, whichever is the least amountd. one month's pay or transportation to the nearest U.S. port, whichever is the greateramount





a. use as much rudder as possible to maintain courseb. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible jobc. use as little rudder as possible to maintain coursed. advise his relief of the course being steered

3599: What term indicates the outward curvature of the hull above the waterline?

a. sheerb. tumble homec. deadrised. flare

3600: A helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder." The helmsman's IMMEDIATEreply should be __________.

a. "Aye Aye Sir"b. "Right 15 degrees rudder"c. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"d. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order

3602: What is the penalty for desertion?

a. Fine of not more than 2000 dollars and forfeiture of wagesb. Imprisonment for not more than 2 years and/or a fine of not more than 2000 dollarsc. Revocation of Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if applicable) and forfeiture of wagesdued. Forfeiture of money and property left on the vessel, and wages due

3604: The Jews' harp is indicated by which letter? (D038DG )

a. Kb. Jc. Hd. F

3606: A spreader bar is used to __________.

a. increase the lifting capacityb. increase the lifting radiusc. protect the slingsd. protect the upper part of a load

3608: The horizontal port or starboard movement of a vessel is called __________.

a. yawb. swayc. surged. heave

3610: You have a tow of chemical barges. The mate reports an ammonia smell around the head of the




tow. You would suspect a leak in the barge carrying __________.

a. methyl chlorideb. heptanec. propanolamined. morpholine

3612: Buckler plates are __________.

a. triangularshaped plates connecting the bull chain to the topping liftb. metal plates secured over the tops of the hawsepipesc. faired shell plates with curvature in two directionsd. sheets of dunnage used to prevent heavy cargo from buckling the deck plates

3614: While you are on watch, you learn that a crewman has not been seen on board for the past threehours. Which type of turn is best in this manoverboard situation?

a. Roundb. Scharnowc. Racetrackd. Single turn of 180°

3616: A tug in irons is __________.

a. rudder boundb. being tripped by the towlinec. unable to maneuverd. broached

3631: The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen required on board is listed in the__________.

a. Certificate of Inspectionb. American Bureau of Shipping codec. Muster List ("Station Bill")d. Safety of Life at Sea Convention

3632: You are lifting a oneton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses on the rigwith the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, whichstatement is TRUE?

a. The thrust on the boom is greater at 60°.b. The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60°.c. The stress on the heel block is less at 20°.d. The stress on the head block is less at 60°.

3644: You are drifting in a locale where there is no current. As a rule, your vessel will lie __________.

a. bow to the windb. beam to the windc. stern to the windd. with the wind on the quarter



3645: Conventional anchors are least likely to hold in a bottom consisting of __________.

a. soft clayb. hard mudc. very soft mudd. sand

3652: You are lifting a oneton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses in the rigwith the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, whichstatement is TRUE?

a. The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60°.b. The thrust on the boom is greater at 20°.c. The stress on the heel block is less at 20°.d. The stress on the masthead fairlead for the topping lift is greater at 20°.

3654: Horizontal transverse motion of a vessel is known as __________.

a. pitchb. surgec. swayd. heave

3662: Unless extremely flexible wire rope is used, the sheave diameter should always be as large aspossible, but should never be less than __________.

a. 20 times the rope diameterb. 10 times the rope diameterc. 2 times the rope diameterd. the rope diameter

3680: What is the penalty for willfully damaging cargo?

a. Forfeiture of wages equal to the value of the damage and, if ordered by the court,imprisonment for not more than 12 monthsb. Fine equal to the value of the damage plus a 1000 dollar penalty and/or imprisonment not toexceed 2 yearsc. Fine not to exceed the value of the damage and/or imprisonment not to exceed 18 monthsd. Revocation of Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if applicable), fine equal to the valueof the damage or imprisonment for not more than 2 years

3681: While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the helmsman a rudder command whichconflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman __________.

a. obeys the Pilotb. obeys the Masterc. asks you for instructionsd. brings the rudder to a point midway between the two conflicting positions

3682: The boom indicator tells the operator at what angle the boom is compared to the __________.

a. horizontal position of the boom



b. vertical position of the boomc. horizontal position of the load being liftedd. vertical position of the load being lifted

3684: In towing, heaving lines are used for __________.

a. passing a tow bridle to the tugb. passing a messenger linec. heaving in the tow bridled. service lines with rocket line throwers

3686: If the towline parts, you should __________.

a. start pushing aheadb. abandon the towing vesselc. retrieve the tow bridled. relieve strain on the retrieving line

3689: The wildcat is linked to the central drive shaft on most windlasses by __________.

a. an electromagnetic brakeb. a hydraulic couplingc. aligning the keyways on both and inserting a keyd. a mechanical coupling where lugs engage detents

3690: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter I is the __________. (D038DG )

a. tripping palmb. flukec. billd. stock

3691: On the cargo manifest, the gross weight of a box containing cargo is the weight of the__________.

a. cargob. boxc. cargo and boxd. rate weight

3692: What provides little or no indication that a vessel is dragging anchor?

a. Increasing radar range to a fixed object aheadb. Drift lead with the line leading perpendicular to the centerlinec. Vibrations felt by placing a hand on the anchor cabled. Changing bearings to distant fixed objects abeam

3693: When the Pilot is embarked he or she __________.

a. relieves the Master of his dutiesb. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vesselc. is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational knowledge




d. relieves the officer of the watch

3694: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Whichstatement about the required pilot is TRUE?

a. The pilot must be licensed by Virginia or Maryland.b. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.c. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.d. The Pilot need only by licensed by the Coast Guard.

3710: A new crewman reports on board. He must be trained in the use of the ship's lifesaving applianceswithin what time period?

a. 2 monthsb. 1 monthc. 2 weeksd. Before sailing

3712: When should a crane boomup so high that the boom hits the stops?

a. Only if the load has not exceeded the limit at that angleb. Only if the load contains nonhazardous materialsc. Only if necessary to perform a given liftd. Never

3719: Besides saving distance along the track line, another advantage of the Scharnow Turn over theWilliamson Turn in a man overboard situation is because __________.

a. it is fasterb. it can be used in both the immediate action and the delayed action situationsc. in fog, if the turn is started as soon as the man goes over, the vessel will be at the point where hewent over when the turn is completedd. it returns the vessel to the original track line on a reciprocal course

3722: The nexttolast shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________.


3724: What part of the ground tackle is the most likely to develop fractures due to extensive anchor use?

a. Anchor shankb. Swivelc. Jews' harpd. Fluke

3726: You are lifting a oneton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses on the rigwith the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, whichstatement is TRUE?



a. The angle of elevation does not change the stresses in the masthead fairlead for the topping lift.b. The stress on the head block is greater at 60°.c. The stress on the heel block is greater at 60°.d. The thrust on the boom is greater at 20°.

3728: The main reason a long towline is used during an ocean tow is that __________.

a. a margin of safety is provided should the line partb. the towline will wear more evenlyc. there will be less stress on the towlined. a slight increase in speed will be realized

3740: Instructions to the crew in the use of all the ship's lifesaving equipment shall be completed__________.

a. before sailingb. within one week of sailingc. in one month and repeated quarterlyd. within any two month period

3742: It is good practice to use long towlines for ocean tows because the __________.

a. wear on the towline is equalizedb. weight of the towline increases the towing forcec. dip in the towline absorbs shock loadsd. danger of overriding is reduced

3770: SOLAS requires a lifesaving training manual be provided in each crew cabin or in the__________.

a. bridgeb. engineering control stationc. recreation and messroomsd. fire control room



3790: The locking pin that joins the parts of a detachable link is held in position by __________.

a. a tack weldb. the selflocking characteristics of its taperc. a cotter pind. a lead plug

3820: When making a Scharnow turn, the __________.




a. rudder must be put over towards the side the man went overb. initial turn direction is away from the side the man went overc. rudder is put hard over and the initial turn is maintained until about 240° from theoriginal coursed. man overboard must be not more than 300 feet astern when starting the turn

3840: You are lifting a oneton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the stresses on the rigwith the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, whichstatement is true?

a. The thrust on the boom is greater at 20°.b. The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60°.c. The stress on the heel block is less at 60°.d. The change in angle of elevation has no effect on the stresses in the head block.

3938: With a given load on the cargo hook, tension in a single span topping lift __________.

a. increases as the boom's angle to the horizontal increasesb. is at a maximum when the boom is at a 45° angle to the horizontalc. increases as the boom's angle to the horizontal decreasesd. decreases as the boom's angle to the horizontal decreases

3950: In general, an unreinforced vessel can safely navigate in ice provided the concentration does notexceed how many OKTAs?

a. 1b. 2c. 3d. 4

3960: The line with the most stretch is __________.

a. manilab. nylonc. polypropylened. dacron

3982: Fairleads perform the same function as __________.

a. deadeyesb. bollardsc. bittsd. chocks

4006: No hot work shall be performed on board a vessel with hazardous materials as cargo unless thework is approved by the __________.

a. American Bureau of Shippingb. local U.S. Coast Guard Captain of the Portc. National Cargo Bureaud. harbormaster



4007: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags it off station. Whatshould you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious?

a. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and nofurther action is necessary.b. If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.c. Wait one week and submit form CG2692 to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety orInspection Office.d. Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submitform CG2692.

4009: What is used to prevent twisting of a towing bridle?

a. A bittb. A bulkheadc. A Vspringd. A fishplate

4010: You have completed a crude oil wash. What action should be taken with the oil in the lines runningto the washing machines?

a. Open a COW nozzle forward and one aft and drain the line into the after tank by gravityb. Blow the line out using compressed airc. Pull a suction using the supply line pumpd. Close off all valves in the system and leave the oil in the line primed for the next crude oil wash


a. thirty (30) day's noticeb. a week's noticec. one day's noticed. no notice


a. thirty (30) day's noticeb. a week's noticec. one day's noticed. no notice

4012: The purpose of item G is to __________. (D024DG )

a. distribute the vessel's thrust over a wider areab. prevent the towboat from capsizing if item I should partc. prevent the knee from shifting when the rudder is put hard overd. keep the barges from shifting fore and aft

4013: What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be documented?

a. 26 feet; endtoend over the deck excluding sheerb. 100 gross tonsc. 5 net tons




d. 26 feet between perpendiculars

4014: The facewire refers to item __________. (D024DG )

a. Ib. Hc. Bd. A

4016: Which statement is TRUE concerning weather conditions on the Great Lakes?

a. When a vessel is south of an eastwardmoving storm center, the approach of the low isevidenced by winds from the north to northeast.b. When a vessel is north of an eastwardmoving storm center, changes in the weather areless distinctive than when sailing south of the center.c. The most destructive storms usually come from the northwest or north.d. Thunderstorms are most likely to develop from November through April.

4018: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is __________.

a. sandb. very soft mudc. shaled. rock

4018: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is __________.

a. sandb. very soft mudc. shaled. rock

4020: You are on a tankship discharging oil. When all of the oil that the main cargo pumps can handle ispumped out of a tank, the remainder is __________.

a. stripped out and pumped directly ashore into the mainline as the remaining cargo tanks arepumped out with the main pumpsb. stripped to one tank and then pumped out with the main pumpsc. stripped out and pumped directly ashore after all the tanks have been emptied by the mainpumpsd. gravitated to the centers from the wings and pumped out with the main pumps

4022: Your vessel is being assisted through an ice field in Thunder Bay by the Canadian Coast Guardicebreaker Alexander Henry. The starboard lookout reports that the icebreaker has run up the code flag"N" (November). What action should you take?

a. Reduce speedb. Stop your enginesc. Reverse your enginesd. Stop your vessel instantly

4024: An icebreaker displaying a flag hoist which consists of the code letters "WO" (Whiskey Oscar) is




indicating that __________.

a. icebreaker support is finishedb. icebreaker support is commencingc. the icebreaker is iceboundd. the icebreaker is beset

4026: One of the greatest hazards of pushing ahead is parting which item shown? (D024DG )

a. Ab. Bc. Fd. I

4028: Which statement about the carriage of coal is true?

a. Most problems with spontaneous combustion will occur within 72 hours of loading and after thatthe risk decreases.b. Wet coal is more liable to spontaneous heating than dry coal.c. Coal absorbs nitrogen from the air which reacts with methane and causes spontaneous heating.d. Freshly worked coal is more dangerous than weathered coal.

4029: Which statement is TRUE concerning toluene?

a. Its Reid Vapor Pressure is 9.4.b. The boiling point is 174°F.c. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon.d. It is classified as a grade A flammable liquid.

4030: While discharging a cargo, the stripping of the tanks falls behind schedule. This would indicate the__________.

a. main pumps are working at a high discharge pressureb. main pumps are leaving too much oil in the tanksc. stripping pump is not primedd. stripping line is crossconnected to the main line

4032: The pivot pin at the base of a sheathscrew boom davit must be __________.

a. inserted each time before the booms are cranked outb. periodically removed for inspection and lubricatedc. replaced at each inspection for certificationd. in the locked position after the boat is cradled and griped down

4034: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended downwards, forefinger pointingdown, and moves his hand in small horizontal circles. This is the signal to __________.

a. lowerb. swingc. hoistd. extend




4036: When a cargo boom or crane is rated at varying capacities, there will be a table at the controlswhich relates safe working load to __________.

a. winch speedb. boom strengthc. load radiusd. cable strength

4038: Which cargo would require a dangerous cargo manifest?

a. Cottonb. Wheatc. Sugard. Lumber

4040: When towing another vessel astern, the length of the towline should be __________.

a. as long as possibleb. such that one vessel will be on a crest while the other is in a troughc. such that the vessels will be "in step"d. not over two wave lengths in seas up to 10 feet

4042: You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. What is the maximum safe docking speed whencoming alongside?

a. 0.1 foot per second (0.06 knot)b. 0.2 foot per second (0.12 knot)c. 0.5 foot per second (0.30 knot)d. 0.75 foot per second (0.44 knot)


a. aft of the propellersb. about onequarter of the vessel's length from the sternc. about onethird of the vessel's length from the bowd. at the bow

4044: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle B4. It has a diameter of500 yards and your vessel's LOA is 484 feet. If you anchor in 8 fathoms at the center of the circle, whatis the maximum number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle?

a. 6 shotsb. 5 shotsc. 4 shotsd. 3 shots

4046: Which statement about tunnel bow thrusters fitted to large vessels is TRUE?

a. They are effective on most vessels at speeds up to 10 knots.b. Because of their location, most modern installations have as much power as a tug.c. They are fully effective at all drafts.d. When going astern at slow speed, they provide effective steering control.



4047: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering thevessel alongside the pier?

a. Inshore head lineb. Bow spring linec. Stern breast lined. Bow breast line



4049: Tugs sometimes shackle a length of chain in the towline in order to __________.

a. take the wear should the towline drag bottomb. assure that if the towline is overstressed it will part close to the bridlec. prevent the towline from whipping should it partd. put spring in the towline

4050: You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. When anchoring without the aid of tugs, yourmaximum speed should not exceed how many feet per second?

a. 0.5 (0.3 knot)b. 1.0 (0.6 knot)c. 1.3 (0.8 knot)d. 1.75 (1.0 knot)

4051: You are the operator of an uninspected vessel which is involved in an accident. You are notrequired to assist people affected by the accident if __________.

a. the other vessel did not appear to be sinkingb. it would unduly delay your voyagec. the other vessel was at faultd. it would cause serious danger to your vessel

4052: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle B4. It has a diameter of700 yards and your vessel's LOA is 600 feet. If you anchor in 11 fathoms at the center of the circle, whatis the maximum number of shots of chain can use and still remain in the circle?


4053: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message by rapidtransmission which does not require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you give thismessage?




4054: "Hanging a barge off" means to __________.

a. moor a damaged barge to the bank and leaveb. remove and deliver a loaded barge from a multiple towc. remove a barge while locking throughd. tow an empty barge astern




a. Bow spring lineb. Inshore head linec. Stern breast lined. Bow breast line

4058: Your vessel is equipped with mechanical davits. When stowing the lifeboat after a drill whileunderway, you should __________.

a. leave the tricing pendants slackb. ensure the falls are tautc. leave the outboard part of the cradle in the down positiond. secure the inboard gripes only

4059: A 750 foot passenger vessel operating on the Great Lakes, not subject to SOLAS regulations, isrequired to carry how many ring life buoys?

a. 24b. 18c. 12d. 6








4061: The two factors which make underwater hull repair difficult are accessibility and the __________.

a. availability of toolsb. shape of the hullc. pressure exerted by the waterd. threat of progressive flooding

4062: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, andmoves his hand in a small horizontal circle. This is the signal to __________.

a. swingb. lowerc. hoistd. extend

4063: The knot at the end of the heaving line used to pass the towing hawser is called a __________.

a. monkey's fistb. ball or baseball knotc. heaving knotd. three strand Turk's head

4064: Which statement concerning castor oil is TRUE?

a. It has a Reid vapor pressure of 9.5.b. It has a specific gravity of 1.3.c. The boiling point is 215°F (102°C).d. It is a grade E combustible liquid.

4066: What is the MOST irritating to the skin?

a. Carbon disulfideb. Ethyl alcoholc. Isoprened. Oleum


a. use as little rudder as possible to maintain courseb. advise his relief of the course being steeredc. consider steering a vessel a highly responsible jobd. use as much rudder as possible to maintain course



4068: What produces the MOST dangerous vapors?

a. Anhydrous ammoniab. Camphor oilc. Methyl alcohold. Pentane

4069: The horizontal foreandaft movement of a vessel is called __________.

a. yawb. swayc. heaved. surge

4070: Small floes of rough, hummocky sea ice capable of damaging a vessel __________.

a. can usually be detected by radar in a smooth sea at a range of 4 to 6 kilometersb. are indistinguishable from sea return on the PPIc. are invisible to radar when covered with a thick layer of snowd. are usually seen at night before they are close enough to provide a radar echo

4071: The head block is located___________.

a. at the base of the boomb. at the head of the boomc. at the head of the mastd. on top of the jack staff

4072: How should you signal the crane operator to stop in an emergency?

a. Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position rigidly.b. Place clasped hands in front of your body.c. Extend arm and move hand rapidly right and left with the palm down.d. Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs pointing outward.

4088: With a given load on the cargo hook, the thrust on a cargo boom __________.

a. increases as the angle to the horizontal increasesb. increases as the angle to the horizontal decreasesc. is greatest at an angle of 45° and decreases as the boom is raised or loweredd. is least at an angle of 45° and increases as the boom is raised or lowered

4090: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is_____.

a. very soft mudb. hard mudc. shaled. rock




a. bowb. center of gravityc. centerlined. bridge

4092: To reconnect a broken tow line, it is better to use a polypropylene messenger line because it__________.

a. has great strengthb. is very supplec. floatsd. absorbs shock by stretching

4096: Yawing is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?


4101: Which of the following is a characteristic of a RoRo vessel?

a. Passenger tours available upon dockingb. Long port stays necessary to secure vehiclesc. Short in port turnaround timesd. Heavy vehicles only require lightweight securing equipment

4102: What characterizes a RoRo vessel?

a. May carry up to 24 passengersb. High freeboard and sail areac. Long port stays required for cargo securingd. Lightweight securing equipment trailers

4103: Which of the following is not a loading or transfer feature aboard a RoRo vessel?

a. Stern ramp and/or side rampb. Cargo liftc. Hatch opening designed as a liftd. Stuelcken boom

4104: The primary objective of a RoRo vessel is to __________.

a. transfer containers without chassisb. load the vessel with palletized cargoc. transport vehiclesd. be loaded full and down to her marks

4105: Cargo that is suitable for carriage on RoRo vessels includes __________.

a. trailersb. rolling vehicles



c. containersd. All of the above

4106: Which of the following are considered to be "road vehicles" that can be carried on RoRo vessels?

a. Semitrailerb. Road trainc. Articulated road traind. All of the above

4107: Which of the following are considered to be "road vehicles" that can be carried on RoRo vessels?

a. Semitrailerb. Trainc. Articulated traind. All of the above

4108: Any vehicle to be loaded aboard a RoRo vessel must __________.

a. weigh less than 22 tonsb. be provided with an effective braking systemc. have securing points with each aperture capable of accepting more than one lashingd. All of the above

4109: Which operating procedure(s) should be adhered to on a RoRo vessel?

a. One officer assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashingb. All lashings should be completed before leaving portc. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings during the voyaged. All of the above

4110: Which standard operating procedure(s) should be adhered to on a RoRo vessel?

a. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings as required during voyageb. Battery cables must be disconnected to prevent fire hazardc. One deck engine mechanic assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashingd. All of the above

4111: What is(are) standard operating procedure(s) used on a RoRo vessel?

a. Two deck officers assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashingb. Lashings may be completed after leaving portc. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings as required during voyaged. All of the above


a. One engineer officer assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashingb. Cargo lashings may be removed at sea for maintenancec. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings during the voyaged. All of the above




a. Periodic inspection and retensioning of lashings as required during voyageb. Lashings may be completed after the vessel leaves portc. One QMED assigned to oversee the initial loading and lashingd. All of the above

4114: When accepting vehicles for shipment, the Master should ensure that __________.

a. all decks intended for the stowage of vehicles are, in so far as is practicable, free from oil andgreaseb. the ship has on board an adequate supply of cargo securing gear, which is maintained in soundworking conditionc. vehicles are in apparent good order and condition suitable for sea transport, particularly withregards to securingd. All of the above

4114: When accepting vehicles for shipment, the Master should ensure that __________.

a. all decks intended for the stowage of vehicles are, in so far as is practicable, free from oil andgreaseb. the ship has on board an adequate supply of cargo securing gear, which is maintained in soundworking conditionc. vehicles are in apparent good order and condition suitable for sea transport, particularly withregards to securingd. All of the above

4115: Entries should be made in a RoRo vessel’s cargosecuring device record book for __________.

a. procedures for accepting cargo securing devicesb. procedures for maintaining and repairing cargosecuring devicesc. record of cargo securing device inspectionsd. All of the above

4116: Onboard a RoRo vessel many decks are used for the carriage of both rolling and containercargoes, as such it is most useful if a deck socket accepts both __________.

a. twistLocks and lashing hooksb. container locks and bridge fittingsc. bridge fittings and lashing hooksd. twistlocks and container locks

4117: Cargo securing for RoRo is based on the concept of __________.

a. solid packingb. rapid loading and dischargec. vessel loaded full and down to her marksd. palletized cargo

4118: Which factor(s) affect lashing requirements aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Ship’s characteristics and motion in a seaway



b. Trim of the vesselc. Wide variations of air temperatured. All of the above

4119: The securing of passenger cars on a RoRo vessel requires __________.

a. simple and lightweight equipmentb. low labor intensive equipmentc. specially designed equipment to avoid vehicle damaged. All of the above

4120: Which of the following is considered auxiliary securing equipment that provides extra reliability tolashing in RoRo transport operations?

a. Trailer trestlesb. Pedestalsc. Wheel chocksd. All of the above

4121: The lashings used on RoRo vessels should be capable of withstanding the forces of __________.

a. rollingb. pitchingc. heavingd. All of the above


a. pitching and heavingb. rollingc. any force of gravity acting on the lashesd. All of the above


a. any force of gravity acting on the lashesb. rollingc. pitchingd. All of the above

4124: Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Vessel's draftb. Center of gravity of vehicle or cargo unitc. Changes in humidityd. Age of vehicle or cargo unit


a. Age of vehicle or cargo unitb. Size and weight of vehicle/cargo unitc. Reputation of shipper concerning condition of cargo



d. Air pressure in the vehicles tires


a. Number, position and angle of lashingsb. Vessel's draftc. Port of origind. ABS requirements

4127: Which lashing device(s) would be used in securing heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Buckle or ratchet tensionerb. Webbingc. Chaind. All of the above

4128: Which of the following lashing materials would be used in securing heavy vehicles aboard RoRovessels?

a. Chain lever or turnbuckleb. Webbingc. Buckle or ratchet tensionerd. All of the above

4129: Which lashing materials would be used in securing light vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain lever or turnbuckleb. Webbingc. Chaind. None of the above

4130: Which lashing material is preferred when securing new cars aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain lever or turnbuckleb. Webbingc. Wired. None of the above

4131: What is used when securing light vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Buckle or ratchet tensionerb. Chainc. Wired. Manila rope

4132: What is used when securing heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Buckle or ratchet tensionerb. Webbingc. Manila roped. None of these



4133: What is used when securing light vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain lever or turnbuckleb. Chainc. Wired. None of these

4134: What may NOT be used when securing heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain leverb. Turnbucklec. Webbingd. Chain

4135: An advantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that it__________.

a. has long lifeb. is light weightc. absorbs shockd. has fine adjustment

4136: A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that it__________.

a. can wrap around cargob. is easily damagedc. is affected by temperatured. does not absorb shock

4137: A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that it is__________.

a. heavyb. easily damagedc. affected by temperatured. costly relative to the strength ratio

4138: The disadvantage(s) of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that__________.

a. it is heavyb. the links lose strength if placed over cornersc. it does not absorb shockd. All of the above

4139: A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that__________.

a. it is easily damagedb. it is affected by temperaturec. the links lose strength if placed over corners



d. it has high initial cost

4140: The disadvantage(s) of using web lashing on light vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that it__________.

a. deteriorates in sunlightb. cuts on sharp edgesc. is vulnerable to damage and pilferaged. All of the above

4141: What is/are the advantage(s) of using web lashing on light vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Good working lifeb. Light and easy to handlec. Flexibled. All of the above

4142: The advantage(s) of using wire rope lashing on vehicles aboard RoRo vessels is that it__________.

a. is Lighter than chainb. has a good working lifec. is not affected by temperatured. All of the above

4143: Which tensioning device is used with wire rope lashing to secure vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain leverb. Buckle tensionerc. Adjustamatic tensionerd. Ratchet tensioner

4144: Which tensioning device is used with chain to secure heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain leverb. Buckle tensionerc. Adjustamatic tensionerd. Ratchet tensioner

4145: Which tensioning device is used with webbing to secure light vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain leverb. Turnbucklec. Adjustamatic tensionerd. Ratchet tensioner

4146: Which of the following tensioning devices is used with webbing to secure light vehicles aboardRoRo vessels?

a. Chain leverb. Buckle tensionerc. Adjustamatic tensioner



d. Turnbuckle

4147: Which tensioning device is used with wire rope lashing to secure vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Chain lever.b. Adjustamatic tensionerc. Buckle tensionerd. Ratchet tensioner

4148: Which tensioning device is used with chain to secure heavy vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Ratchet tensionerb. Buckle tensionerc. Adjustamatic tensionerd. Turnbuckle

4149: Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehiclesaboard RoRo vessels?

a. The securing of cargo on flats and trailers must be adequate to withstand road motions only.b. The movements experienced by road borne cargo are the same as the movements of a ship atsea.c. The generally recommended lash angle is no greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck inany direction.d. It is not necessary for an adequate number of securing points on the vehicles themselves sincesetting the brakes is sufficient.

4150: Which of the following is/are TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehicles aboard RoRo vessels?

a. The securing of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers must be adequate to withstand bothroad and sea motionsb. The generally recommended lash angle cannot be greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck inany direction.c. It is necessary for an adequate number of securing points on the vehicles themselves in orderthat lashings may be properly and safely utilized.d. All the above

4151: Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure vehiclesaboard RoRo vessels?

a. It is NOT imperative that the securing of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers be adequatefor BOTH road and sea motions.b. The generally recommended lash angle should not be greater than 45 degrees relative tothe deck in any direction.c. For effective securing vehicles should be stowed athwartships whenever possible.d. It is not necessary to lash automobiles since setting the brakes is sufficient to keep them frommoving.

4152: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding lashing requirements to securevehicles aboard RoRo vessels?



a. It is imperative that the securing of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers be adequate forboth road and sea motions.b. The movements experienced by road borne cargo differ significantly from the roll and swaymovements of a ship at sea.c. It is necessary for adequate number and strength of securing points on the vehicles themselves inorder that lashings may be properly and safely utilized.d. All the above

4153: What should you be concerned with when loading and securing vehicles on a RoRo?

a. Number, position and angle of lashesb. Number of axlesc. Disconnecting the battery cables to prevent fire hazardd. Minor air pressure changes in the tires

4154: What should you be concerned with when loading and securing vehicles aboard a RoRo vessel?

a. That all fuel is drained from the vehicles' tanks to prevent fire hazardb. The size, weight, and center of gravity of vehicle/cargo unitc. The preferred stowage of vehicles is athwartships wherever possibled. The vehicles' brakes should not be set to allow for adjusting the lashings

4155: Which factor(s) should be considered when loading vehicles or trailers aboard RoRo vessels?

a. Layout of decksb. Vertical clearancesc. Tiedown and lashingd. All of the above

4156: Which element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "Cargo Securing Manual"?

a. Weight of the vehiclesb. Geographical area of the voyagec. Dynamic forces under adverse weather conditionsd. All of the above

4157: Which of the following element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "CargoSecuring Manual"?

a. Duration of the voyageb. Types of cargo units and vehicles to be carriedc. Weight of cargo units and vehiclesd. All of the above

4158: Which of the following element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "CargoSecuring Manual"?

a. Weight of cargo units and vehiclesb. Types of cargo units and vehicles to be carriedc. Dynamic forces under adverse weather conditionsd. All of the above



4159: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be oneach side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 3.5 Tons and 20 Tons, when carriedon RoRo vessels?


4160: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be oneach side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 20 tons and 30 tons, when carried onRoRo vessels?




4162: According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points that should be oneach side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle mass is between 3.5 tons and 20 tons, when carried onRoRo vessels?

a. Oneb. Twoc. Threed. None of the above


a. Oneb. Twoc. Threed. None of the above


a. Oneb. Twoc. Three



d. None of the above

4171: While loading or discharging vehicles, which is the most important safety consideration aboard aRoRo vessel?

a. Preventing the asphyxiation of personnel below decksb. Notifying the engine room prior to completing operationsc. Calling out the deck department for all hands periodicallyd. Ensuring that a fuel barge cannot come alongside

4172: What should be done after putting down the ramp on a RoRo vessel, prior to loading ordischarging cargo?

a. Turn on red cargo light.b. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds.c. Call out the deck department for all hands.d. None of the above

4173: What should be done before energizing the cargo hold ventilation on a RoRo vessel, prior toloading or discharging cargo?

a. Call out the deck department for all hands.b. Notify the boarding agent.c. Notify the engine room.d. All of the above

4174: What should be done immediately after putting down the stern ramp on a RoRo vessel, prior toloading or discharging cargo?

a. Turn on the red cargo light.b. Turn on pumproom ventilation.c. Call out the deck department for all hands.d. Raise/open the stern door.

4175: Which of the following is NOT necessary, prior to loading or discharging cargo on a RoRovessel?

a. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds.b. Lower the stern ramp.c. Turn on the red cargo light.d. Raise/open the stern door.

4177: Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to loading or discharging cargoon a RoRo vessel?

a. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern doorb. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open the stern door, lower the stern rampc. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holdsd. Raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds




a. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holdsb. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open the stern door, lower the stern rampc. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern doord. Raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds


a. Raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holdsb. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open the stern door, lower the stern rampc. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern doord. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds


a. Raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holdsb. Lower the stern ramp, raise/open stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holdsc. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, lower the stern ramp, raise/open stern doord. Turn on ventilation for cargo holds, raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp

4181: Which lashing gear used aboard RoRo vessels should be painted or soaked in oil when not in use?

a. Wire rope.b. Chainc. Webbingd. All of the above

4182: Which lashing gear used aboard RoRo vessels should be painted or soaked in oil when not in use?

a. Chainb. Wire ropec. Webbingd. All of the above

4183: Which of the following lashing gear used aboard RoRo vessels should be maintained when not inuse?


4184: Which of the following lashing gear used aboard RoRo vessels should be stowed when not in use?


4185: How could lashing gear used aboard RoRo vessels be stowed when not in use?



a. Drape along bracketsb. Hang vertically in a sheltered areac. Stow in bins at hatch coming sided. All of the above

4186: How could lashing gear used aboard RoRo vessels be stowed when not in use?

a. Drape along bracketsb. Leave in place while back loading cargo to save timec. Hang vertically in the paint lockerd. All of the above

4187: Which of the following is the stated proper sequence before commencing cargo operations aboardRoRo vessels?

a. Start ventilation, lower the ramp, notify engine roomb. Lower the ramp, start ventilation, notify engine roomc. Notify engine room, lower the ramp, start ventilationd. Start ventilation, notify engine room, lower the ramp

4188: The most important safety consideration during loading or discharge aboard a RoRo vessel is__________.

a. having all crewmembers and longshoremen wear hard hatsb. the thorough ventilation of all cargo spacesc. ensuring that visitors cannot come aboardd. having the outboard anchor down

4202: Which of the following statements is/are TRUE concerning cranes being installed on the centerlineof vessels?

a. One crane is able to work both sides of the ship.b. One crane is able to work one end of two adjacent hatches.c. They are more economical and weigh less.d. All of the above

4203: Which of the following statements is/are FALSE concerning cranes being installed on thecenterline of vessels?

a. One crane is able to work both sides of the ship.b. One crane is able to work one end of two adjacent hatches.c. A centerline crane can never work more than one hatch.d. All of the above

4204: Which of the following statements is FALSE concerning cranes being installed on the centerline ofvessels?

a. A centerline crane can never be operated in tandem.b. One crane is able to work one end of two adjacent hatches.c. These cranes are more economical and weigh less than outboardmounted cranes.d. One crane is able to work both sides of the ship.



4205: Which piece of equipment is required to "twinup" 30ton pedestal cranes aboard a crane vessel?

a. Portable power swivelb. Equalizing beamc. 20foot container spreaderd. 40foot container spreader

4206: Which piece(s) of equipment is/are required to "twinup" 30ton pedestal cranes aboard a cranevessel?

a. Equalizing beamb. Portable power swivelc. 20foot container spreaderd. All of the above

4207: Which piece of equipment is required to "twinup" 30ton pedestal cranes aboard a crane vessel?

a. Portable power swivelb. 20foot container spreaderc. 40foot container spreaderd. None of the above

4208: What is the purpose of the equalizing beam aboard a crane vessel?

a. It allows for rotation of the hook in the single mode.b. It is required to "twinup" 30ton pedestal cranes.c. It is used to pick up light loads.d. It is used to rigidly connect two cranes.

4209: Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict the movement of which function?

a. Slew travel limitsb. Turntable limitsc. Luff travel limitsd. All of the above

4210: Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict the movement of which function?

a. Luff rate limitsb. Slew travel limitsc. Swivel power limitsd. Slew rate limits

4211: Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict movement of which function(s)?

a. Hoist upper & lower limitsb. Luff travel limitsc. Rider block hoist upper & lower limitsd. All of the above

4212: What is another name for the boom of a crane?



a. Liftb. Riderc. Jibd. All of the above

4213: What does a jib refer to on a crane?

a. Boomb. Topping liftc. Control cabd. Liftline

4214: What does a jib refer to on a crane?

a. Boomb. Topping liftc. Control cabd. Slewing control

4215: The electrical components for each single crane are installed in its __________.

a. crane houseb. machinery basec. turntabled. All of the above

4221: What does item "D" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Heel blockb. Gin blockc. Rider blockd. Hook block

4222: What does item "C" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Equalizing beamb. Hoist fall spreaderc. Rider blockd. Block/hook assembly

4223: What does item "A" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Boom luffing fallsb. Cargo hoist fallsc. Remote block tagline systemd. Slewing cable

4224: What does item "K" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Manual slewing cablesb. Rider block taglinesc. Jib luffing cables







d. Cargo snaking cables

4225: What does item "G" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Mastb. Pillarc. Turntabled. Pedestal

4226: What does item "E" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Taglineb. Electric cablec. Cargo snaking wired. Hook release cable

4227: Which of the following is/are the component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

a. Foundation assemblyb. Turntable assemblyc. Crane house assemblyd. All of the above

4228: Which of the following is/are the component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

a. Boom assemblyb. Hook block assemblyc. Operator's cabd. All of the above

4229: Which of the following is/are the optional component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

a. Boom assemblyb. Hook block assemblyc. Rider block tagline systemd. All of the above

4230: Which of the following is/are the optional component(s) of a twin crane set as shown? (D047DG )

a. Boom assemblyb. Hook block assemblyc. Crane house assemblyd. Rider block tagline system

4231: The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration can lift a maximum weight of howmany tons in the single mode? (D047DG )











4232: The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration can lift a maximum weight of howmany tons in the twin mode? (D049DG )


4233: The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration can lift a maximum weight of howmany tons when two cranes are married together in twin with the other pair of cranes at the opposite endof the hatch? (D051DG )


4234: What describes a tandem crane lift?

a. Single crane hoisting 30 tonsb. Two cranes on a single pedestal hoisting 60 tonsc. Two sets of twin cranes hoisting 120 tonsd. All of the above

4235: What describes a twin crane lift?

a. Single crane hoisting 30 tonsb. Two cranes on a single pedestal hoisting 60 tonsc. Two sets of twin cranes hoisting 120 tonsd. All of the above

4236: What is another description for a tandem crane lift?

a. Single crane hoisting 30 tonsb. Twin cranes hoisting 60 tonsc. Quad lift hoisting 120 tonsd. All of the above

4237: What is used to power modern pedestal cranes?

a. Steamb. Waterc. Hydraulicsd. All of the above

4238: Most pedestal crane power is provided by __________.

a. Electrohydraulic unitsb. Steam unitsc. Independent internal combustion power unitsd. All of the above





4239: Which safety precaution(s) should be observed during crane operations?

a. Checking for proper lifting from beneath the load during cargo operationsb. Using the proper slings or other lifting devices during cargo operationsc. Relaying communications to port agents on the pier during cargo hoistsd. All of the above

4240: It is the responsibility of the crane operator to, at all times, be aware of the location of the__________.

a. loadb. hookc. boomd. All of the above

4241: What should be given, as a minimum, to personnel who are involved in crane cargo handling?

a. Protective head gear, gloves, and steeltoed safety shoesb. A survival suit for work on the stern or side portc. A life preserver for going aloft to work on the craned. All of the above

4242: What is the advantage of the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes when operatingcargo?

a. The cranes enable the handling of heavy cargos without shoreside assistanceb. The cargo discharge can be accomplished with controlled pendulationc. The cargo discharge can be performed in port or at anchord. All of the above

4243: What is/are the advantage(s) of cranes over conventional cargo booms?

a. Cranes are able to pick up and drop loads over a greater spotting areab. Increased safety because the deck is clear of running and standing riggingc. Simplicity of operation of the crane by its operatord. All of the above

4244: What is meant by the term "luffing the boom" of a crane?

a. Stopping the boomb. Topping or lowering the boomc. Moving the boom left or rightd. All of the above

4245: What is meant by the term "levelluffing" a crane?

a. Luffing while the load remains at a constant heightb. Maintaining the boom at a constant heightc. Slewing the boom left or right in a level planetd. None of the above

4246: What does "levelluffing" accomplish during crane operations?



a. It prevents the load from swinging when the boom level is adjusted.b. Less power is needed when topping the boom with a load on the hook.c. It maintains the height of the load above the deck.d. All of the above

4247: Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding crane operations?

a. Radio communications allow the crane operator to disregard the use of hand signals.b. The crane operators and signalman must be familiar with the correct hand signals.c. The forward cranes can be operated from the bridge.d. The aft cranes can be operated from the aft steering station.

4248: Which of the following statements is/are TRUE regarding crane operations?

a. The crane operator and signalman must be familiar with hand signals.b. The cranes can be operated from shoreside.c. The cranes can be operated from the bridge.d. All of the above

4249: Which action(s) are included in crane operations?

a. Preoperation of the anchor windlassb. Preparing steam on deckc. Luff, slew, and hoist operationsd. All of the above

4250: Which action(s) is/are included in crane operations?

a. Preoperation checks and startupb. Removing booms from stowagec. Luff, slew, and hoist operationsd. All of the above


a. Singlemode setup & operationb. Twinmode setup & operationc. Normal boom stowage and shutdown operationd. All of the above


a. Normal boom stowage and shutdown operationsb. Emergency shutdown operationc. Removing booms from stowaged. All of the above

4253: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal cranes?

a. Each single boom is of the partiallevel luffing type and is capable of limited rotation.b. A slew drive system provides for rotation of each crane.c. An independent slew drive system rotates the turntable.



d. All of the above


a. Each single boom is of the partiallevel luffing type and is capable of limited rotation.b. A slew drive system provides for rotation of each crane.c. Maintenance logs and records are to be kept for each crane.d. All of the above

4255: Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding a twin pedestal crane set?

a. The cranes may be operated independently.b. The cranes may be interconnected for twin operation.c. When twinned, the crane rotation on the foundation assembly is unlimited.d. All of the above

4256: Which of the following statement(s) is/are FALSE regarding a twin pedestal crane set?

a. The cranes may be operated independently.b. The cranes may be interconnected for twin operation.c. The cranes are powered by independent internal combustion power units.d. All of the above


a. A slew drive system provides for rotation of each crane.b. An independent slew drive system rotates the turntable.c. Each crane is supplied with luff, hoist, and slew functions for crane load handling.d. All of the above

4258: Which statement is TRUE regarding the operation of a crane?

a. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.b. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the hoisting winch.c. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.d. The crane jib is raised and lowered by a jibing winch.

4259: Which statement is FALSE regarding the operation of a crane?

a. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.b. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the hoisting winch.c. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.d. None of the above

4260: Which statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding the operation of a crane?

a. The load is handled by the hoisting winch and cargo block.b. The crane jib is raised and lowered by the hoisting winch.c. The cargo block is raised and lowered by the luffing winch.d. All the above

4261: Who should be notified prior to starting up a crane?



a. The pumpmanb. The stevedore foremanc. The engine roomd. All the above

4262: Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations?

a. Do not exceed rated load capacity of crane and container spreader or slings.b. During any cargo handling operation, the safety of personnel is paramount.c. Cargo handlers must be outfitted with adequate protection from personal injury.d. All the above


a. Lifting points on all equipment must be safely checked prior to commencing a lift.b. Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or containers prior to lifting needs to be properly secured so as toprevent shifting during transport.c. Never exceed crane manufacturer’s limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs.d. All the above


a. Lifting points on all equipment need not be checked prior to commencing a lift.b. Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or containers prior to lifting need not be secured.c. Never exceed crane manufacturer’s limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs.d. All the above

4265: Which statement(s) is/are FALSE concerning crane cargo operations?

a. Lifting points on all equipment must be safely checked prior to commencing a lift.b. Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or containers prior to lifting need not be secured.c. Never exceed crane manufacturer’s limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs.d. All the above

4266: Which statement is TRUE concerning the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes whencompleting a quad lift?

a. The cranes require shoreside assistance to handle heavy cargos.b. The cargo discharge cannot be accomplished without pendulation.c. The cargo discharge cannot be performed at anchor.d. The discharge is slow due to the size of the cargo and all the cranes working together.


a. The discharge is slow due to the size of the cargo and all the cranes working together.b. The cargo discharge can be accomplished with controlled pendulation.c. The cargo discharge can be performed in port or at anchor.d. The cranes enable the handling of heavy cargos without shoreside assistance.




a. The cargo discharge can be accomplished with controlled pendulation.b. The discharge is slow due to the size of the cargo and all the cranes working together.c. The cargo discharge can be performed in port or at anchor.d. The cranes enable the handling of heavy cargos without shoreside assistance.

4269: Which action(s) should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control is lost?

a. Let go of both control levers and return to neutral position.b. Press the emergency stop.c. Notify the mate on watch.d. All of the above

4270: Which immediate action should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control is lost?

a. Let go of both control levers and return to neutral position.b. Call the engine room.c. Disconnect the power to the pedestal.d. Call the electrician.

4271: Which immediate action should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control is lost?

a. Sound the general alarm.b. Return the control levers to the neutral positions.c. Notify port security.d. Hold the control levers all the way down.

4272: Which action should be taken immediately by the operator of a pedestal crane, if crane control islost?

a. Increase power to the crane to regain control.b. Place control levers in opposite positions.c. Let go of both control levers and return to the neutral positions.d. Check the circuit breakers.

4273: During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown operations?

a. Bunkeringb. High windsc. Potable water spill on deckd. More than 3° list


a. Bunkering barge alongsideb. Potable water spill on deckc. Crane hydraulic hose burstsd. Trim greater than 4 feet


a. Lightningb. High winds



c. Fire aboardd. All of the above


a. Lightning in the vicinityb. An approaching squall linec. A fire on the pierd. All of the above

4277: Which wire rope purchases may be used with a 30ton pedestal crane?

a. Hoistb. Luffc. Rider blockd. All of the above

4278: Which wire rope purchase(s) is/are optional with a 30Ton pedestal crane?

a. Hoistb. Luffc. Rider blockd. All of the above

4279: Which statement is TRUE concerning a tagline as used with a 30ton pedestal crane?

a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.b. Taglines are wire ropes payedout or takenin for horizontal positioning of the rider block.c. Taglines can be can be fastened to the corners of the jib when lifting containers.d. The taglines are wire rope purchease that raise and lower the topping lift.

4280: Which statement is FALSE concerning a tagline as used with a 30ton pedestal crane?

a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.b. Taglines are wire ropes for horizontal positioning of the rider block.c. Taglines can be fastened to corners of vehicles or containers.d. The crane might not have taglines installed in its rigging system.


a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.b. Taglines are wire ropes payedout or takenin for positioning the crane pedestal.c. Taglines can be fastened to the corners of vehicles or containers during cargo operations.d. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the topping lift.


a. Taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the jib.b. Taglines can be fastened to the corners of the jib when lifting containers.c. The crane might not have taglines installed in its rigging system.d. The taglines are wire rope purchases that raise and lower the topping lift.



4378: Which statement concerning an automatic towing engine is FALSE?

a. It automatically maintains tow line tension.b. It prolongs the life of the hawser by distributing chafing as the hawser is paid out and taken in.c. As tension on the hawser increases, more line is taken in by the automatic towing engine.d. As tension on the hawser decreases, more line is taken in by the automatic towing engine.


a. maximum rudder angle previously usedb. gyro errorc. variationd. course per magnetic steering compass

4381: What does item "D" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Heel blockb. Gin blockc. Rider blockd. Hook block

4382: What does item "C" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Equalizing beamb. Hoist fall spreaderc. Rider blockd. Block/hook assembly

4383: What does item "A" refer to in this illustration of a 30ton pedestal crane? (D045DG )

a. Boom luffing fallsb. Cargo hoist fallsc. Remote block tagline systemd. Slewing cable


a. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"b. "Aye Aye Sir"c. No reply is necessary, just carry out the orderd. "Right 15 degrees rudder"


a. the estimated cost of damageb. the amount of ballast on boardc. the name of the owner or agent of the vesseld. an evaluation of who was at fault

4440: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man overboard, starboard side". Youshould instinctively __________.






a. give full left rudderb. throw a life ring to mark the spotc. put the rudder amidshipsd. give full right rudder

4442: Insulating flanges minimize the dangers arising from __________.

a. smoking on deckb. loading asphaltc. accumulations of electrostatic chargesd. tank overpressurization

4443: You are signing on a deck officer, who will be designated as one of the GMDSS operators, beforesailing foreign. Which statement is TRUE?

a. He/she must have an STCW certificate endorsed as "Valid for Service on VesselsOperating in the GMDSS System".b. He/she must present either an FCCissued license or a Coast Guardissued license.c. You must consult the "List of Qualifications" on the reverse of his/her FCCissued license.d. His/her Merchant Mariners Document must have an added endorsement as "Radio ElectronicsOfficer".

4875: The crane manufacturer's operating tables are posted near the __________.

a. crane pedestalb. wirerope lockerc. main deckd. crane controls

Education

Uscg general deck questions master's license (question)`